[Title 40 CFR I]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - July 1, 1996 Edition]
[Title 40 - PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT]
[Chapter I - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)]
[Subchapter I - SOLID WASTES]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]




  40
  PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
  12
  1996-07-01
  1996-07-01
  false
  SOLID WASTES
  I
  SUBCHAPTER I
  
    PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (CONTINUED)
  


                       SUBCHAPTER I--SOLID WASTES


PART 240--GUIDELINES FOR THE THERMAL PROCESSING OF SOLID WASTES--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
240.100  Scope.
240.101  Definitions.

           Subpart B--Requirements and Recommended Procedures

240.200  Solid wastes accepted.
240.200-1  Requirement.
240.200-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.200-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.201  Solid wastes excluded.
240.201-1  Requirement.
240.201-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.201-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.202  Site selection.
240.202-1  Requirement.
240.202-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.202-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.203  General design.
240.203-1  Requirement.
240.203-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.203-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.204  Water quality.
240.204-1  Requirement.
240.204-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.204-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.205  Air quality.
240.205-1  Requirement.
240.205-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.205-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.206  Vectors.
240.206-1  Requirement.
240.206-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.206-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.207  Aesthetics.
240.207-1  Requirement.
240.207-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.207-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.208  Residue.
240.208-1  Requirement.
240.208-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.208-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.209  Safety.
240.209-1  Requirement.
240.209-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.209-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.210  General operations.
240.210-1  Requirement.
240.210-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.210-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
240.211  Records.
240.211-1  Requirement.
240.211-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
240.211-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.

Appendix to Part 240--Recommended Bibliography

    Authority: Sec. 209(a), Solid Waste Disposal Act of 1965 (Pub. L. 
89-272); as amended by the Resource Recovery Act of 1970 (Pub. L. 91-
512).

    Source: 39 FR 29329, Aug. 14, 1974, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 240.100   Scope.

    (a) The prescribed guidelines are applicable to thermal processing 
facilities designed to process or which are processing 50 tons or more 
per day of municipal-type solid wastes. The application of this capacity 
criterion will be interpreted to mean any facility designed to process 
or actually processing 50/24 tons or more per hour. However, the 
guidelines do not apply to hazardous, agricultural, and mining wastes 
because of the lack of sufficient information upon which to base 
recommended procedures.
    (b) The requirement sections contained herein delineate minimum 
levels of performance required of any solid waste thermal processing 
operation. The recommended procedures sections are presented to suggest 
preferred methods by which the objectives of the requirements can be 
realized. The recommended procedures are based on the practice of 
incineration at large facilities (50 tons per day or more) processing 
municipal solid waste. If techniques other than the recommended 
procedures are used or wastes other than municipal wastes are processed, 
it is the obligation of the facility's owner and operator to demonstrate 
to the responsible agency in advance by means of engineering 
calculations, pilot plant

[[Page 299]]

data, etc., that the techniques employed will satisfy the requirements.
    (c) Thermal processing residue must be disposed of in an 
environmentally acceptable manner. Where a land disposal facility is 
employed, it must be in accordance with the Environmental Protection 
Agency's Guidelines for the Land Disposal of Solid Wastes for both 
residues from the thermal processing operation and those non-hazardous 
wastes which cannot be thermally processed for reasons of health, 
safety, or technological limitation.
    (d) Pursuant to section 211 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as 
amended, these guidelines are mandatory for Federal agencies. In 
addition, they are recommended to State, interstate, regional, and local 
government agencies for use in their activities.
    (e) The guidelines are intended to apply equally to all solid waste 
generated by Federal agencies, regardless of whether processed or 
disposed of on or off Federal property; and solid waste generated by 
non-Federal entities, but processed or disposed of on Federal property. 
However, in the case of many Federal facilities such as Post Offices, 
military recruiting stations, and other offices, local community solid 
waste processing and disposal facilities are utilized, and processing 
and disposal is not within the management control of the Federal agency. 
Thus, implementation of the guidelines can be expected only in those 
situations where the Federal agency is able to exercise direct 
management control over the processing and disposal operations. However, 
every effort must be made by the responsible agency, where offsite 
facilities are utilized, to attain processing and disposal facilities 
that are in compliance with the guidelines. Where non-Federal generated 
solid waste is processed and disposed of on Federal land and/or 
facilities, those facilities and/or sites must be in compliance with 
these guidelines. Determination of compliance to meet the requirements 
of the guidelines rests with the responsible agency, and they have the 
authority to determine how such compliance may occur.



Sec. 240.101   Definitions.

    As used in these guidelines:
    (a) Air: Overfire air means air, under control as to quantity and 
direction, introduced above or beyond a fuel bed by induced or forced 
draft. ``Underfire air'' means any forced or induced air, under control 
as to quantity and direction, that is supplied from beneath and which 
passes through the solid wastes fuel bed.
    (b) Bottom ash means the solid material that remains on a hearth or 
falls off the grate after thermal processing is complete.
    (c) Combustibles means materials that can be ignited at a specific 
temperature in the presence of air to release heat energy.
    (d) Design capacity means the weight of solid waste of a specified 
gross calorific value that a thermal processing facility is designed to 
process in 24 hours of continuous operation; usually expressed in tons 
per day.
    (e) Discharge means water-borne pollutants released to a receiving 
stream directly or indirectly or to a sewerage system.
    (f) Emission means gas-borne pollutants released to the atmosphere.
    (g) Facility means all thermal processing equipment, buildings, and 
grounds at a specific site.
    (h) Fly ash means suspended particles, charred paper, dust, soot, 
and other partially oxidized matter carried in the products of 
combustion.
    (i) Free moisture means liquid that will drain freely by gravity 
from solid materials.
    (j) Furnace means the chambers of the combustion train where drying, 
ignition, and combustion of waste material and evolved gases occur.
    (k) Grate siftings means the materials that fall from the solid 
waste fuel bed through the grate openings.
    (l) Gross calorific value means heat liberated when waste is burned 
completely and the products of combustion are cooled to the initial 
temperature of the waste. Usually expressed in British thermal units per 
pound.
    (m) Hazardous waste means any waste or combination of wastes which 
pose a substantial present or potential hazard to human health or living 
organisms because such wastes are nondegradable or persistent in nature 
or because they

[[Page 300]]

can be biologically magnified, or because they can be lethal, or because 
they may otherwise cause or tend to cause detrimental cumulative 
effects.
    (n) Incineration means the controlled process which combustible 
solid, liquid, or gaseous wastes are burned and changed into 
noncombustible gases.
    (o) Incinerator means a facility consisting of one or more furnaces 
in which wastes are burned.
    (p) Infectious waste means: (1) Equipment, instruments, utensils, 
and fomites of a disposable nature from the rooms of patients who are 
suspected to have or have been diagnosed as having a communicable 
disease and must, therefore, be isolated as required by public health 
agencies; (2) laboratory wastes such as pathological specimens (e.g., 
all tissues, specimens of blood elements, excreta, and secretions 
obtained from patients or laboratory animals) and disposable fomites 
(any substance that may harbor or transmit pathogenic organisms) 
attendant thereto; (3) surgical operating room pathologic specimens and 
disposable fomites attendant thereto and similar disposable materials 
from outpatient areas and emergency rooms.
    (q) Municipal solid wastes means normally, residential and 
commercial solid wastes generated within a community.
    (r) Open burning means burning of solid wastes in the open, such as 
in an open dump.
    (s) Open dump means a land disposal site at which solid wastes are 
disposed of in a manner that does not protect the environment, are 
susceptible to open burning, and are exposed to the elements, vectors, 
and scavengers.
    (t) Plans means reports and drawings, including a narrative 
operating description, prepared to describe the facility and its 
proposed operation.
    (u) Residue means all the solids that remain after completion of 
thermal processing, including bottom ash, fly ash, and grate siftings.
    (v) Responsible agency means the organizational element that has the 
legal duty to ensure that owners, operators, or users of facilities 
comply with these guidelines.
    (w) Sanitary landfill means a land disposal site employing an 
engineered method of disposing of solid wastes on land in a manner that 
minimizes environmental hazards by spreading the solid wastes in thin 
layers, compacting the solid wastes to the smallest practical volume, 
and applying and compacting cover material at the end of each operating 
day.
    (x) Sludge means the accumulated semiliquid suspension of settled 
solids deposited from wastewaters or other fluids in tanks or basins. It 
does not include solids or dissolved material in domestic sewage or 
other significant pollutants in water resources, such as silt, dissolved 
or suspended solids in industrial wastewater effluents, dissolved 
materials in irrigation return flows or other common water pollutants.
    (y) Solid wastes means garbage, refuse, sludges, and other discarded 
solid materials resulting from industrial and commercial operations and 
from community activities. It does not include solids or dissolved 
material in domestic sewage or other significant pollutants in water 
resources, such as silt, dissolved or suspended solids in industrial 
wastewater effluents, dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or 
other common water pollutants.
    (z) Special wastes means nonhazardous solid wastes requiring 
handling other than that normally used for municipal solid waste.
    (aa) Thermal processing means processing of waste material by means 
of heat.
    (bb) Vector means a carrier, usually an arthropod, that is capable 
of transmitting a pathogen from one organism to another.



           Subpart B--Requirements and Recommended Procedures

Sec. 240.200  Solid wastes accepted.



Sec. 240.200-1   Requirement.

    In consultation with the responsible agencies, the owner/operator 
shall determine what wastes shall be accepted and shall identify any 
special handling required. In general, only wastes for which the 
facility has been specifically designed shall be accepted; however, 
other wastes may be accepted if it has been demonstrated to the 
responsible agency that they can be satisfactorily

[[Page 301]]

processed within the design capability of the facility or after 
appropriate facility modifications.



Sec. 240.200-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) In addition to the residential and commercial wastes normally 
processed at municipal-scale incinerators, certain special wastes might 
be considered for processing. These include: Certain bulky wastes (e.g., 
combustible demolition and construction debris, tree stumps, large 
timbers, furniture, and major appliances), digested and dewatered 
sludges from waste water treatment facilities, raw sewage sludges, and 
septic tank pumpings.
    (b) If the facility is designed to handle special wastes, special 
areas should be provided where appropriate for storage while they await 
processing.



Sec. 240.200-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Storage areas for special wastes should be clearly marked.
    (b) Facility personnel should be thoroughly trained in any unusual 
handling required by acceptance of Special Wastes.
Sec. 240.201  Solid wastes excluded.



Sec. 240.201-1   Requirement.

    Using information provided to them by the waste generator/owner, the 
responsible agency and the facility owner/operator shall jointly 
determine specific wastes to be excluded and shall identify them in the 
plans. The generator/owner of excluded wastes shall consult with the 
responsible agency in determining an alternative method of disposal for 
excluded wastes. The criteria used in considering whether a waste is 
unacceptable shall include the facility's capabilities, alternative 
methods available, the chemical and biological characteristics of the 
waste, environmental and health effects, and the safety of personnel. 
Disposal of pesticides and pesticide containers shall be consistent with 
the Federal Environmental Pesticides Control Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-
516) and recommended procedures promulgated thereunder.



Sec. 240.201-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Provision for storing, handling, and removing hazardous or 
excluded wastes inadvertently left at the facility should be considered 
in design.
    (b) Examples of wastes which should be considered for exclusion from 
the facility include: Hazardous wastes, very large carcasses, automobile 
bodies, dewatered sludges from water treatment plants, and industrial 
process wastes.



Sec. 240.201-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Regular users of the facility should be given a list of excluded 
materials. The list should also be displayed prominently at the facility 
entrance. If a regular user persists in making unacceptable deliveries, 
he should be barred from the installation and reported to the 
responsible agency.
    (b) The operating plan should specify the procedures and precautions 
to be taken if unacceptable wastes are delivered to the facility or are 
improperly left there. Operating personnel should be thoroughly trained 
in such procedures.



Sec. 240.202   Site selection.



Sec. 240.202-1   Requirement.

    Site selection and utilization shall be consistent with public 
health and welfare, and air and water quality standards and adaptable to 
appropriate land-use plans.



Sec. 240.202-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Whenever possible, thermal processing facilities should be 
located in areas zoned for industrial use and having adequate utilities 
to serve the facility.
    (b) The site should be accessible by permanent roads leading from 
the public road system.
    (c) Environmental factors, climatological conditions, and 
socioeconomic factors should be given full consideration as selection 
criteria.



Sec. 240.202-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    Not applicable.

[[Page 302]]





Sec. 240.203   General design.



Sec. 240.203-1   Requirement.

    A plan for the design of new facilities or modifications to existing 
facilities shall be prepared or approved by a professional engineer. A 
list of major considerations and the rationale for the decision on each 
consideration shall be approved by the responsible agency prior to 
authorization for construction. This information shall remain available 
for review.



Sec. 240.203-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) The types, amounts (by weight and volume), and characteristics 
of all solid wastes expected to be processed should be determined by 
survey and analysis. The gross calorific value of the solid wastes to be 
processed should be determined to serve as a basis for design.
    (b) Resource recovery in the form of heat utilization or direct 
recovery of materials should be considered in the design.
    (c) The facility should be designed to be compatible with the 
surrounding area, easy to maintain, and consistent with the land use of 
the area.
    (d) Employee convenience facilities and plant maintenance facilities 
should be provided. Adequate lighting should be provided throughout the 
facility.
    (e) The corrosive and erosive action of once-through and 
recirculated process waters should be controlled either by treating them 
or by using materials capable of withstanding the adverse effects of the 
waters.
    (f) Facility design capacity should consider such items as waste 
quantity and characteristics, variations in waste generation, equipment 
downtime, and availability of alternate storage, processing, or disposal 
capability.
    (g) Facility systems and subsystems should be designed to assure 
standby capability in the event of breakdown. Provision for standby 
water and power should also be considered.
    (h) Instrumentation should be provided to determine such factors as: 
The weight of incoming and outgoing materials (the same scale system may 
be used for both); total combustion airflow rates; underfire and 
overfire airflows and the quantitative distribution of each; selected 
temperatures and pressures in the furnace, along gas passages, in the 
particulate collection device, and in the stack; electrical power and 
water consumption of critical units; and rate of operation. The smoke 
density, the concentration of carbon monoxide, or the concentration of 
hydrocarbons in the stack gases should be monitored. Measurement of the 
pH should be considered for effluent waters. Continuously recording 
instrumentation should be used as much as possible.
    (i) Audible signals should be provided to alert operating personnel 
of critical operating unit malfunctions.
    (j) Sampling capability should be designed into the facility so that 
each process stream can be sampled, and the utilities required to do so 
should be close at hand. The sampling sites should be so designed that 
personnel can sample safely without interfering with normal plant 
operations.
    (k) A laboratory should be included in the design, or provision 
should be made for laboratory analyses to be performed by an outside 
source acceptable to the responsible agency.



Sec. 240.203-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    Not applicable.



Sec. 240.204   Water quality.



Sec. 240.204-1   Requirement.

    All waters discharged from the facility shall be sufficiently 
treated to meet the most stringent of applicable water quality 
standards, established in accordance with or effective under the 
provisions of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended.



Sec. 240.204-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Effluent waters should not be discharged indiscriminately. 
Consideration should be given to onsite treatment of process and waste 
waters before discharge.
    (b) Recirculation of process waters should be considered.

[[Page 303]]



Sec. 240.204-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) When monitoring instrumentation indicates excessive discharge 
contamination, appropriate adjustments should be made to lower the 
concentrations to acceptable levels.
    (b) In the event of an accidental spill, the local regulatory agency 
should be notified immediately.
Sec. 240.205  Air quality.



Sec. 240.205-1   Requirement.

    Emissions shall not exceed applicable existing emission standards 
established by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (as published in 
parts 52, 60, 61 and 76 of this chapter) under the authority of the 
Clean Air Act, as amended, or State or local emission standards 
effective under that Act, if the latter are more stringent.



Sec. 240.205-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) These requirements should be met by using appropriate air 
pollution control technology.
    (b) All emissions, including dust from vents, should be controlled.



Sec. 240.205-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    When monitoring instrumentation indicates excessive emissions, 
appropriate adjustments should be made to lower the emission to 
acceptable levels.



Sec. 240.206   Vectors.



Sec. 240.206-1   Requirement.

    Conditions shall be maintained that are unfavorable for the 
harboring, feeding, and breeding of vectors.



Sec. 240.206-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    Thermal processing facilities should be designed for ease of 
cleaning. Areas favorable for breeding of vectors should be avoided.



Sec. 240.206-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) A housekeeping schedule should be established and maintained. As 
a minimum the schedule should provide for cleaning the tipping and 
residue areas as spillages occur, emptying the solid waste storage area 
at least weekly, and routinely cleaning the remainder of the facility.
    (b) Solid waste and residue should not be allowed to accumulate at 
the facility for more than one week.



Sec. 240.207   Aesthetics.



Sec. 240.207-1   Requirement.

    The incinerator facility shall be designed and operated at all times 
in an aesthetically acceptable manner.



Sec. 240.207-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    The facility should be designed so that it is physically attractive. 
The tipping, residue discharge, and waste salvage areas should be 
screened from public view, and the grounds should be landscaped.



Sec. 240.207-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) A routine housekeeping and litter removal schedule should be 
established and implemented so that the facility regularly presents a 
neat and clean appearance.
    (b) Solid wastes that cannot be processed by the facility should be 
removed from the facility at least weekly. Open burning or open dumping 
of this material should be prohibited.
Sec. 240.208  Residue.



Sec. 240.208-1   Requirement.

    Residue and other solid waste products resulting from a thermal 
process shall be disposed of in an environmentally acceptable manner. 
Where land disposal is employed, practices must be in conformance with 
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Guidelines for the Land 
Disposal of Solid Wastes. Unwanted residue materials remaining after the 
recovery operation shall be disposed of in a manner which protects the 
environment. Where land disposal is employed, practices must be in 
conformance with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's Guidelines 
for the Land Disposal of Solid Wastes.

[[Page 304]]



Sec. 240.208-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    Thermal processing facilities should be so designed as to allow for 
removal from the site of residue or other solids in a manner that 
protects the environment.



Sec. 240.208-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) The furnace operator should visually observe the quality of the 
bottom ash at least twice per shift and record in the operating log the 
estimated percentage of unburned combustibles.
    (b) If residue or fly ash is collected in a wet condition, it should 
be drained of free moisture. Transportation of residue and fly ash 
should be by means that prevent the loads from shifting, falling, 
leaking, or blowing from the container.



Sec. 240.209   Safety.



Sec. 240.209-1   Requirement.

    Incinerators shall be designed, operated, and maintained in a manner 
to protect the health and safety of personnel associated with the 
operation of the facility. Pertinent provisions of the Occupational 
Safety and Health Act of 1970 (Pub. L. 91-596) and regulations 
promulgated thereunder shall apply.



Sec. 240.209-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Attention should be given to the safety of operators and 
vehicles through the provision of safety devices.
    (b) Fire control equipment should be provided.
    (c) Methods and/or equipment for removal of an injured person from 
the storage pit should be available.



Sec. 240.209-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Detailed procedures should be developed for operation during 
such emergency situations as power failure, air or water supply failure, 
equipment breakdowns, and fire. These procedures should be posted in 
prominent locations, implemented by the staff as required, and upgraded 
and revised periodically.
    (b) Approved respirators or self-contained breathing apparatus 
should be available at convenient locations. Their use should be 
reviewed periodically with facility personnel. Information on this type 
equipment can be obtained from the Appalachian Laboratory for 
Occupational Respiratory Disease, National Institute for Occupational 
Safety and Health, Morgantown, W. Va.
    (c) Training in first aid practices and emergency procedures should 
be given all personnel.
    (d) Personal safety devices such as hard hats, gloves, safety 
glasses, and footwear should be provided for facility employees.
    (e) If a regular user or employee persistently poses a safety hazard 
he should be barred from the facility and reported to the responsible 
agency.
Sec. 240.210  General operations.



Sec. 240.210-1   Requirement.

    The thermal processing facility shall be operated and maintained in 
a manner that assures it will meet the design requirements. An 
operations manual describing the various tasks to be performed, 
operating procedures, and safety precautions for various areas of the 
facility shall be developed and shall be readily available for reference 
by plant personnel.



Sec. 240.210-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    Not applicable.



Sec. 240.210-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) The facility supervisor should be experienced in the operation 
of the type of facility designed or, in the case of an innovated design, 
be adequately trained by responsible personnel in the operation of the 
facility.
    (b) Alternate and standby disposal and operating procedures should 
be established for implementation during emergencies, air pollution 
episodes, and shutdown periods.
    (c) Upon completion of facility construction, provision should be 
made for instruction of the staff in proper operation and maintenance 
procedures.
    (d) A routine maintenance schedule should be established and 
followed.

[[Page 305]]

    (e) As-built engineering drawings of the facility should be provided 
at the conclusion of construction of the facility. These should be 
updated to show modifications by the owner as changes are made and 
should be readily available. A schematic showing the relationships of 
the various subsystems should also be available.
    (f) Key operational procedures should be prominently posted.
    (g) Equipment manuals, catalogs, spare parts lists, and spare parts 
should be readily available at the facility.
    (h) Training opportunities for facility operating personnel should 
be provided.



Sec. 240.211   Records.



Sec. 240.211-1   Requirement.

    The owner/operator of the thermal processing facility shall provide 
records and monitoring data as required by the responsible agency.



Sec. 240.211-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    Continuously recording instrumentation should be used as much as 
possible.



Sec. 240.211-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Extensive monitoring and recordkeeping should be practiced 
during the first 12 to 18 months of operation of a new or renovated 
facility, during periods of high air pollution, and during periods of 
upset conditions at the facility.
    (b) During other periods of more normal operation of the facility, 
less extensive monitoring and record keeping may be practiced if 
approved by the responsible agency.
    (c) Operating records should be kept in a daily log and should 
include as a minimum:
    (1) The total weight and volume (truck capacities may be used for 
volume determination) of solid waste received during each shift, 
including the number of loads received, the ownership or specific 
identity of delivery vehicles, the source and nature of the solid wastes 
accepted.
    (2) Furnace and combustion chamber temperatures recorded at least 
every 60 minutes and as changes are made, including explanations for 
prolonged, abnormally high and low temperatures.
    (3) Rate of operation, such as grate speed.
    (4) Overfire and underfire air volumes and pressure and distribution 
recorded at least every 60 minutes and as changes are made.
    (5) Weights of bottom ash, grate siftings, and fly ash, individually 
or combined, recorded at intervals appropriate to normal facility 
operation.
    (6) Estimated percentages of unburned material in the bottom ash.
    (7) Water used on each shift for bottom ash quenching and scrubber 
operation. Representative samples of process waters should be collected 
and analyzed as recommended by the responsible agency.
    (8) Power produced and utilized each shift. If steam is produced, 
quality, production totals and consumption rates should be recorded.
    (9) Auxiliary fuel used each shift.
    (10) Gross calorific value of daily representative samples of bottom 
ash, grate siftings, and fly ash. (Sampling time should be varied so 
that all shifts are monitored on a weekly basis.)
    (11) Emission measurements and laboratory analyses required by the 
responsible agency.
    (12) Complete records of monitoring instruments.
    (13) Problems encountered and methods of solution.
    (d) An annual report should be prepared which includes at least the 
following information:
    (1) Minimum, average, and maximum daily volume and weight of waste 
received and processed, summarized on a monthly basis.
    (2) A summary of the laboratory analyses including at least monthly 
averages.
    (3) Number and qualifications of personnel in each job category; 
total manhours per week; number of State certified or licensed 
personnel; staffing deficiencies; and serious injuries, their cause and 
preventive measures instituted.
    (4) An identification and brief discussion of major operational 
problems and solutions.

[[Page 306]]

    (5) Adequacy of operation and performance with regard to 
environmental requirements, the general level of housekeeping and 
maintenance, testing and reporting proficiency, and recommendations for 
corrective actions.
    (6) A copy of all significant correspondence, reports, inspection 
reports, and any other communications from enforcement agencies.
    (e) Methodology for evaluating the facility's performance should be 
developed. Evaluation procedures recommended by the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency should be used whenever possible (see bibliography).

             Appendix to Part 240--Recommended Bibliography

    1. The Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended; Title II of Pub. L. 89-
272, 89th Cong., S. 306, Oct. 20, 1965; Pub. L. 91-512, 91st Cong., H.R. 
11833, Oct. 26, 1970. Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1971. 
14 p. Reprinted 1972.
    2. Seven incinerators; evaluation, discussions, and authors' 
closure. [Washington, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1971. 40 p.] 
(Includes discussions and authors' closure for ``An evaluation of seven 
incinerators'' by W. C. Achinger and L. E. Daniels.)
    3. DeMarco, J., D. J. Keller, J. Leckman, and J. L. Newton. 
Municipal-scale incinerator design and operation. Public Health Service 
Publication No. 2012. Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1973. 
98 p.
    4. Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970; Pub. L. 91-596, 91st 
Cong., S. 2193, Dec. 29, 1970. Washington, U.S. Government Printing 
Office, 1972.
    5. Control techniques for particulate air pollutants. Publication 
AP-51. U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, National Air 
Pollution Control Administration, 1969.
    6. Zausner, E. R. An accounting system for incinerator operations. 
Public Health Service Publication No. 2032. Washington, U.S. Government 
Printing Office, 1970. 17 p.
    7. Achinger, W. C., and J. J. Giar, Testing manual for solid waste 
incinerators. [Cincinnati], U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1973. 
[372 p., loose-leaf.] [Open-file report, restricted distribution.]
    8. Nader, J. S., W. Carter, and F. Jaye. Performance Specifications 
for Stationary Source Monitoring Systems. NTIS PB. 230 934/AS (1974).



PART 243--GUIDELINES FOR THE STORAGE AND COLLECTION OF RESIDENTIAL, COMMERCIAL, AND INSTITUTIONAL SOLID WASTE--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
243.100  Scope.
243.101  Definitions.

           Subpart B--Requirements and Recommended Procedures

243.200  Storage.
243.200-1  Requirement.
243.200-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
243.201  Safety.
243.201-1  Requirement.
243.201-2  Recommended procedures: Operations.
243.202  Collection equipment.
243.202-1  Requirement.
243.202-2  Recommended procedures: Design.
243.202-3  Recommended procedures: Operations.
243.203  Collection frequency.
243.203-1  Requirement.
243.203-2  Recommended procedures: Operations.
243.204  Collection management.
243.204-1  Requirement.
243.204-2  Recommended procedures: Operations.

Appendix to Part 243--Recommended Bibliography

    Authority: Sec. 209(a) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act of 1965 (Pub. 
L. 89-272), as amended by the Resource Recovery Act of 1970 (Pub. L. 91-
512).

    Source: 41 FR 6769, Feb. 13, 1976, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 243.100   Scope.

    (a) These guidelines are promulgated in partial fulfillment of 
section 209(a) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended (Pub. L. 89-
272).
    (b) The guidelines apply to the collection of residential, 
commercial, and institutional solid wastes and street wastes. Explicitly 
excluded are mining, agricultural, and industrial solid wastes; 
hazardous wastes; sludges; construction and demolition wastes; and 
infectious wastes.

[[Page 307]]

    (c) The ``Requirement'' sections contained herein delineate minimum 
levels of performance required of solid waste collection operations. 
Under section 211 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, and 
Executive Order 11752, the ``Requirement'' sections of these guidelines 
are mandatory for Federal agencies. In addition, they are recommended to 
State, interstate, regional, and local governments for use in their 
activities.
    (d) The ``Recommended procedures'' sections are presented to suggest 
additional actions or preferred methods by which the objectives of the 
requirements can be realized. The ``Recommended procedures'' are not 
mandatory for Federal agencies.
    (e) The guidelines apply equally to Federal agencies generating 
solid waste whether the solid waste is actually collected by a Federally 
operated or non-Federally operated collection system, except in the case 
of isolated Federal facilities such as post offices, military recruiting 
stations, and other offices where local community solid waste collection 
systems are utilized, which are not within the managerial control of the 
Federal agency.
    (f) The guidelines shall be implemented in those situations where 
the Federal agency is able to exercise direct managerial control over 
the collection system through operation of the system or by contracting 
for collection service. Where non-Federal collection systems are 
utilized, service contracts should require conformance with the 
guidelines requirements unless service meeting such requirements is not 
reasonably available. It is left to the head of the responsible agency 
to decide how the requirements of the guidelines will be met.
    (g) The Environmental Protection Agency will give technical 
assistance and other guidance to Federal agencies when requested to do 
so under section 3(D)1 of Executive Order 11752.
    (h) Within 1 year after the final promulgation of these guidelines, 
Federal agencies shall decide what actions shall be taken to adopt the 
requirements of these guidelines and shall, within 60 days of this 
decision, submit to the Administrator a schedule of such actions.
    (i) Federal agencies that decide not to adopt the requirements 
contained herein, for whatever reason, shall make available to the 
Administrator a report of the analysis and rationale used in making that 
decision. The Administrator shall publish notice of availability of this 
report in the Federal Register. EPA considers the following reasons to 
be valid for purposes of non-compliance: costs so high as to render 
compliance economically impracticable, and the technical inhibitions to 
compliance specifically described in the guidelines.
    (1) The following points are to be covered in the report.
    (i) A description of the proposed or on-going practices which will 
not be in compliance with these guidelines. This statement should 
identify all agency facilities which will be affected by noncompliance 
including a brief description of how such facilities will be affected.
    (ii) A description of the alternative actions considered with 
emphasis on those alternatives which, if taken, would be in compliance 
with these guidelines.
    (iii) The rationale for the action chosen by the agency including 
technical data and policy considerations used in arriving at this 
decision.

In covering these points, agencies should make every effort to present 
the information succinctly in a form easily understood, but in 
sufficient detail so that the Administrator and the public may 
understand the factors influencing the decision not to adopt the 
requirements of these guidelines.
    (2) The report shall be submitted to the Administrator as soon as 
possible after a final agency decision has been made not to adopt the 
requirements of these guidelines, but in no case later than 60 days 
after the final decision. The Administrator will indicate to the agency 
his concurrence/nonconcurrence with the agency's decision, including his 
reasons.
    (3) Implementation of actions not in compliance with these 
guidelines shall be deferred, where feasible, in order to give the 
Administrator time to receive, analyze, and seek clarification of the 
required report.

[[Page 308]]

    (4) It is recommended that where the report on non-compliance 
concerns an action for which an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) is 
required by the National Environmental Policy Act, that the report be 
circulated simultaneously with the EIS, since much of the information to 
satisfy the requirements of the report will be useful in the preparation 
of the EIS.



Sec. 243.101   Definitions.

    As used in these guidelines:
    (a) Alley collection means the collection of solid waste from 
containers placed adjacent to or in an alley.
    (b) Agricultural solid waste means the solid waste that is generated 
by the rearing of animals, and the producing and harvesting of crops or 
trees.
    (c) Bulky waste means large items of solid waste such as household 
appliances, furniture, large auto parts, trees, branches, stumps, and 
other oversize wastes whose large size precludes or complicates their 
handling by normal solid wastes collection, processing, or disposal 
methods.
    (d) Carryout collection means collection of solid waste from a 
storage area proximate to the dwelling unit(s) or establishment.
    (e) Collection means the act of removing solid waste (or materials 
which have been separated for the purpose of recycling) from a central 
storage point.
    (f) Collection frequency means the number of times collection is 
provided in a given period of time.
    (g) Commercial solid waste means all types of solid wastes generated 
by stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses, and other non-manufacturing 
activities, excluding residential and industrial wastes.
    (h) Compactor collection vehicle means a vehicle with an enclosed 
body containing mechanical devices that convey solid waste into the main 
compartment of the body and compress it into a smaller volume of greater 
density.
    (i) Construction and demolition waste means the waste building 
materials, packaging, and rubble resulting from construction, 
remodeling, repair, and demolition operations on pavements, houses, 
commercial buildings, and other structures.
    (j) Curb collection means collection of solid waste placed adjacent 
to a street.
    (k) Federal facility means any building, installation, structure, 
land, or public work owned by or leased to the Federal Government. Ships 
at sea, aircraft in the air, land forces on maneuvers, and other mobile 
facilities are not considered ``Federal facilities'' for the purpose of 
these guidelines. United States Government installations located on 
foreign soil or on land outside the jurisdiction of the United States 
Government are not considered ``Federal facilities'' for the purpose of 
these guidelines.
    (l) Food waste means the organic residues generated by the handling, 
storage, sale, preparation, cooking, and serving of foods, commonly 
called garbage.
    (m) Generation means the act or process of producing solid waste.
    (n) Hazardous waste means a waste or combination of wastes of a 
solid, liquid, contained gaseous, or semisolid form which may cause, or 
contribute to, an increase in mortality or an increase in serious 
irreversible, or incapacitating reversible illness, taking into account 
the toxicity of such waste, its persistence and degradability in nature, 
its potential for accumulation or concentration in tissue, and other 
factors that may otherwise cause or contribute to adverse acute or 
chronic effects on the health of persons or other organisms.
    (o) Industrial solid waste means the solid waste generated by 
industrial processes and manufacturing.
    (p) Infectious waste means: (1) Equipment, instruments, utensils, 
and formites of a disposable nature from the rooms of patients who are 
suspected to have or have been diagnosed as having a communicable 
disease and must, therefore, be isolated as required by public health 
agencies; (2) laboratory wastes, such as pathological specimens (e.g., 
all tissues, specimens of blood elements, excreta, and secretions 
obtained from patients or laboratory animals) and disposable fomites 
(any substance that may harbor or transmit pathogenic organisms) 
attendant thereto; (3) surgical operating room pathologic specimens and 
disposable fomites attendant thereto, and similar

[[Page 309]]

disposable materials from outpatient areas and emergency rooms.
    (q) Institutional solid waste means solid wastes generated by 
educational, health care, correctional, and other institutional 
facilities.
    (r) Mining wastes means residues which result from the extraction of 
raw materials from the earth.
    (s) Residential solid waste means the wastes generated by the normal 
activities of households, including, but not limited to, food wastes, 
rubbish, ashes, and bulky wastes.
    (t) Responsible agency means the organizational element that has the 
legal duty to ensure compliance with these guidelines.
    (u) Rubbish means a general term for solid waste, excluding food 
wastes and ashes, taken from residences, commercial establishments, and 
institutions.
    (v) Satellite vehicle means a small collection vehicle that 
transfers its load into a larger vehicle operating in conjunction with 
it.
    (w) Scavenging means the uncontrolled and unauthorized removal of 
materials at any point in the solid waste management system.
    (x) Sludge means the accumulated semiliquid suspension of settled 
solids deposited from wastewaters or other fluids in tanks or basins. It 
does not include solids or dissolved material in domestic sewage or 
other significant pollutants in water resources, such as silt, dissolved 
materials in irrigation return flows or other common water pollutants.
    (y) Solid waste means garbage, refuse, sludges, and other discarded 
solid materials, including solid waste materials resulting from 
industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations, and from community 
activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in 
domestic sewage or other significant pollutants in water resources, such 
as silt, dissolved or suspended solids in industrial wastewater 
effluents, dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or other 
common water pollutants. Unless specifically noted otherwise, the term 
``solid waste'' as used in these guidelines shall not include mining, 
agricultural, and industrial solid wastes; hazardous wastes; sludges; 
construction and demolition wastes; and infectious wastes.
    (z) Stationary compactor means a powered machine which is designed 
to compact solid waste or recyclable materials, and which remains 
stationary when in operation.
    (aa) Storage means the interim containment of solid waste after 
generation and prior to collection for ultimate recovery or disposal.
    (bb) Solid waste storage container means a receptacle used for the 
temporary storage of solid waste while awaiting collection.
    (cc) Street wastes means materials picked up by manual or mechanical 
sweepings of alleys, streets, and sidewalks; wastes from public waste 
receptacles; and material removed from catch basins.
    (dd) Transfer station means a site at which solid wastes are 
concentrated for transport to a processing facility or land disposal 
site. A transfer station may be fixed or mobile.
    (ee) Vector means a carrier that is capable of transmitting a 
pathogen from one organism to another.



           Subpart B--Requirements and Recommended Procedures

Sec. 243.200  Storage.



Sec. 243.200-1   Requirement.

    (a) All solid wastes (or materials which have been separated for the 
purpose of recycling) shall be stored in such a manner that they do not 
constitute a fire, health, or safety hazard or provide food or harborage 
for vectors, and shall be contained or bundled so as not to result in 
spillage. All solid waste containing food wastes shall be securely 
stored in covered or closed containers which are nonabsorbent, 
leakproof, durable, easily cleanable (if reusable), and designed for 
safe handling. Containers shall be of an adequate size and in sufficient 
numbers to contain all food wastes, rubbish, and ashes that a residence 
or other establishment generates in the period of time between 
collections. Containers shall be maintained in a clean condition so that 
they do not constitute a nuisance, and to retard the harborage, feeding, 
and breeding of vectors. When

[[Page 310]]

serviced, storage containers should be emptied completely of all solid 
waste.
    (b) Storage of bulky wastes shall include, but is not limited to, 
removing all doors from large household appliances and covering the 
item(s) to reduce the problems of an attractive nuisance, and the 
accumulation of solid waste and water in and around the bulky items.
    (c) Reusable waste containers which are emptied manually shall not 
exceed 75 pounds (34.05 kg) when filled, and shall be capable of being 
serviced without the collector coming into physical contact with the 
solid waste.
    (d) In the design of all buildings or other facilities which are 
constructed, modified, or leased after the effective date of these 
guidelines, there shall be provisions for storage in accordance with 
these guidelines which will accommodate the volume of solid waste 
anticipated, which may be easily cleaned and maintained, and which will 
allow for efficient, safe collection.



Sec. 243.200-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Reusable waste containers should be constructed of corrosion 
resistant metal or other material which will not absorb water, grease, 
or oil. The containers should be leakproof, including sides, seams, and 
bottoms, and be durable enough to withstand anticipated usage without 
rusting, cracking, or deforming in a manner that would impair 
serviceability. The interior of the container should be smooth without 
interior projections or rough seams which would make it difficult to 
clean or interfere with its emptying. The exterior of the container 
should be safe for handling with no cracks, holes, or jagged edges. 
Containers should be stored on a firm, level, well-drained surface which 
is large enough to accommodate all of the containers and which is 
maintained in a clean, spillage-free condition.
    (1) Reusable waste containers which are emptied manually should have 
a capacity of no more than 35 gallons (132.51) in volume, unless they 
are mounted on casters and can be serviced by being rolled to the 
collection vehicle and tilted for emptying. The containers should be 
constructed with rounded edges and tapered sides with the larger 
diameter at the top of the container to facilitate discharge of the 
solid waste by gravity. Containers should have two handles or bails 
located directly opposite one another on the sides of the container. 
Containers should have covers which are tight-fitting to resist the 
intrusion of water and vectors, and should be equipped with a suitable 
handle. Containers should be designed so that they cannot be tipped over 
easily.
    (2) Reusable waste containers which are emptied mechanically should 
be designed or equipped to prevent spillage or leakage during on-site 
storage, collection, or transport. The container should be easily 
cleanable and designed to allow easy access for depositing the waste and 
removing it by gravity or by mechanical means. The containers should be 
easily accessible to the collection vehicle in an area which can safely 
accommodate the dimensions and weight of the vehicle.
    (b) Single-use plastic and paper bags should meet the National 
Sanitation Foundation Standard No. 31 for polyethylene refuse bags and 
Standard No. 32 for paper refuse bags, respectively. However, such bags 
do not need to have been certified by the National Sanitation 
Foundation. Single-use bags containing food wastes should be stored 
within the confines of a building or container between collection 
periods.
Sec. 243.201  Safety.



Sec. 243.201-1   Requirement.

    Collection systems shall be operated in such a manner as to protect 
the health and safety of personnel associated with the operation.



Sec. 243.201-2   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) All solid waste collection personnel should receive instructions 
and training in safe container and waste handling techniques, and in the 
proper operation of collection equipment, such as those presented in 
Operation Responsible: Safe Refuse Collection.
    (b) Personal protective equipment such as gloves, safety glasses, 
respirators, and footwear should be used

[[Page 311]]

by collection employees, as appropriate. This equipment should meet the 
applicable provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health 
Administration Standards for Subpart I--Personal Protective Equipment 
(29 CFR 1910.132 through 1910.137).
    (c) Scavenging should be prohibited at all times to avoid injury and 
to prevent interference with collection operations.
    (d) When conducting carryout collection, a leakproof and puncture-
proof carrying container should be used to minimize the potential for 
physical contact between the collector and the solid waste or the 
liquids which may derive from it.
Sec. 243.202  Collection equipment.



Sec. 243.202-1   Requirement.

    (a) All vehicles used for the collection and transportation of solid 
waste (or materials which have been separated for the purpose of 
recycling) which are considered to be operating in interstate or foreign 
commerce shall meet all applicable standards established by the Federal 
Government, including, but not limited to, Motor Carrier Safety 
Standards (49 CFR parts 390 through 396) and Noise Emission Standards 
for Motor Carriers Engaged in Interstate Commerce (40 CFR part 202). 
Federally owned collection vehicles shall be operated in compliance with 
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (49 CFR parts 500 through 580).
    (b) All vehicles used for the collection and transportation of solid 
waste (or materials which have been separated for the purpose of 
recycling) shall be enclosed or adequate provisions shall be made for 
suitable cover, so that while in transit there can be no spillage.
    (c) The equipment used in the compaction, collection, and 
transportation of solid waste (or materials which have been separated 
for the purpose of recycling) shall be constructed, operated, and 
maintained in such a manner as to minimize health and safety hazards to 
solid waste management personnel and the public. This equipment shall be 
maintained in good condition and kept clean to prevent the propagation 
or attraction of vectors and the creation of nuisances.
    (d) Collection equipment of the following types used for the 
collection, storage, and transportation of solid waste (or materials 
which have been separated for the purpose of recycling) shall meet the 
standards established by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI 
Z245.1, Safety Standards for Refuse Collection Equipment) as of the 
effective date(s) established in ANSI Z245.1:
    (1) Rear-loading compaction equipment.
    (2) Side-loading compaction equipment.
    (3) Front-loading compaction equipment.
    (4) Tilt-frame equipment.
    (5) Hoist-type equipment.
    (6) Satellite vehicles.
    (7) Special collection compaction equipment.
    (8) Stationary compaction equipment.

In the procurement of new collection equipment before the effective 
dates of ANSI Z245.1, equipment which meets the standards shall be 
obtained if available.



Sec. 243.202-2   Recommended procedures: Design.

    (a) Whenever possible, enclosed, metal, leak-resistant compactor 
vehicles should be used for the collection of solid wastes.
    (b) Safety devices, including, but not limited to, the following 
should be provided on all collection vehicles:
    (1) Exterior rear-view mirrors.
    (2) Back-up lights.
    (3) Four-way emergency flashers.
    (4) Easily accessible first aid equipment.
    (5) Easily accessible fire extinguisher.
    (6) Audible reverse warning device.
    (c) If crew members ride outside the cab of the collection vehicle 
for short trips the vehicle should be equipped with handholds and 
platforms big enough to safeguard against slipping.
    (d) Vehicle size should take into consideration: Local weight and 
height limits for all roads over which the vehicle will travel; turning 
radius; and

[[Page 312]]

loading height in the unloading position to insure overhead clearance in 
transfer stations, service buildings, incinerators, or other facilities.
    (e) Engines which conserve fuel and minimize pollution should be 
used in collection vehicles to reduce fuel consumption and air 
pollution.



Sec. 243.202-3   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Collection vehicles should be maintained and serviced according 
to manufacturers' recommendations, and receive periodic vehicle safety 
checks, including, but not limited to, inspection of brakes, windshield 
wipers, taillights, backup lights, audible reverse warning devices, 
tires, and hydraulic systems. Any irregularities should be repaired 
before the vehicle is used. Vehicles should also be cleaned thoroughly 
at least once a week.
    (b) Solid waste should not be allowed to remain in collection 
vehicles over 24 hours and should only be left in a vehicle overnight 
when this practice does not constitute a fire, health, or safety hazard.



Sec. 243.203   Collection frequency.



Sec. 243.203-1   Requirement.

    Solid wastes (or materials which have been separated for the purpose 
of recycling) shall be collected with frequency sufficient to inhibit 
the propagation or attraction of vectors and the creation of nuisances. 
Solid wastes which contain food wastes shall be collected at a minimum 
of once during each week. Bulky wastes shall be collected at a minimum 
of once every 3 months.



Sec. 243.203-2   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) The minimum collection frequency consistent with public health 
and safety should be adopted to minimize collection costs and fuel 
consumption. In establishing collection frequencies, generation rates, 
waste composition, and storage capacity should be taken into 
consideration.
    (b) When solid wastes are separated at the point of storage into 
various categories for the purpose of resource recovery, a collection 
frequency should be designated for each waste category.
Sec. 243.204  Collection management.



Sec. 243.204-1   Requirement.

    The collection of solid wastes (or materials which have been 
separated for the purpose of recycling) shall be conducted in a safe, 
efficient manner, strictly obeying all applicable traffic and other 
laws. The collection vehicle operator shall be responsible for 
immediately cleaning up all spillage caused by his operations, for 
protecting private and public property from damage resulting from his 
operations, and for creating no undue disturbance of the peace and quiet 
in residential areas in and through which he operates.



Sec. 243.204-2   Recommended procedures: Operations.

    (a) Records should be maintained detailing all costs (capital, 
operating, and maintenance) associated with the collection system. These 
records should be used for scheduling maintenance and replacement, for 
budgeting, and for system evaluation and comparison.
    (b) The collection system should be reviewed on a regular schedule 
to assure that environmentally adequate, economical, and efficient 
service is maintained.
    (c) Solid waste collection systems should be operated in a manner 
designed to minimize fuel consumption, including, but not limited to, 
the following procedures.
    (1) Collection vehicle routes should be designed to minimize driving 
distances and delays.
    (2) Collection vehicles should receive regular tuneups, tires should 
be maintained at recommended pressures, and compaction equipment should 
be serviced regularly to achieve the most efficient compaction.
    (3) Compactor trucks should be used to reduce the number of trips to 
the disposal site.
    (4) When the distance or travel time from collection routes to 
disposal sites is great, transfer stations should be used when cost 
effective.
    (5) Residential solid waste containers which are serviced manually 
should be

[[Page 313]]

placed at the curb or alley for collection.
    (6) For commercial wastes which do not contain food wastes, storage 
capacity should be increased in lieu of more frequent collection.

             Appendix to Part 243--Recommended Bibliography

    1. American National Standard Z245.1. Safety standard for refuse 
collection equipment. New York. The American National Standards 
Institute.
    2. Decision-Makers guide in solid waste management. Environmental 
Protection Publication SW-127. Washington, U.S. Government Printing 
Office, 1974.
    3. Grupenhoff, B. L., and K. A. Shuster. Paper and plastic solid 
waste sacks; a summary of available information; a Division of Technical 
Operations open-file report (TO 18.1.03.1). [Cincinnati], U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 1971. 17 p. [Restricted distribution].
    4. Hegdahl, T. A., Solid waste transfer stations; a state-of-the-art 
report on systems incorporating highway transportation, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Agency, 1972, 160 p. (Distributed by National 
Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia, as PB 213 511).
    5. National Sanitation Foundation standard no. 31 for polyethylene 
refuse bags. Ann Arbor, The National Sanitation Foundation, May 22, 
1970. 6 p.
    6. National Sanitation Foundation standard no. 32 for paper refuse 
sacks. Ann Arbor, The National Sanitation Foundation, Nov. 13, 1970. 6 
p.
    7. National Sanitation Foundation standard no. 13 for refuse 
compactors and compactor systems. Ann Arbor, The National Sanitation 
Foundation, March 1973. 12 p.
    8. Operation responsible (a safety training manual for S.W. 
Collection): Safe refuse collection: instructor's manual with slides, 
training manual with slides, and 16 mm film. Available from the National 
Audiovisual Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 
20409.
    9. Ralph Stone and Company, Inc. The use of bags for solid waste 
storage and collection. Environmental Protection Publication SW-42d. 
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1972. 264 p. (Distributed by 
National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Virginia, as PB 212 
590).
    10. Shuster, K. A., and D. A. Schur. Heuristic routing for solid 
waste collection vehicles. Environmental Protection Publication SW-113. 
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1974. 45 p.
    11. Shuster, K. (Office of Solid Waste Management Programs.) 
Analysis of fuel consumption for solid waste management. Unpublished 
data, January 1974.
    12. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Pesticides and pesticides 
containers; regulations for acceptance and recommended procedures for 
disposal and storage. Federal Register, 39 (85): 15235-15241, May 1, 
1974.
    13. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Pesticides and pesticides 
containers; proposed regulations for prohibition of certain acts 
regarding disposal and storage. Federal Register, 39 (200): 36847-36950, 
October 15, 1974.



PART 244--SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES FOR BEVERAGE CONTAINERS--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
244.100  Scope.
244.101  Definitions.

                         Subpart B--Requirements

244.200  Requirements.
244.201  Use of returnable beverage containers.
244.202  Information.
244.203  Implementation decisions and reporting.

Appendix to Part 244--Recommended Bibliography

    Authority: Secs. 1008 and 6004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as 
amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as 
amended (42 U.S.C. 6907, 6964).

    Source: 41 FR 41203, Sept. 21, 1976, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 244.100   Scope.

    (a) The ``Requirement'' sections contained herein delineate minimum 
actions for Federal agencies for reducing beverage container waste.
    (b) Section 211 of the Act and Executive Order 11752 make the 
``Requirements'' section of the guidelines mandatory upon Federal 
agencies. They are recommended for adoption by State and local 
governments and private agencies.
    (c) Intent and Objectives. (1) These Guidelines for Beverage 
Containers are intended to achieve a reduction in beverage container 
solid waste and litter, resulting in savings in waste collection and 
disposal costs to the Federal Government. They are also intended to

[[Page 314]]

achieve the conservation and more efficient use of energy and material 
resources through the development of effective beverage distribution and 
container collection systems.
    (2) The guidelines are intended to achieve these goals by making all 
beverage containers returnable and encouraging reuse of recycling of the 
returned containers. To accomplish the return of beverage containers, a 
deposit of at least five cents on each returnable beverage container is 
to be paid upon purchase by the consumer and refunded to the consumer 
when the empty container is returned to the dealer. This refund value 
provides a positive incentive for consumers to return the empty 
containers. Once containers are returned, nonrefillable containers can 
be recycled and refillable bottles can be reused.
    (3) The minimum deposit of five cents has been chosen because it is 
deemed a large enough incentive to induce the return of most containers, 
and it is the most widely used deposit amount in present deposit 
systems. Because this action is intended to be compatible with present 
deposit systems, it is recommended that Federal facilities apply higher 
deposit levels in localities where higher levels are ordinarily used and 
lower deposit levels if the local area has an established return system 
with a minimum deposit level, for some or all beverage containers, of 
less than five cents.
    (4) Final determination of how the requirements of the guidelines 
will be met rests with the head of each Federal agency.
    (5) Federal facilities implementing the guidelines must charge 
refundable deposits on both refillable beverage containers and 
nonrefillable ones. Use of a refillable beverage container system will 
achieve the objectives of this guideline and will also most likely 
result in lower beverage prices for consumers. However, placing 
refundable deposits on nonrefillable containers, which are subsequently 
returned and recycled, also achieves the objectives of the guidelines.
    (d) Nonimplementation for Federal Facilities. (1) The objectives of 
these guidelines are to reduce solid waste and litter and to conserve 
energy and materials through the use of a return system for beverage 
containers. In order to have a substantial impact on solid waste and 
litter created by beverage containers and to effect the concomitant 
energy and materials savings in a cost-effective manner, three 
conditions will be necessary: First, that consumers continue to purchase 
beverages from dealers at Federal facilities; second, that empty 
containers be returned and then reused or recycled; third, that the 
costs of implementation are not prohibitive. The head of each agency 
should consider these factors in order to make a determination regarding 
implementation of these guidelines.
    (2) The Administrator recognizes that the requirements of these 
guidelines may not be practical at some Federal facilities due to 
geographic or logistic problems of a local nature. Further, he 
recognizes that the use of a returnable beverage container system will 
accomplish nothing if all reasonable efforts to implement such a system 
have failed to induce consumers to buy beverages in returnable 
containers or to return them when empty. When these situations persist, 
agencies may determine not to continue implementation of these 
guidelines.
    (3) Federal agencies that make the determination not to use 
returnable containers shall provide to the Administrator the analysis 
and rationale used in making that determination as required by 
Sec. 244.100(f)(3). The Administrator will publish notice of 
availability of this report in the Federal Register. The following 
conditions are considered to be valid reasons for not using returnable 
beverage containers.
    (i) Situations in which, after a trial implementation, there is no 
alternative available that results in meeting the objectives of the 
guidelines in a cost effective manner. Examples of indications of this 
situation include, but are not limited to: (A) Data indicating a 
substantial and persistent reduction in beverage sales that is not 
directly attributable to any other cause; and (B) failure to establish a 
beverage container return rate that effectively achieves the objectives 
of these guidelines.

[[Page 315]]

    (ii) Situations in which no viable alternative can be found which 
avoids excessive, irrecoverable costs to the facility or the Agency. 
These conditions may prevail at either part or all of a facility. It is 
expected that facilities will use returnable beverage containers in 
those portions of their beverage distribution systems where it is 
effective to do so. However, it is recognized that in some situations, 
such as for unattended vending machines where it is impractical to 
establish refund locations, or in small remote outlets where the 
majority of consumers are transient, it may not be possible to use 
returnable containers effectively. The provisions for nonimplementation 
can be applied to those portions of a facility.
    (e) The Environmental Protection Agency will render technical 
assistance and other guidance to Federal agencies when requested to do 
so pursuant to section 3(d)(1) of Executive Order 11752.
    (f) Reports--(1) Implementation Schedule Report. This report is to 
advise the EPA of plans for the implementation of these guidelines. It 
is to be submitted to the Administrator within 60 days following an 
agency's determination to implement, and should include a list of 
planned implementation actions and a schedule indicating when those 
actions will be taken.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (3) Nonimplementation Report. Nonimplementation reports are to be 
submitted to the Administrator as soon as possible after a final agency 
determination has been made not to use returnable beverage containers 
but not later than sixty days after this determination. The 
Administrator will indicate to the reporting agency his concurrence or 
nonconcurrence with the agency's decision, including his reasons 
therefor. This concurrence or nonconcurrence is advisory.

Nonimplementation reports should include:
    (i) A description of alternative actions considered or implemented, 
including those actions which, if taken or continued, would have 
involved a deposit or return system.
    (ii) A description of ongoing actions that will be continued and 
actions taken or proposed that would preclude future implementation of a 
returnable beverage container system. This statement should identify all 
agency facilities or categories of facilities that will be affected.
    (iii) An analysis in support of the determination not to implement a 
deposit system, including technical data, market studies, and policy 
considerations used in making that determination. If the determination 
not to implement is based on inability to achieve a cost-effective 
system, this analysis should include such things as sales volume, impact 
on total overhead costs, administrative costs, other costs of 
implementation, percentage of containers sold that are returned, solid 
waste and litter reduction, energy and materials saved, and retail 
prices (before and after implementation).

[41 FR 41203, Sept. 21, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 36602, Aug. 20, 1982]



Sec. 244.101   Definitions.

    (a) Beverage means carbonated natural or mineral waters; soda water 
and similar carbonated soft drinks; and beer or other carbonated malt 
drinks in liquid form and intended for human consumption.
    (b) Beverage container means an airtight container containing a 
beverage under pressure of carbonation. Cups and other open receptacles 
are specifically excluded from this definition.
    (c) Consumer means any person who purchases a beverage in a beverage 
container for final use or consumption.
    (d) Dealer means any person who engages in the sale of beverages in 
beverage containers to a consumer.
    (e) Deposit means the sum paid to the dealer by the consumer when 
beverages are purchased in returnable beverage containers, and which is 
refunded when the beverage container is returned.
    (f) Distributor means any person who engages in the sale of 
beverages, in beverage containers, to a dealer, including any 
manufacturer who engages in such sale.
    (g) Federal Agency means any department, agency, establishment, or 
instrumentality of the executive branch of the United States Government.
    (h) Federal facility means any building, installation, structure, 
land, or

[[Page 316]]

public work owned by or leased to the Federal Government. Ships at sea, 
aircraft in the air, land forces on maneuvers, and other mobile 
facilities; and United States Government installations located on 
foreign soil or on land outside the jurisdiction of the United States 
Government are not considered ``Federal facilities'' for the purpose of 
these guidelines.
    (i) On-Premise Sales means sales transactions in which beverages are 
purchased by a consumer for immediate consumption within the area under 
control of the dealer.
    (j) Recycling means the process by which recovered materials are 
transformed into new products.
    (k) Refillable Beverage Container means a beverage container that 
when returned to a distributor or bottler is refilled with a beverage 
and reused.
    (l) Refund means the sum, equal to the deposit, that is given to the 
consumer or the dealer or both in exchange for empty returnable beverage 
containers.
    (m) Returnable Beverage Container means a beverage container for 
which a deposit is paid upon purchase and for which a refund of equal 
value is payable upon return.



                         Subpart B--Requirements

Sec. 244.200  Requirements.



Sec. 244.201   Use of returnable beverage containers.

    (a) All beverages in beverage containers sold or offered for sale 
shall be sold in returnable beverage containers. On-premise sales are 
specifically excluded from this requirement provided that empty beverage 
containers are returned to the distributor for refilling, or are 
recycled, either by the dealer or by the distributor when markets for 
recyclable materials are available.
    (b) The deposit shall be at least five (5) cents unless the local 
area has an established return system in operation with a lower minimum 
deposit level. In these specific areas, Federal facilities may adopt a 
minimum deposit equal to the local deposit level.
    (c) A dealer shall accept from a consumer any empty beverage 
containers of the kind, size and brand sold by the dealer, and pay the 
consumer the refund value of the beverage container, provided the 
container is refillable or is labelled in accordance with 
Sec. 244.202(a).
    (d) The refund shall be provided at the place of sale whenever 
possible or as close to that place as practicable, and in any event, on 
the premises of the particular federal facility involved. Refund 
locations shall be conspicuously labelled as refund centers. If they are 
not in the immediate vicinity of the place of sale, notice of their 
location shall be prominently posted at that place of sale.
    (e) A dealer shall not procure beverages in beverage containers from 
distributors who refuse to: Accept from the dealer any returnable 
beverage containers of the kind, size and brand sold by the distributor; 
pay to the dealer the refund value of the beverage containers; and reuse 
the returned containers or recycle them where markets for recyclable 
materials are available.
    (f) Returned refillable beverage containers shall be returned to the 
distributor for refilling. Nonrefillable beverage containers shall be 
returned to the appropriate distributor or recycled, where markets for 
recyclable materials are available.



Sec. 244.202   Information.

    (a) With the exception of refillable beverage containers, every 
returnable beverage container sold or offered for sale by a dealer shall 
clearly and conspicuously indicate, by embossing or by stamp, or by a 
label securely affixed to the beverage container, the refund value of 
the container and that the container is returnable.
    (b) Dealers shall inform consumers that beverages are sold in 
returnable beverage containers by placing a sign, or a shelf label, or 
both, in close proximity to any sales display of beverages in returnable 
containers. That sign or label shall indicate that all containers are 
returnable, separately list the beverage price and deposit to be paid by 
the consumer, and shall indicate where the empty beverage containers may 
be returned for refund of the deposit.


[[Page 317]]





Sec. 244.203  Implementation decisions and reporting.

    Federal agencies are to determine whether or not to implement these 
guidelines by October 20, 1977. Reporting of that determination shall be 
in accordance with the following requirements:
    (a) Federal agencies that plan to implement these guidelines shall 
report that decision to the Administrator in accordance with the 
procedures described in Sec. 244.100(f)(1).
    (b) Agencies that determine not to implement these guidelines shall 
provide to the Administrator a nonimplementation report in accordance 
with Sec. 244.100(f)(3). This report shall include the reasons for 
nonimplementation, based on concepts presented in Sec. 244.100(d).

[47 FR 36602, Aug. 20, 1982; 47 FR 41959, Sept. 23, 1982]

             Appendix to Part 244--Recommended Bibliography

    1. Office of Solid Waste Management Programs. Second report to 
Congress; resource recovery and source reduction. Environmental 
Protection Publication SW-122. Washington, U.S. Government Printing 
Office, 1974.
    2. Applied Decision Systems, Inc. Study of the effectiveness and 
impact of the Oregon minimum deposit law. Salem, Oregon Legislative 
Fiscal Office, 1974.
    3. Midwest Research Institute. Resource and environmental profile 
analysis of nine beverage container alternatives. Environmental 
Protection Publications SW-91c. Washington, U.S. Government Printing 
Office, 1974.
    4. Alpha Beta Acme Markets, Inc. Bottle survey '71: A California 
supermarket report on the cost of handling returnable soft drink 
bottles. 1971.
    5. Research Triangle Institute. The beverage container problem, 
analysis and recommendations. Environmental Protection Agency 
Publication R 2-72-059, 1972.
    6. Research Triangle Institute. An evaluation of the effectiveness 
and costs of regulatory and fiscal policy instruments on product 
packaging. RTI Project No. 41U-824, 1974.
    7. Lowe, R. A. Energy conservation through improved solid waste 
management. Environmental Protection Agency Publication SW-125. 
Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1974.
    8. Gudger, C., and J. Bailes. The economic impact of Oregon's bottle 
bill. Oregon State University Press, 1974.
    9. Claussen, E. Oregon's bottle bill: The first six months. 
Environmental Protection Agency Publication SW-109. Washington, U.S. 
Government Printing Office, 1973.
    10. Scheinman, T. Mandatory deposit legislation for beer and soft 
drink containers in Maryland, an economic analysis. State of Maryland 
Council of Economic Advisers, 1974.
    11. U.S. Congress, Senate. Hearings before the Subcommittee on the 
Environment, Committee on Commerce, 93rd Congress, May 6 to 7, 1974.
    12. Quinn, Robert. No deposit no return * * * a report on beverage 
containers. New York State Senate Task Force on Critical Problems, 1975.
    13. Weinberg, R. S. The effect of convenience packaging on the malt 
beverage industry 1947-1969. St. Louis, Missouri, December, 1971.
    14. Impacts of beverage container regulations in Minnesota; a report 
to the Governor and the Minnesota Legislature. Minneapolis, Minnesota 
State Planning Agency, January, 1974.
    15. Loube, M. Beverage containers; the Vermont experience. 
Washington, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1975.
    16. Nadworny, Milton J. Some economic consequences of the Vermont 
beverage container deposit law. Burlington, University of Vermont, 
February 1975.
    17. O'Brien, M. Returnable containers for Maine; an environmental 
and economic assessment. Portland, Maine, Maine Citizens for Returnable 
Containers, March 17, 1975.
    18. Questions and answers on returnable beverage containers for beer 
and soft drinks. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Solid 
Waste Management programs, Resource Recovery Division. Washington, June 
1975.
    19. Ross, M. H. Employment effects of a ban on nonreturnable 
beverage containers in Michigan. Kalamazoo, Michigan, Kalamazoo Nature 
Center for Environmental Education, April, 1975.
    20. Stern, C., et al. Impacts of beverage container legislation on 
Connecticut and a review of the experience in Oregon, Vermont and 
Washington State. Storrs, University of Connecticut, Department of 
Agricultural Economics, March 20, 1975.
    21. Train, R. E. Win the war on waste. Presented at 3d National 
Congress on Waste Management Technology and Resource Recovery, San 
Francisco, November 14, 1975.
    22. Waggoner, D. Oregon's bottle bill two years later. Portland, 
Oregon, Columbia Group Press, May, 1974.
    23. Council on Environmental Economics. A report on the 
environmental economics regarding mandatory deposit legislation for beer 
and soft drink containers in Maryland. Annapolis, Maryland, January, 
1975.

[[Page 318]]

    24. O'Brien, M. Returnable containers for Maine; an environmental 
and economic assessment. Maine Citizens for Returnable Containers. 
Portland, Maine, March 17, 1975, 13p.



PART 245--PROMULGATION RESOURCE RECOVERY FACILITIES GUIDELINES--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
245.100  Scope.
245.101  Definitions.

           Subpart B--Requirements and Recommended Procedures

245.200  Establishment or utilization of resource recovery facilities.
245.200-1  Requirements.
245.200-2  Recommended procedures: Regionalization.
245.200-3  Recommended procedures: Planning techniques.

    Authority: Secs. 1008 and 6004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as 
amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as 
amended (42 U.S.C. 6907, 6964).

    Source: 41 FR 41208, Sept. 21, 1976, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 245.100   Scope.

    (a) These guidelines are applicable to the recovery of resources 
from residential, commercial, or institutional solid wastes.
    (b) The ``Requirement'' sections contained herein delineate minimum 
actions for Federal agencies for planning and establishing resource 
recovery facilities. Pursuant to section 211 of the Solid Waste Disposal 
Act, as amended, and Executive Order 11752, the ``Requirement'' sections 
of this guideline are mandatory for Federal agencies. In addition, they 
are recommended to State, interstate, regional, and local governments 
for use in their activities.
    (c) The ``Recommended Procedures'' sections are presented to suggest 
additional actions or preferred methods by which the objectives of the 
requirements can be realized. The ``Recommended Procedures'' are not 
mandatory for Federal agencies.
    (d) These guidelines apply to all Federal agencies that have 
jurisdiction over any real property or facility the operation or 
administration of which involves such agency in residential, commercial 
or institutional solid wastes disposal activities either in-house or by 
contract. Federal land that is used solely for the disposal of non-
Federal solid waste is not considered real property or a facility for 
the purpose of these guidelines.
    (e) The Environment Protection Agency will render technical 
assistance and other guidance to Federal agencies when requested to do 
so pursuant to section 3(d)1 of Executive Order 11752.
    (f) Within one year after the final promulgation of these 
guidelines, agencies shall make a determination as to what actions will 
be taken to establish a resource recovery facility in accordance with 
these guidelines and shall, within 60 days of such determination, submit 
to the Administrator a schedule of such actions.
    (g) In order for the Administrator to establish the lead agency in 
each Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) as addressed in 
Sec. 245.200-1(b), each Agency shall provide the Administrator within 60 
days after the final promulgation of these guidelines the following 
information:

    List of all real property or facilities by SMSA that the agency has 
jurisdiction over, the operation or administration of which involves 
such agency in residential, commercial or institutional solid wastes 
disposal activities, either in-house or by contract, in amounts of more 
than one ton of solid waste per day (equivalent to 260 tons or more 
annually) after implementation of other Federal guidelines for waste 
reduction and source separation and that amount of solid waste.

    (h) Within 90 days after final promulgation of these guidelines, the 
Administrator will establish the lead agency in each SMSA.
    (i) Federal agencies that make the determination not to establish or 
utilize a resource recovery facility shall make a report to the 
Administrator fully explaining that determination. The Administrator 
shall publish in the Federal Register notice of the availability of this 
report to the public. In making this determination, agencies

[[Page 319]]

must consider energy conservation, environmental factors, and natural 
resource conservation as well as cost. Trade-offs between these factors 
must be analyzed prior to the decision not to establish or utilize a 
resource recovery facility. As all of these factors can be reduced to 
cost, the following are considered to be valid reasons for not 
establishing or utilizing a resource recovery facility when supported by 
individual facts and circumstances:
    (1) Costs so high as to render establishing a resource recovery 
facility economically impracticable; or
    (2) Inability to sell the recovered products due to lack of market.
    (i) The report required by this section shall contain:
    (A) A description of alternative actions considered with emphasis on 
those alternatives that involve resource recovery, and any actions that 
would preclude establishing or utilizing a resource recovery facility.
    (B) A description of ongoing actions which will be continued and new 
actions taken or proposed. This statement should identify all agency 
facilities that will be affected by these actions including a brief 
description of how these facilities will be affected.
    (C) An analysis of the action chosen by the agency including 
supporting technical data, market studies, and policy considerations so 
that the factors influencing the decision not to establish a resource 
recovery facility are clear.
    (ii) The report required by this section shall be submitted to the 
Administrator as soon as possible after a final agency determination has 
been made not to establish or utilize a resource recovery facility, but 
in no case later than sixty days after such final determination. The 
Administrator shall indicate to the agency in writing his concurrence or 
disagreement with the agency's decision, including his reasons therefor.
    (iii) Implementation of actions that would preclude establishing or 
utilizing a resource recovery facility shall be deferred for 60 days, 
from the Agency's receipt of the report required by Sec. 245.100(g), in 
order to give the Administrator an opportunity to receive, analyze and 
seek clarification of the report.
    (iv) It is recommended that where the report required by this 
section concerns an action for which an Environmental Impact Statement 
(EIS) is required by the National Environmental Policy Act, that the 
report be circulated together with the EIS.



Sec. 245.101   Definitions.

    As used in these guidelines:
    (a) Commercial solid waste means all types of solid waste generated 
by stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses, and other such non-
manufacturing activities, and non-processing waste generated at 
industrial facilities such as office and packing wastes.
    (b) Disposal means the collection, storage, treatment, utilization, 
processing, or final disposal of solid waste.
    (c) Facility means any building, installation, structure, or public 
work owned by or leased to the Federal Government. Ships at sea, 
aircraft in the air, land forces on maneuvers, other mobile facilities, 
and U.S. Government installations located on foreign soil are not 
considered ``Federal facilities'' for the purpose of these guidelines.
    (d) Infectious waste means: (1) Equipment, instruments, utensils, 
and fomites (any substance that may harbor or transmit pathogenic 
organisms) of a disposable nature from the rooms of patients who are 
suspected to have or have been diagnosed as having a communicable 
disease and must, therefore, be isolated as required by public health 
agencies; (2) laboratory wastes, such as pathological specimens (e.g., 
all tissues, specimens of blood elements, excreta, and secretions 
obtained from patients or laboratory animals) and disposable fomites 
attendant thereto; (3) surgical operating room pathologic specimens and 
disposable fomites attendant thereto and similar disposable materials 
from outpatient areas and emergency rooms.
    (e) Institutional solid waste means solid wastes originating from 
educational, health care, correctional, and other institutional 
facilities.
    (f) Pyrolytic gas and oil means gas or liquid products that possess 
useable heating value that is recovered from the heating of organic 
material (such

[[Page 320]]

as that found in solid waste), usually in an essentially oxygen-free 
atmosphere.
    (g) Recoverable resources means materials that still have useful 
physical, chemical, or biological properties after serving their 
original purpose and can, therefore, be reused or recycled for the same 
or other purposes.
    (h) Recovery means the process of obtaining materials or energy 
resources from solid waste.
    (i) Recycled material means a material that is utilized in place of 
a primary, raw, or virgin material in manufacturing a product.
    (j) Recycling means the process by which recovered materials are 
transformed into new products.
    (k) Residential solid waste means the garbage, rubbish, trash, and 
other solid waste resulting from the normal activities of households.
    (l) Resource recovery facility means any physical plant that 
processes residential, commercial, or institutional solid wastes 
biologically, chemically, or physically, and recovers useful products, 
such as shredded fuel, combustible oil or gas, steam, metal, glass, etc. 
for recycling.
    (m) Tons per day means annual tonnage divided by 260 days.



           Subpart B--Requirements and Recommended Procedures

Sec. 245.200  Establishment or utilization of resource recovery 
facilities.



Sec. 245.200-1   Requirements.

    (a) A Federal agency that has jurisdiction over any real property or 
facility the operation or administration of which involves such agency 
in residential, commercial or institutional solid wastes disposal 
activities either in-house or by contract in amounts of 100 tons or more 
per day (equivalent to 26,000 tons or more annually) after 
implementation of other Federal guidelines for waste reduction and 
source separation shall establish or utilize resource recovery 
facilities to separate and recover materials or energy or both from such 
solid waste.
    (b) If any one Federal agency within a Standard Metropolitan 
Statistical Area that has jurisdiction over any real property or 
facility the operation or administration of which involves such agency 
in residential, commercial, or institutional solid wastes disposal 
activities either in-house or by contract in amounts of 50 tons or more 
per day (equivalent to 13,000 tons or more annually) after 
implementation of other Federal guidelines for waste reduction and 
source separation, and if the combined total of these solid wastes for 
all Federal agencies within the SMSA is 100 tons or more per day 
(equivalent to 26,000 tons or more annually) after implementation of 
other Federal guidelines for waste reduction and source separation, all 
Federal agencies within the SMSA shall establish or utilize one or more 
resource recovery facilities to separate and recover materials or energy 
or both from this solid waste. The agency that has jurisdiction over the 
disposal of the largest quantity of residential, commercial, or 
institutional solid wastes in the SMSA shall be designated the lead 
agency by the Administrator of EPA in the resource recovery facility 
planning process. The lead agency shall be responsible for planning, 
organizing, and managing the joint resource recovery activities of the 
agencies in the SMSA and shall report the compliance decision of the 
agencies in the SMSA in accordance with Sec. 245.100 (f) or (i), as 
appropriate, in a consolidated report. All other agencies in the SMSA 
shall assist in planning such resource recovery activities.
    (c) Agencies shall consult with appropriate State and local 
agencies, and with concerned local citizens and environmental groups 
prior to initiation of market analysis and facility design and 
construction to determine what effects the project might have on local, 
regional, and State solid waste management plans for the area and to 
determine the extent of prior resource recovery planning for the area. 
Resource recovery facilities established as a result of these guidelines 
shall be compatible with such plans.
    (d) Resource recovery facilities established or utilized as a result 
of these guidelines shall be designed with a capacity sufficient to 
process at least all of the residential, commercial, or institutional 
solid wastes disposed of after

[[Page 321]]

implementation of other Federal guidelines for waste reduction and 
source separation, by the agencies that have jurisdiction over the 
Federal facilities that will utilize the resource recovery facility.
    (e) Resource recovery facilities established or utilized as a result 
of these guidelines shall be designed to process at least 65 percent by 
wet weight of the input solid waste into recycled material, fuel, or 
energy. Thus, the weight of the unmarketable residue shall be no more 
than 35 percent by wet weight of the input solid waste. If inability to 
meet the 65 percent criteria is based on circumstances as stated in 
Sec. 245.100(i) then the processing percentage shall be as great as 
practicable within those circumstances.
    (f) An agency may determine, under Sec. 245.100(i) not to establish 
or utilize a resource recovery facility when after appropriate analysis 
it is determined that markets for recovered products are not available, 
or that the cost of the resource recovery system would be so high as to 
be economically impracticable.

[41 FR 41208, Sept. 21, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 36603, Aug. 20, 1982]



Sec. 245.200-2   Recommended procedures: Regionalization.

    (a) Federal agencies that have jurisdiction over facilities within a 
geographical area should enter into joint resource recovery ventures 
among themselves and with nearby communities in order to maximize 
economies of scale.
    (b) If a community near a Federal facility operates or is planning 
to construct a resource recovery facility, the Federal agency having 
jurisdiction over that facility should participate as appropriate 
relative to waste load in the financing, construction, and operation of 
that facility.



Sec. 245.200-3   Recommended procedures: Planning techniques.

    Planning for the implementation of a resource recovery facility 
should be performed in a systematic manner. A series of reports have 
been prepared by the Agency's Office of Solid Waste Management Programs. 
The series, titled Resource Recovery Plant Implementation; Guides for 
Municipal Officials, should be used as an aid in the planning phase.
    (a) Planning and Overview (SW-157.1) provides a framework for the 
overall planning phase.
    (b) Preceding the selection of a specific resource recovery 
technology, an investigation of markets should be made. Markets (SE-
157.3) lists the markets for the recovered materials and outlines steps 
to be taken to secure those markets.
    (c) The various resource recovery methods are covered in 
Technologies (SW-157.2).
    (d) The economic viability of a specific resource recovery facility 
should be determined only after all costs are accounted for as outlined 
in Accounting Format (SW-157.6).
    (e) Other reports in this series are:

Financing SW-157.4
Procurement SW-157.5
Risks and Contracts SW-157.7
Further Assistance SW-157.8

These reports may be obtained from: Solid Waste Information Materials 
Control Section, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio 
45268.



PART 246--SOURCE SEPARATION FOR MATERIALS RECOVERY GUIDELINES--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
246.100  Scope.
246.101  Definitions.

           Subpart B--Requirements and Recommended Procedures

246.200  High-grade paper recovery.
246.200-1  Requirements.
246.200-2  Recommended procedures: High-grade paper recovery from 
          smaller offices.
246.200-3  Recommended procedures: Market study.
246.200-4  Recommended procedures: Levels of separation.
246.200-5  Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and collection.
246.200-6  Recommended procedures: Storage.
246.200-7  Recommended procedures: Transportation.

[[Page 322]]

246.200-8  Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.
246.200-9  Recommended procedures: Contracts.
246.200-10  Recommended procedures: Public information and education.
246.201  Residential materials recovery.
246.201-1  Requirement.
246.201-2  Recommended procedures: Newsprint recovery from smaller 
          residential facilities.
246.201-3  Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper 
          separation.
246.201-4  Recommended procedures: Market study.
246.201-5  Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and collection.
246.201-6  Recommended procedures: Transportation to market.
246.201-7  Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.
246.201-8  Recommended procedures: Contracts.
246.201-9  Recommended procedures: Public information and education.
246.202  Corrugated container recovery.
246.202-1  Requirement.
246.202-2  Recommended procedures: Corrugated container recovery from 
          smaller commercial facilities.
246.202-3  Recommended procedures: Market study.
246.202-4  Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and storage.
246.202-5  Recommended procedures: Transportation.
246.202-6  Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.
246.202-7  Recommended procedures: Establishment of purchase contract.
246.203  Reevaluation.

Appendix to Part 246--Recommended Bibliography

    Authority: Secs. 1008 and 6004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as 
amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as 
amended (42 U.S.C. 6907, 6964).

    Source: 41 FR 16952, Apr. 23, 1976, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 246.100   Scope.

    (a) These guidelines are applicable to the source separation of 
residential, commercial, and institutional solid wastes. Explicitly 
excluded are mining, agricultural, and industrial solid wastes; 
hazardous wastes; sludges; construction and demolition wastes; 
infectious wastes; classified waste.
    (b) The ``Requirement'' sections contained herein delineate minimum 
actions for Federal agencies for the recovery of resources from solid 
waste through source separation. Pursuant to section 211 of the Solid 
Waste Disposal Act, as amended, and Executive Order 11752 section 4(a), 
the ``Requirement'' sections of these guidelines are mandatory for all 
Federal agencies that generate solid waste. In addition, they are 
recommended to State, interstate, regional, and local governments for 
use in their activities.
    (c) The ``Recommended Procedures'' sections are presented to suggest 
actions or preferred methods by which the objectives of the requirements 
can be realized. The ``Recommended Procedures'' are not mandatory for 
Federal agencies.
    (d) The Environmental Protection Agency will render technical 
assistance in the form of sample cost analysis formats, sample bid 
specifications, implementation guidance documents and other guidance to 
Federal agencies when requested to do so, pursuant to section 3(d)1 of 
Executive Order 11752.
    (e) Within one year after the effective date of these guidelines, 
agencies shall make a final determination as to what actions shall be 
taken to adopt the requirements of these guidelines and shall, within 
two months of such determination, submit to the Administrator a schedule 
of such actions.
    (f) Federal agencies that make the determination not to source 
separate as described in Secs. 246.200-1, 246.201-1, and 246.202-1, for 
whatever reason, shall make available to the Administrator the analysis 
and rationale used in making that determination. The Administrator shall 
publish notice of the availability of this report to the general public 
in the Federal Register. The following are considered to be valid 
reasons for not source separating under individual facts and 
circumstances: inability to sell the recovered materials due to lack of 
market, and costs so unreasonably high as to render source separation 
for materials recovery economically impracticable.
    (1) The following points are to be covered in the report:
    (i) A description of alternative actions considered with emphasis on 
those alternatives which involve source separation for materials 
recovery.

[[Page 323]]

    (ii) A description of ongoing actions which will be continued and 
new actions taken or proposed. This statement should identify all agency 
facilities which will be affected by these actions including a brief 
description of how such facilities will be affected.
    (iii) An analysis in support of the action chosen by the agency 
including technical data, market studies, and policy considerations used 
in arriving at such a determination.

In covering the points above, agencies should make every effort to 
present information succinctly in a form easily understood, but in 
sufficient detail so that the factors influencing the decision not to 
source separate for materials recovery are clear.
    (2) The above report shall be submitted to the Administrator as soon 
as possible after a final agency determination has been made not to 
adopt the requirements of these guidelines, but in no case later than 
sixty days after such final determination. The Administrator will 
indicate to the agency his concurrence/nonconcurrence with the agency's 
decision, including his reason therefor.
    (3) Implementation of actions that would preclude source separation 
for materials recovery shall be deferred, for sixty days where feasible, 
in order to give the Administrator an opportunity to receive, analyze 
and seek clarification of the above required report.
    (4) It is recommended that where the report required by 
Sec. 246.100(f) concerns an action for which an Environmental Impact 
Statement (EIS) is required by the National Environmental Policy Act, 
that the report be circulated together with the EIS.
    (g) The report required under Sec. 246.100(e) and (f) shall be made 
on forms to be prescribed by the Administrator by notice in the Federal 
Register.

[41 FR 16952, Apr. 23, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 36603, Aug. 20, 1982]



Sec. 246.101   Definitions.

    As used in these guidelines:
    (a) Agricultural solid waste means the solid waste that is generated 
by the rearing of animals, and the producing and harvesting of crops or 
trees.
    (b) Baler means a machine used to compress solid wastes, primary 
materials, or recoverable materials, with or without binding, to a 
density or from which will support handling and transportation as a 
material unit rather than requiring a disposable or reuseable container. 
This specifically excludes briquetters and stationary compaction 
equipment which is used to compact materials into disposable or 
reuseable containers.
    (c) Bulk container means a large container that can either be pulled 
or lifted mechanically onto a service vehicle or emptied mechanically 
into a service vehicle.
    (d) Classified Waste means waste material that has been given 
security classification in accordance with 50 U.S.C. 401 and Executive 
Order 11652.
    (e) Collection means the act of removing solid waste (or materials 
which have been separated for the purpose of recycling) from a central 
storage point.
    (f) Commercial establishment means stores, offices, restaurants, 
warehouses and other non-manufacturing activities.
    (g) Commercial solid waste means all types of solid wastes generated 
by stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses and other non-manufacturing 
activities, and non-processing wastes such as office and packing wastes 
generated at industrial facilities.
    (h) Construction and demolition waste means the waste building 
materials, packaging, and rubble resulting from construction, 
remodeling, repair, and demolition operations on pavements, houses, 
commercial buildings and other structures.
    (i) Compartmentalized vehicle means a collection vehicle which has 
two or more compartments for placement of solid wastes or recyclable 
materials. The compartments may be within the main truck body or on the 
outside of that body as in the form of metal racks.
    (j) Corrugated container waste means discarded corrugated boxes.
    (k) Corrugated box means a container for goods which is composed of 
an inner

[[Page 324]]

fluting of material (corrugating medium) and one or two outer liners of 
material (linerboard).
    (l) Federal facility means any building, installation, structure, 
land, or public work owned by or leased to the Federal Government. Ships 
at sea, aircraft in the air, land forces on maneuvers, and other mobile 
facilities are not considered Federal facilities for the purpose of 
these guidelines. United States Government installations located on 
foreign soil or on land outside the jurisdiction of the United States 
Government are not considered Federal facilities for the purpose of 
these guidelines.
    (m) Food waste means the organic residues generated by the handling, 
storage, sale, preparation, cooking, and serving of foods; commonly 
called garbage.
    (n) Generation means the act or process of producing solid waste.
    (o) High-grade paper means letterhead, dry copy papers, 
miscellaneous business forms, stationery, typing paper, tablet sheets, 
and computer printout paper and cards, commonly sold as ``white 
ledger,'' ``computer printout'' and ``tab card'' grade by the wastepaper 
industry.
    (p) Industrial solid waste means the solid waste generated by 
industrial processes and manufacturing.
    (q) Infectious waste means: (1) Equipment, instruments, utensils, 
and fomites (any substance that may harbor or transmit pathogenic 
organisms) of a disposable nature from the rooms of patients who are 
suspected to have or have been diagnosed as having a communicable 
disease and must, therefore, be isolated as required by public health 
agencies; (2) laboratory wastes, such as pathological specimens (e.g. 
all tissues, specimens of blood elements, excreta, and secretions 
obtained from patients or laboratory animals) and disposable fomites 
attendant thereto; (3) surgical operating room pathologic specimens and 
disposable fomites attendant thereto and similar disposable materials 
from outpatient areas and emergency rooms.
    (r) Institutional solid waste means solid wastes generated by 
educational, health care, correctional and other institutional 
facilities.
    (s) Mining wastes means residues which result from the extraction of 
raw materials from the earth.
    (t) Post-consumer waste (PCW) means a material or product that has 
served its intended use and has been discarded for disposal or recovery 
after passing through the hands of a final consumer.
    (u) Recoverable resources means materials that still have useful 
physical, chemical, or biological properties after serving their 
original purpose and can, therefore, be reused or recycled for the same 
or other purposes.
    (v) Recovery means the process of obtaining materials or energy 
resources from solid waste.
    (w) Recycled material means a material that is used in place of a 
primary, raw or virgin material in manufacturing a product.
    (x) Recycling means the process by which recovered materials are 
transformed into new products.
    (y) Residential solid waste means the wastes generated by the normal 
activities of households, including but not limited to, food wastes, 
rubbish, ashes, and bulky wastes.
    (z) Separate collection means collecting recyclable materials which 
have been separated at the point of generation and keeping those 
materials separate from other collected solid waste in separate 
compartments of a single collection vehicle or through the use of 
separate collection vehicles.
    (aa) Sludge means the accumulated semiliquid suspension of settled 
solids deposited from wastewaters or other fluids in tanks or basins. It 
does not include solid or dissolved material in domestic sewage or other 
significant pollutants in water resources, such as silt, dissolved 
material in irrigation return flows or other common water pollutants.
    (bb) Solid waste means garbage, refuse, sludge, and other discarded 
solid materials, including solid waste materials resulting from 
industrial, commercial, and agricultural operations, and from community 
activities, but does not include solids or dissolved materials in 
domestic sewage or other significant pollutants in water resources, such 
as silt, dissolved or suspended solids in industrial wastewater

[[Page 325]]

effluents, dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or other 
common water pollutants. Unless specifically noted otherwise, the term 
``solid waste'' as used in these guidelines shall not include mining, 
agricultural, and industrial solid wastes; hazardous wastes; sludges; 
construction and demolition wastes; and infectious wastes.
    (cc) Source separation means the setting aside of recyclable 
materials at their point of generation by the generator.
    (dd) Specification means a clear and accurate description of the 
technical requirements for materials, products or services, identifying 
the minimum requirements for quality and construction of materials and 
equipment necessary for an acceptable product. In general, 
specifications are in the form of written descriptions, drawings, 
prints, commercial designations, industry standards, and other 
descriptive references.
    (ee) Stationary compactor means a powered machine which is designed 
to compact solid waste or recyclable materials, and which remains 
stationary when in operation.
    (ff) Storage means the interim containment of solid waste after 
generation and prior to collection for ultimate recovery or disposal.
    (gg) Virgin material means a raw material used in manufacturing that 
has been mined or harvested and has not as yet become a product.



           Subpart B--Requirements and Recommended Procedures

Sec. 246.200  High-grade paper recovery.



Sec. 246.200-1   Requirements.

    High-grade paper generated by office facilities of over 100 office 
workers shall be separated at the source of generation, separately 
collected, and sold for the purpose of recycling.



Sec. 246.200-2   Recommended procedures: High-grade paper recovery from smaller offices.

    The recovery of high-grade paper generated by office facilities of 
less than 100 office workers should be investigated in conformance with 
the following recommended procedures and implemented where feasible.



Sec. 246.200-3   Recommended procedures: Market study.

    An investigation of markets should be made by the organization 
responsible for the sale of recyclable materials in each Federal agency 
and should include at a minimum:
    (a) Identifying potential purchasers of the recovered paper through 
standard market research techniques;
    (b) Directly contacting buyers, and determining the buyers' quality 
specifications, the exact types of paper to be recycled, potential 
transportation agreements and any minimum quantity criteria; and
    (c) Determining the price that the buyer will pay for the recovered 
paper and the willingness of the buyer to sign a contract for purchase 
of the paper at a guaranteed minimum price.



Sec. 246.200-4   Recommended procedures: Levels of separation.

    A two-level separation is recommended for most facilities. This 
separation should consist of (a) high-grade wastepaper and (b) all other 
waste. Facilities that produce large enough quantities of waste computer 
paper and cards to make their separation into a separate category cost 
effective may choose to implement three levels of separation: (1) 
Computer papers, (2) other high-grade papers, (3) all other wastes.



Sec. 246.200-5   Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and collection.

    (a) Systems designed to recover high grades of office paper at the 
source of generation, i.e., the desk, are the desktop system, the two-
wastebasket system, and the office centralized container system.
    (b) With the desk-top system, recyclable paper is placed by the 
generator in a container on his desk, while other waste is placed in a 
wastebasket. With the two-wastebasket system, recyclable paper is placed 
by the generator in one desk-side wastebasket, and all other waste is 
placed in another. In the centralized container system, large

[[Page 326]]

containers for the collection of recyclables are placed in centralized 
locations within the office areas of the building. Nonrecyclable waste 
is placed in desk-side wastebaskets.
    (c) The recommended system is the desk-top system because it is 
designed to maximize recovery of high value material in an economically 
feasible manner. While the two-wastebasket system and centralized 
container system have been implemented with success in isolated 
instances, data indicate that, on the whole, these systems have 
experienced high levels of contamination, low levels of participation, 
and low revenues. The desk-top system has been designed to minimize 
these problems.
    (d) The precise method of separation and collection used to 
implement the desk-top system will depend upon such things as the 
physical layout of the individual facility, the ease of collection, and 
the projected cost effectiveness of using various methods. The 
recommended desk-top system is carried out in the following manner:
    (1) Workers are to deposit high-grade paper into a desk-top tray or 
other small desk-top holder to be supplied by the agency. This holder 
should be designed in such a way as to prevent it holding contaminants, 
such as food or beverage containers.
    (2) At the office worker's convenience or when the tray is filled, 
the worker carries the paper to a conveniently located bulk container 
within the office area. This large container should be located in an 
area the worker frequents in the normal course of business.
    (3) In locations where computer cards and printouts are to be 
collected separately, the receptacle for these wastes should be near the 
computer terminal or in some other logical, centrally located place.
    (4) Collection of the high-grade paper from the bulk containers in 
the office area should be performed by the janitorial or general 
maintenance service.

The number of locations and the frequency of collection of these 
containers will be determined by office size and maintenance staff 
capacity.
    (e) Mixed paper and some high-grade office papers have also been 
recovered for recycling by hand-picking in an individual building's 
trash room or at a centralized facility serving several buildings. With 
these hand-picking systems, recyclable waste is not separated at the 
source of generation, but is mixed with other waste in the usual manner 
and removed to a centralized location where recyclable paper is picked 
out of the mixed waste by hand. Facilities may choose to use this method 
of high-grade paper recovery if it is shown by analysis to be 
economically preferable to source separation.



Sec. 246.200-6   Recommended procedures: Storage.

    Among the alternatives for paper storage are on-site bailing, the 
use of stationary compactors, or storage in corrugated boxes or normal 
waste containers. Stored paper should be protected from fire, inclement 
weather, theft, and vandalism.



Sec. 246.200-7   Recommended procedures: Transportation.

    Transportation to market may be supplied by the facility, by a 
private hauler, or by the purchaser. Collection of the recyclable paper 
should be on a regular, established schedule.



Sec. 246.200-8   Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.

    After potential markets have been located (but prior to initiation 
of formal bidding procedures), preliminary determinations of various 
separation methods, storage, and transportation costs have been made, 
and estimated tonnages of both recoverable high-grade paper and residual 
solid waste have been established, an analysis should be conducted which 
compares the costs of the present waste collection and disposal system 
with the proposed segregated systems. At a minimum, the study should 
include all capital, operating and overhead costs and take into account 
credits for revenue from paper sales and savings from diverting recycled 
materials from disposal. Potential costs to upgrade collection and 
disposal practices to comply with EPA's Guidelines for the Storage and 
Collection of Residential, Commercial and Institutional Solid Wastes (40 
CFR part 243) and Thermal Processing and Land

[[Page 327]]

Disposal Guidelines (40 CFR parts 240 and 241) should be included in the 
analysis. In formulating a separation system and evaluating its costs, 
every effort should be made to use janitorial and waste collection 
resources efficiently. This cost analysis should enable the facility to 
determine the most cost effective method of implementing the requirement 
of this part.



Sec. 246.200-9   Recommended procedures: Contracts.

    Formal bids should be requested for purchase of the recovered 
materials, such bids being solicited in conformance with bidding 
procedures established for the responsible agency. Contracts should 
include the buyer's quality specifications, quantity and transportation 
agreements, a guarantee that the material will be accepted for one year 
or more, and a guaranteed minimum purchase price.



Sec. 246.200-10   Recommended procedures: Public information and education.

    A well-organized and well-executed public information and education 
program explaining the justification, goals, methods and level of 
separation should be conducted to inform and motivate office personnel 
and secure their cooperation in separating their waste. This public 
information and education program should precede the program and 
continue on a regular basis for its duration.



Sec. 246.201   Residential materials recovery.



Sec. 246.201-1   Requirement.

    Separation of used newspapers at the source of residential 
generation in conjunction with separate collection shall be carried out 
at all facilities in which more than 500 families reside, and the 
newspapers shall be sold for the purpose of recycling.



Sec. 246.201-2   Recommended procedures: Newsprint recovery from smaller residential facilities.

    The recovery of newsprint generated by residential facilities of 
less than 500 families should be investigated in conformance with the 
following recommended procedures and implemented where feasible.



Sec. 246.201-3   Recommended procedures: Glass, can, and mixed paper separation.

    In areas where markets are available, it is recommended that glass, 
cans, and mixed paper be separated at the source of generation and 
separately collected for the purpose of recycling.



Sec. 246.201-4   Recommended procedures: Market study.

    An investigation of markets should be made for each material by the 
organization responsible for sale of recyclable materials in each agency 
and should include at a minimum:
    (a) Identifying potential purchasers of the recovered material 
through standard market research techniques.
    (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality 
specifications, potential transportation agreements and any minimum 
quantity criteria.
    (c) Determining the prices that the buyer will pay for the recovered 
material and the willingness of the buyer to sign a contract for the 
purchase of the material at guaranteed minimum prices.



Sec. 246.201-5   Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and collection.

    Following separation within the home, any of the following methods 
of collection may be used:
    (a) Materials may be placed at the curbside by the resident and may 
be collected from each household using separate trucks or 
compartmentalized vehicles.
    (b) For multi-family dwellings, separated materials may be placed in 
bulk containers located outside of the building and collected by trucks 
dispatched to collect recyclables.
    (c) Collection stations may be set up at convenient locations to 
which residents bring recyclables. These stations should provide 
separate bulk containers for each item to be recycled. The size and type 
of container will depend

[[Page 328]]

on the volume and type of material collected, the method of 
transportation to be used in hauling the materials to market and the 
frequency of removal.



Sec. 246.201-6   Recommended procedures: Transportation to market.

    Transportation to market may be supplied by the facility or the 
community generating the waste, by a private hauler, or by the 
purchaser.



Sec. 246.201-7   Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.

    After potential markets have been located (but prior to initiation 
of formal bidding procedures), preliminary determinations of various 
separation methods, storage and transportation costs have been made, and 
estimated tonnages of both recoverable materials and residual solid 
waste have been established, an analysis should be conducted which 
compares the costs of the present waste collection and disposal system 
with the proposed segregated systems. At a minimum this study should 
include all capital, operating and overhead costs and take into account 
credits for revenue from paper sales and savings from diverting recycled 
materials from disposal. Potential costs to upgrade collection and 
disposal practices to comply with EPA's Guidelines for the Storage and 
Collection of Residential, Commercial and Institutional Solid Wastes (40 
CFR part 243) and Thermal Processing and Land Disposal Guidelines (40 
CFR parts 240 and 241) should be included in the analysis. In 
formulating a separate collection system and evaluating its costs, every 
effort should be made to use idle equipment and underutilized collection 
manpower to reduce separate collection costs. This cost analysis should 
enable the facility to determine the most cost effective method if 
implementing the requirements of this part.



Sec. 246.201-8   Recommended procedures: Contracts.

    Formal bids should be requested for purchase of the recovered 
materials, such bids being solicited in conformance with bidding 
procedures established for the responsible jurisdiction. Contracts 
should include the buyer's quality specifications, quantity and 
transportation agreements, a guarantee that the material will be 
accepted for one year or more and a guaranteed minimum purchase price.



Sec. 246.201-9   Recommended procedures: Public information and education.

    A well organized and well executed public information and education 
program explaining the justification, goals, methods and level of 
separation should be conducted to inform and motivate householders and 
to secure their cooperation in separating their waste. This public 
information and education program should precede the program and 
continue on a regular basis for its duration.

Sec. 246.202  Corrugated container recovery.



Sec. 246.202-1   Requirement.

    Any commercial establishment generating 10 or more tons of waste 
corrugated containers per month shall separately collect and sell this 
material for the purpose of recycling.



Sec. 246.202-2   Recommended procedures: Corrugated container recovery from smaller commercial facilities.

    The recovery of corrugated containers from commercial facilities 
generating less than 10 tons per month should be investigated in 
conformance with the following recommended procedures and implemented 
where feasible.



Sec. 246.202-3   Recommended procedures: Market study.

    An investigation of markets should be made by the organization 
responsible for sale of recyclable material in each Federal agency and 
should include at a minimum:
    (a) Identifying potential purchasers of the recovered corrugated 
through standard market research techniques.
    (b) Directly contacting buyers and determining the buyers' quality 
specifications, potential transportation agreements and any minimum 
quantity criteria.
    (c) Determining the price that the buyer will pay for the recovered 
corrugated and the willingness of the

[[Page 329]]

buyer to sign a contract for purchase of the paper at a guaranteed 
minimum price.



Sec. 246.202-4   Recommended procedures: Methods of separation and storage.

    The method selected will depend upon such variables as the physical 
layout of the individual generating facility, the rate at which the 
corrugated accumulates, the storage capacity of the facility, and the 
projected cost-effectiveness of using the various methods. All of the 
following suggested modes of separation and storage presuppose that the 
corrugated boxes will be accumulated at a central location in the 
facility after their contents are removed and that the boxes are 
flattened.
    (a) Balers of various sizes: Corrugated boxes are placed in balers 
and compacted into bales. These bales may be stored inside or outside of 
the facility. The bales should be protected from fire, inclement 
weather, theft, and vandalism.
    (b) Stationary compactors or bulk containers: Corrugated boxes are 
placed in a stationary compactor or bulk containers outside of the 
facility. The containers should be protected from fire, inclement 
weather, theft and vandalism.



Sec. 246.202-5   Recommended procedures: Transportation.

    Transportation to market may be supplied by either the facility, a 
private hauler or the purchaser. In facilities to which goods are 
delivered from a central warehouse, corrugated may be backhauled by 
delivery trucks to the central facility and baled there for delivery to 
a user.



Sec. 246.202-6   Recommended procedures: Cost analysis.

    After potential markets have been identified (but prior to 
initiation of formal bidding), preliminary determinations of various 
separation methods, storage and transportation costs have been made, and 
estimated tonnages of both recoverable material and residual solid waste 
have been established, an analysis should be conducted which compares 
the costs of the present waste collection and disposal system with the 
proposed segregated systems. At a minimum, the study should include all 
capital, operating and overhead costs and take into account credits for 
revenue from paper sales and savings from diverting recycled materials 
from disposal. Potential costs to upgrade collection and disposal 
practices to comply with EPA's Guidelines for the Storage and Collection 
of Residential, Commercial and Institutional Solid Wastes (40 CFR part 
243) and Thermal Processing and Land Disposal Guidelines (40 CFR parts 
240 and 241) should be included in the analysis. This cost analysis 
should enable the facility to determine the most cost effective method 
of implementing these guidelines.



Sec. 246.202-7   Recommended procedures: Establishment of purchase contract.

    Formal bids should be requested for purchase of the recovered 
materials, such bids being solicited in conformance with bidding 
procedures established for the responsible agency. Contracts should 
include the buyer's quality specifications, transportation agreements, a 
guarantee that the material will be accepted for one year or more and a 
guaranteed minimum purchase price.



Sec. 246.203   Reevaluation.

             Appendix to Part 246--Recommended Bibliography

Belknap, M. Paper recycling: a business perspective. Subcommittee on 
Solid Waste, New York Chamber of Commerce Publication, September 1972.
Dane, S. The national buyer's guide to recycled paper. Environmental 
Educators, Inc. Publication. Washington, 1973. 208 p.
Davis, R. H., and P. Hansen. A new look at the economics of separate 
refuse collection. SCS Engineers, Inc. report. Long Beach, California, 
April 1974. 22 p.
Hansen, P. Residential paper recovery--a municipal implementation guide. 
Environmental Protection Publication SW-155. Washington, U.S. Government 
Printing Office, 1975. 26 p.
Hansen, P. Solid waste recycling projects--a national directory. 
Environmental Protection Publication SW-45. Washington, U.S. Government 
Printing Office, 1973. 284 p.

[[Page 330]]

Lingle, S. A. Paper recycling in the United States. Washington, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Publication, August 1974. 22 p.
Lingle, S. A. Separating paper at the waste source for recycling. 
Environmental Protection Publication SW-128. Washington, U.S. Government 
Printing Office, 1974. 16 p.
Office of Solid Waste Management Programs. Third report to Congress; 
resource recovery and waste reduction. Environmental Protection 
Publication SW-161. Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office, 1975. 
96 p.
Paper Stock Conservation Committee. Wastepaper recycling. American Paper 
Institute, Inc. Publication. New York, New York. 12 p.
SCS Engineers, Inc. Analysis of source separate collection of recyclable 
solid waste collection center studies. Environmental Protection 
Publication SW-95c.2. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1974. 70 p. 
(Distributed by National Technical Information Service, Springfield, 
Virginia, as PB-239 776.)
SCS Engineers, Inc. Analysis of source separate collection of recyclable 
solid waste; office buildings. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
1976. (To be distributed by National Technical Information Service, 
Springfield, Virginia.)
SCS Engineers, Inc. Analysis of source separate collection of recyclable 
solid waste; separate collection studies. Environmental Protection 
Publication SW-95c.i. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1974. 157 p. 
(Distributed by National Technical Information Service, Springfield, 
Virginia, as PB-239 775.)
Smith, F. L. An analysis of wastepaper exports. Washington, U.S. 
Environmental Protection Publication SW-132, 1974. 17 p.



PART 247--COMPREHENSIVE PROCUREMENT GUIDELINE FOR PRODUCTS CONTAINING RECOVERED MATERIALS--Table of Contents




                           Subpart A--General

Sec.
247.1  Purpose and scope.
247.2  Applicability.
247.3  Definitions.
247.4  Contracting officer requirements.
247.5  Specifications.
247.6  Affirmative procurement programs.
247.7  Effective date.

                      Subpart B--Item Designations

247.10  Paper and paper products.
247.11  Vehicular products.
247.12  Construction products.
247.13  Transportation products.
247.14  Park and recreation products.
247.15  Landscaping products.
247.16  Non-paper office products.
247.17  Miscellaneous products. [Reserved]

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6912(a) and 6962; E.O. 12873, 58 FR 54911.

    Source: 60 FR 21381, May 1, 1995, unless otherwise noted.



                           Subpart A--General



Sec. 247.1  Purpose and scope.

    (a) The purpose of this guideline is to assist procuring agencies in 
complying with the requirements of section 6002 of the Solid Waste 
Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act 
of 1976 (RCRA), as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6962, and Executive Order 12873, 
as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in subpart B of 
this part.
    (b) This guideline designates items that are or can be made with 
recovered materials and whose procurement by procuring agencies will 
carry out the objectives of section 6002 of RCRA. EPA's recommended 
practices with respect to the procurement of specific designated items 
are found in the companion Recovered Materials Advisory Notice(s).
    (c) EPA believes that adherence to the recommendations in the 
Recovered Materials Advisory Notice(s) constitutes compliance with RCRA 
section 6002. However, procuring agencies may adopt other types of 
procurement programs consistent with RCRA section 6002.



Sec. 247.2  Applicability.

    (a)(1) This guideline applies to all procuring agencies and to all 
procurement actions involving items designated by EPA in this part, 
where the procuring agency purchases $10,000 or more worth of one of 
these items during the course of a fiscal year, or where the cost of 
such items or of functionally equivalent items purchased during the 
preceding fiscal year was $10,000 or more.
    (2) This guideline applies to Federal agencies, to State and local 
agencies using appropriated Federal funds to procure designated items, 
and to persons contracting with any such agencies with respect to work 
performed

[[Page 331]]

under such contracts. Federal procuring agencies should note that the 
requirements of RCRA section 6002 apply to them whether or not 
appropriated Federal funds are used for procurement of designated items.
    (3) The $10,000 threshold applies to procuring agencies as a whole 
rather than to agency subgroups such as regional offices or subagencies 
of a larger department or agency.
    (b) The term ``procurement actions'' includes:
    (1) Purchases made directly by a procuring agency and purchases made 
directly by any person (e.g., a contractor) in support of work being 
performed for a procuring agency, and
    (2) Any purchases of designated items made ``indirectly'' by a 
procuring agency, as in the case of procurements resulting from grants, 
loans, funds, and similar forms of disbursements of monies.
    (c)(1) This guideline does not apply to purchases of designated 
items which are unrelated to or incidental to Federal funding, i.e., not 
the direct result of a contract or agreement with, or a grant, loan, or 
funds disbursement to, a procuring agency.
    (2) This guideline also does not apply to purchases made by private 
party recipients (e.g., individuals, non-profit organizations) of 
Federal funds pursuant to grants, loans, cooperative agreements, and 
other funds disbursements.



Sec. 247.3  Definitions.

    As used in this procurement guideline and the related Recovered 
Materials Advisory Notice(s):
    Act or RCRA means the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the 
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C 6901 et 
seq;
    Blanket insulation means relatively flat and flexible insulation in 
coherent sheet form, furnished in units of substantial area. Batt 
insulation is included in this term;
    Board insulation means semi-rigid insulation preformed into 
rectangular units having a degree of suppleness, particularly related to 
their geometrical dimensions;
    Building insulation means a material, primarily designed to resist 
heat flow, which is installed between the conditioned volume of a 
building and adjacent unconditioned volumes or the outside. This term 
includes but is not limited to insulation products such as blanket, 
board, spray-in-place, and loose-fill that are used as ceiling, floor, 
foundation, and wall insulation;
    Cellulose fiber loose-fill means a basic material of recycled wood-
based cellulosic fiber made from selected paper, paperboard stock, or 
ground wood stock, excluding contaminated materials which may reasonably 
be expected to be retained in the finished product, with suitable 
chemicals introduced to provide properties such as flame resistance, 
processing and handling characteristics. The basic cellulosic material 
may be processed into a form suitable for installation by pneumatic or 
pouring methods;
    Engine lubricating oils means petroleum-based oils used for reducing 
friction in engine parts;
    Federal agency means any department, agency, or other 
instrumentality of the Federal government; any independent agency or 
establishment of the Federal government including any government 
corporation; and the Government Printing Office;
    Fiberglass insulation means insulation which is composed principally 
of glass fibers, with or without binders;
    Foam-in-place insulation is rigid cellular foam produced by 
catalyzed chemical reactions that hardens at the site of the work. The 
term includes spray-applied and injected applications such as spray-in-
place foam and pour-in-place;
    Gear oils means petroleum-based oils used for lubricating machinery 
gears;
    Hydraulic fluids means petroleum-based hydraulic fluids;
    Hydraulic mulch means a mulch that is a cellulose-based (paper or 
wood) protective covering that is mixed with water and applied through 
mechanical spraying in order to aid the germination of seeds and to 
prevent soil erosion;
    Hydroseeding means the process of spraying seeds mixed with water 
through a mechanical sprayer (hydroseeder). Hydraulic mulch, fertilizer, 
a tacking agent, or a wetting agent can also be added to the water/seed 
mix for enhanced performance;

[[Page 332]]

    Laminated paperboard means board made from one or more plies of 
kraft paper bonded together, with or without facers, that is used for 
decorative, structural, or insulating purposes;
    Loose-fill insulation means insulation in granular, nodular, 
fibrous, powdery, or similar form, designed to be installed by pouring, 
blowing or hand placement;
    Mineral fiber insulation means insulation (rock wool or fiberglass) 
which is composed principally of fibers manufactured from rock, slag or 
glass, with or without binders;
    Paper means one of two broad subdivisions of paper products, the 
other being paperboard. Paper is generally lighter in basis weight, 
thinner, and more flexible than paperboard. Sheets 0.012 inch or less in 
thickness are generally classified as paper. Its primary uses are for 
printing, writing, wrapping, and sanitary purposes. However, in this 
guideline, the term paper is also used as a generic term that includes 
both paper and paperboard.
    Paper product means any item manufactured from paper or paperboard. 
The term paper product is used in this guideline to distinguish such 
items as boxes, doilies, and paper towels from printing and writing 
papers.
    Perlite composite board means insulation board composed of expanded 
perlite and fibers formed into rigid, flat, rectangular units with a 
suitable sizing material incorporated in the product. It may have on one 
or both surfaces a facing or coating to prevent excessive hot bitumen 
strike-in during roofing installation;
    Person means an individual, trust, firm, joint stock company, 
corporation (including a government corporation), partnership, 
association, Federal agency, State, municipality, commission, political 
subdivision of a State, or any interstate body;
    Phenolic insulation means insulation made with phenolic plastics 
which are plastics based on resins made by the condensation of phenols, 
such as phenol or cresol, with aldehydes;
    Polyisocyanurate insulation means insulation produced principally by 
the polymerization of polymeric polyisocyanates, usually in the presence 
of polyhydroxyl compounds with the addition of cell stabilizers, blowing 
agents, and appropriate catalyst to produce a polyisocyanurate chemical 
structure;
    Polystyrene insulation means an organic foam composed principally of 
polymerized styrene resin processed to form a homogenous rigid mass of 
cells;
    Polyurethane insulation means insulation composed principally of the 
catalyzed reaction product of polyisocyanates and polyhydroxyl 
compounds, processed usually with a blowing agent to form a rigid foam 
having a predominantly closed cell structure;
    Postconsumer material means a material or finished product that has 
served its intended use and has been diverted or recovered from waste 
destined for disposal, having completed its life as a consumer item. 
Postconsumer material is a part of the broader category of recovered 
materials.
    Postconsumer recovered paper means:
    (1) Paper, paperboard and fibrous wastes from retail stores, office 
buildings, homes and so forth, after they have passed through their end-
usage as a consumer item including: Used corrugated boxes; old 
newspapers; old magazines; mixed waste paper; tabulating cards and used 
cordage; and
    (2) All paper, paperboard and fibrous wastes that enter and are 
collected from municipal solid waste;
    Practicable means capable of being used consistent with: Performance 
in accordance with applicable specifications, availability at a 
reasonable price, availability within a reasonable period of time, and 
maintenance of a satisfactory level of competition;
    Procurement item means any device, good, substance, material, 
product, or other item, whether real or personal property, which is the 
subject of any purchase, barter, or other exchange made to procure such 
item;
    Procuring agency means any Federal agency, or any State agency or 
agency of a political subdivision of a State, which is using 
appropriated Federal funds for such procurement, or any person 
contracting with any such agency with respect to work performed under 
such contract;

[[Page 333]]

    Purchasing means the act of and the function of responsibility for 
the acquisition of equipment, materials, supplies, and services, 
including: Buying, determining the need, selecting the supplier, 
arriving at a fair and reasonable price and terms and conditions, 
preparing the contract or purchase order, and follow-up;
    Recovered materials means waste materials and byproducts which have 
been recovered or diverted from solid waste, but such term does not 
include those materials and byproducts generated from, and commonly 
reused within, an original manufacturing process;
    Recovered materials, for purposes of purchasing paper and paper 
products, means waste material and byproducts that have been recovered 
or diverted from solid waste, but such term does not include those 
materials and byproducts generated from, and commonly reused within, an 
original manufacturing process. In the case of paper and paper products, 
the term recovered materials includes:
    (1) Postconsumer materials such as--
    (i) Paper, paperboard, and fibrous wastes from retail stores, office 
buildings, homes, and so forth, after they have passed through their 
end-usage as a consumer item, including: Used corrugated boxes; old 
newspapers; old magazines; mixed waste paper; tabulating cards; and used 
cordage; and
    (ii) All paper, paperboard, and fibrous wastes that enter and are 
collected from municipal solid waste, and
    (2) Manufacturing, forest residues, and other wastes such as--
    (i) Dry paper and paperboard waste generated after completion of the 
papermaking process (that is, those manufacturing operations up to and 
including the cutting and trimming of the paper machine reel in smaller 
rolls of rough sheets) including: Envelope cuttings, bindery trimmings, 
and other paper and paperboard waste, resulting from printing, cutting, 
forming, and other converting operations; bag, box, and carton 
manufacturing wastes; and butt rolls, mill wrappers, and rejected unused 
stock; and
    (ii) Finished paper and paperboard from obsolete inventories of 
paper and paperboard manufacturers, merchants, wholesalers, dealers, 
printers, converters, or others;
    (iii) Fibrous byproducts of harvesting, manufacturing, extractive, 
or wood-cutting processes, flax, straw, linters, bagasse, slash, and 
other forest residues;
    (iv) Wastes generated by the conversion of goods made from fibrous 
material (that is, waste rope from cordage manufacture, textile mill 
waste, and cuttings); and
    (v) Fibers recovered from waste water which otherwise would enter 
the waste stream.
    Re-refined oils means used oils from which the physical and chemical 
contaminants acquired through previous use have been removed through a 
refining process;
    Retread tire means a worn automobile, truck, or other motor vehicle 
tire whose tread has been replaced;
    Rock wool insulation means insulation which is composed principally 
from fibers manufactured from slag or natural rock, with or without 
binders;
    Specification means a description of the technical requirements for 
a material, product, or service that includes the criteria for 
determining whether these requirements are met. In general, 
specifications are in the form of written commercial designations, 
industry standards, and other descriptive references;
    Spray-in-place insulation means insulation material that is sprayed 
onto a surface or into cavities and includes cellulose fiber spray-on as 
well as plastic rigid foam products;
    Spray-in-place foam is rigid cellular polyurethane or 
polyisocyanurate foam produced by catalyzed chemical reactions that 
hardens at the site of the work. The term includes spray-applied and 
injected applications;
    State means any of the several states, the District of Columbia, the 
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, 
and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands;
    Structural fiberboard means a fibrous-felted, homogenous panel made 
from lignocellulosic fibers (usually wood, cane, or paper) and having a 
density of less than 31 lbs/ft\3\ but more than 10 lbs/ft\3\. It is 
characterized by an integral

[[Page 334]]

bond which is produced by interfelting of the fibers, but which has not 
been consolidated under heat or pressure as a separate stage of 
manufacture;
    Tire means the following types of tires: Passenger car tires, light- 
and heavy-duty truck tires, high-speed industrial tires, bus tires, and 
special service tires (including military, agricultural, off-the-road, 
and slow-speed industrial);



Sec. 247.4  Contracting officer requirements.

    Within one year after the effective date of each item designation, 
contracting officers shall require that vendors:
    (a) Certify that the percentage of recovered materials to be used in 
the performance of the contract will be at least the amount required by 
applicable specifications or other contractual requirements, and
    (b) Estimate the percentage of total material utilized for the 
performance of the contract which is recovered materials.



Sec. 247.5  Specifications.

    (a) RCRA section 6002(d)(1) required Federal agencies that have the 
responsibility for drafting or reviewing specifications for procurement 
items procured by Federal agencies to revise their specifications by May 
8, 1986, to eliminate any exclusion of recovered materials and any 
requirement that items be manufactured from virgin materials.
    (b) RCRA section 6002(d)(2) requires that within one year after the 
publication date of each item designation by the EPA, each procuring 
agency must assure that its specifications for these items require the 
use of recovered materials to the maximum extent possible without 
jeopardizing the intended end use of these items.



Sec. 247.6  Affirmative procurement programs.

    RCRA section 6002(i) provides that each procuring agency which 
purchases items designated by EPA must establish an affirmative 
procurement program, containing the four elements listed below, for 
procuring such items containing recovered materials to the maximum 
extent practicable:
    (a) Preference program for purchasing the designated items;
    (b) Promotion program;
    (c) Procedures for obtaining estimates and certifications of 
recovered materials content and for verifying the estimates and 
certifications; and
    (d) Annual review and monitoring of the effectiveness of the 
program.



Sec. 247.7  Effective date.

    Within one year after the date of publication of any item 
designation, procuring agencies which purchase that designated item must 
comply with the following requirements of RCRA: affirmative procurement 
of the designated item (6002(c)(1) and (i)), specifications revision 
(6002(d)(2)), vendor certification and estimation of recovered materials 
content of the item (6002(c)(3) and (i)(2)(C)), and verification of 
vendor estimates and certifications (6002(i)(2)C)).



                      Subpart B--Item Designations



Sec. 247.10  Paper and paper products.

    Paper and paper products, excluding building and construction paper 
grades.



Sec. 247.11  Vehicular products.

    (a) Lubricating oils containing re-refined oil, including engine 
lubricating oils, hydraulic fluids, and gear oils, excluding marine and 
aviation oils.
    (b) Tires, excluding airplane tires.
    (c) Reclaimed engine coolants, excluding coolants used in non-
vehicular applications.



Sec. 247.12  Construction products.

    (a) Building insulation products, including the following items:
    (1) Loose-fill insulation, including but not limited to cellulose 
fiber, mineral fibers (fiberglass and rock wool), vermiculite, and 
perlite;
    (2) Blanket and batt insulation, including but not limited to 
mineral fibers (fiberglass and rock wool);
    (3) Board (sheathing, roof decking, wall panel) insulation, 
including but not limited to structural fiberboard and laminated 
paperboard products, perlite composite board, polyurethane,

[[Page 335]]

polyisocyanurate, polystyrene, phenolics, and composites; and
    (4) Spray-in-place insulation, including but not limited to foam-in-
place polyurethane and polyisocyanurate, and spray-on cellulose.
    (b) Structural fiberboard and laminated paperboard products for 
applications other than building insulation, including building board, 
sheathing, shingle backer, sound deadening board, roof insulating board, 
insulating wallboard, acoustical and non-acoustical ceiling tile, 
acoustical and non-acoustical lay-in panels, floor underlayments, and 
roof overlay (coverboard).
    (c) Cement and concrete, including concrete products such as pipe 
and block, containing coal fly ash or ground granulated blast furnace 
(GGBF) slag.
    (d) Carpet made of polyester fiber for use in low- and medium-wear 
applications.
    (e) Floor tiles and patio blocks containing recovered rubber or 
plastic.



Sec. 247.13  Transportation products.

    Traffic barricades and traffic cones used in controlling or 
restricting vehicular traffic.



Sec. 247.14  Park and recreation products.

    Playground surfaces and running tracks containing recovered rubber 
or plastic.



Sec. 247.15  Landscaping products.

    (a) Hydraulic mulch products containing recovered paper or recovered 
wood used for hydroseeding and as an over-spray for straw mulch in 
landscaping, erosion control, and soil reclamation.
    (b) Compost made from yard trimmings, leaves, and/or grass clippings 
for use in landscaping, seeding of grass or other plants on roadsides 
and embankments, as a nutritious mulch under trees and shrubs, and in 
erosion control and soil reclamation.



Sec. 247.16  Non-paper office products.

    (a) Office recycling containers and office waste receptacles.
    (b) Plastic desktop accessories.
    (c) Toner cartridges.
    (d) Binders.
    (e) Plastic trash bags.
Sec. 247.17  Miscellaneous products. [Reserved]



PART 254--PRIOR NOTICE OF CITIZEN SUITS--Table of Contents




Sec.
254.1  Purpose.
254.2  Service of notice.
254.3  Contents of notice.

    Authority: Sec. 7002, Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2825 (42 U.S.C. 
6972).

    Source: 42 FR 56114, Oct. 21, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 254.1  Purpose.

    Section 7002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the 
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, authorizes suit by any 
person to enforce the Act. These suits may be brought where there is 
alleged to be a violation by any person (including (a) the United 
States, and (b) any other governmental instrumentality or agency, to the 
extent permitted by the eleventh amendment to the Constitution) of any 
permit, standard, regulation, condition, requirement, or order which has 
become effective under the Act, or a failure of the Administrator to 
perform any act or duty under the Act, which is not discretionary with 
the Administrator. These actions are to be filed in accordance with the 
rules of the district court in which the action is instituted. The 
purpose of this part is to prescribe procedures governing the notice 
requirements of subsections (b) and (c) of section 7002 as a 
prerequisite to the commencement of such actions.



Sec. 254.2  Service of notice.

    (a) Notice of intent to file suit under subsection 7002(a)(1) of the 
Act shall be served upon an alleged violator of any permit, standard, 
regulation, condition, requirement, or order which has become effective 
under this Act in the following manner:
    (1) If the alleged violator is a private individual or corporation, 
service of notice shall be accomplished by registered mail, return 
receipt requested, addressed to, or by personal service

[[Page 336]]

upon, the owner or site manager of the building, plant, installation, or 
facility alleged to be in violation. A copy of the notice shall be 
mailed to the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, the 
Regional Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency for the 
region in which the violation is alleged to have occurred, and the chief 
administrative officer of the solid waste management agency for the 
State in which the violation is alleged to have occurred. If the alleged 
violator is a corporation, a copy of the notice shall also be mailed to 
the registered agent, if any, of that corporation in the State in which 
such violation is alleged to have occurred.
    (2) If the alleged violator is a State or local agency, service of 
notice shall be accomplished by registered mail, return receipt 
requested, addressed to, or by personal service upon, the head of that 
agency. A copy of the notice shall be mailed to the chief administrator 
of the solid waste management agency for the State in which the 
violation is alleged to have occurred, the Administrator of the 
Environmental Protection Agency, and the Regional Administrator of the 
Environmental Protection Agency for the region in which the violation is 
alleged to have occurred.
    (3) If the alleged violator is a Federal agency, service of notice 
shall be accomplished by registered mail, return receipt requested, 
addressed to, or by personal service upon, the head of the agency. A 
copy of the notice shall be mailed to the Administrator of the 
Environmental Protection Agency, the Regional Administrator of the 
Environmental Protection Agency for the region in which the violation is 
alleged to have occurred, the Attorney General of the United States, and 
the chief administrative officer of the solid waste management agency 
for the State in which the violation is alleged to have occurred.
    (b) Service of notice of intent to file suit under subsection 
7002(a)(2) of the Act shall be accomplished by registered mail, return 
receipt requested, addressed to, or by personal service upon, the 
Administrator, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460. A 
copy of the notice shall be mailed to the Attorney General of the United 
States.
    (c) Notice given in accordance with the provisions of this part 
shall be considered to have been served on the date of receipt. If 
service was acomplished by mail, the date of receipt will be considered 
to be the date noted on the return receipt card.



Sec. 254.3  Contents of notice.

    (a) Violation of permit, standard, regulation, condition, 
requirement, or order. Notice regarding an alleged violation of a 
permit, standard, regulation, condition, requirement, or order which has 
become effective under this Act shall include sufficient information to 
permit the recipient to identify the specific permit, standard, 
regulation, condition, requirement, or order which has allegedly been 
violated, the activity alleged to constitute a violation, the person or 
persons responsible for the alleged violation, the date or dates of the 
violation, and the full name, address, and telephone number of the 
person giving notice.
    (b) Failure to act. Notice regarding an alleged failure of the 
Administrator to perform an act or duty which is not discretionary under 
the Act shall identify the provisions of the Act which require such act 
or create such duty, shall describe with reasonable specificity the 
action taken or not taken by the Administrator which is claimed to 
constitute a failure to perform the act or duty, and shall state the 
full name, address, and telephone number of the person giving the 
notice.
    (c) Identification of counsel. The notice shall state the name, 
address, and telephone number of the legal counsel, if any, representing 
the person giving the notice.



PART 255--IDENTIFICATION OF REGIONS AND AGENCIES FOR SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT--Table of Contents




                      Subpart A--General Provisions

Sec.
255.1  Scope and purpose.
255.2  Definitions.

[[Page 337]]

        Subpart B--Criteria for Identifying Regions and Agencies

255.10  Criteria for identifying regions.
255.11  Criteria for identifying agencies.

       Subpart C--Procedures for Identifying Regions and Agencies

255.20  Preliminary identification of regions.
255.21  Local consultation on boundaries.
255.22  Establishing regional boundaries.
255.23  Joint identification of agencies.
255.24  Procedure for identifying interstate regions.
255.25  Public participation.

 Subpart D--Responsibilities of Identified Agencies and Relationship to 
                             Other Programs

255.30  Responsibilities established.
255.31  Integration with other acts.
255.32  Coordination with other programs.
255.33  Inclusion of Federal facilities and Native American 
          Reservations.

          Subpart E--Submission and Revision of Identifications

255.40  Notification of status.
255.41  Procedure for revision.

    Authority: Sec. 2002(a)(1), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 
6912(a)(1)). Also issued under sec. 4006(b), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 
2795 (42 U.S.C. 6946(b)).

    Source: 42 FR 24927, May 16, 1977, unless otherwise noted.



                      Subpart A--General Provisions



Sec. 255.1   Scope and purpose.

    (a) These guidelines are applicable to policies, procedures, and 
criteria for the identification of those areas which have common solid 
waste management problems and which are appropriate units for planning 
regional solid waste management services pursuant to section 4002(a) of 
the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation 
and Recovery Act of 1976 (the Act). The guidelines also define and guide 
the identification of which functions will be carried out by which 
agencies pursuant to section 4006 of the Act.
    (b) The purposes of these guidelines are to (1) provide useful 
criteria for selecting the regions and agencies to be identified 
pursuant to section 4006 of the Act and (2) provide guidance for 
conducting the process which will result in formal identification of 
those regions and agencies.
    (c) Identifications made pursuant to these guidelines should be 
consistent with State solid waste management plans and strategies. A 
State strategy establishes: Goals for prevention of adverse effects on 
the environment resulting from improper solid waste disposal including 
protection of surface and ground water quality, air quality and the 
land; priorities among waste types; priorities among disposal practices; 
and the roles of existing agencies with responsibilities in solid waste 
management. The identification process should cover all waste types 
(residential and commercial solid waste, hazardous wastes, industrial 
sludges and pretreatment residues, municipal sewage sludge, air 
pollution control residue, septage, mining and agricultural waste, other 
industrial waste, and solid waste from community activities), all 
disposal practices (impoundments, pits, ponds, lagoons, landfills, 
dumps, land-spreading, and industrial leaching fields) and all 
technological approaches (conservation, recovery, incineration, 
disposal).

(Also sec. 4002(a), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6942))



Sec. 255.2   Definitions.

    The Act contains an extensive list of definitions in section 1004 
which are applicable here. There are further definitions of terms in 40 
CFR part 29 of this chapter which apply unless the context herein 
requires otherwise.

[42 FR 24927, May 16, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29302, June 24, 1983]



        Subpart B--Criteria for Identifying Regions and Agencies



Sec. 255.10   Criteria for identifying regions.

    The following criteria are to assist in identifying regions pursuant 
to section 4006(a) of the Act.
    (a) Geographic areas which have a history of cooperating to solve 
problems in environmental or other related matters should be considered.
    (1) Regions encompassing existing regional, including countywide, 
systems or institutions, including those of the

[[Page 338]]

private sector, should be evaluated. Changes in their boundaries may be 
needed for economic viability or other reasons in keeping with the State 
plan.
    (2) Boundary selection which would require the creation of new 
agencies should be considered only where necessary. The relationship 
among established agencies should be considered. Where institutional 
gaps or inadequacies are found, regions should be identified keeping in 
mind which agencies would be able to fill those needs.
    (b) The size and location of regions should permit resource recovery 
and conservation in accordance with the objectives in section 4001 of 
the Act.
    (1) A region's size and configuration should be considered, weighing 
transportation costs against economies of scale.
    (2) Left-over regions having inadequate resources or volumes of 
waste should be avoided.
    (3) Location should be considered relative to available 
transportation and to markets for recovered resources.
    (c) The volume of wastes within a region will influence the 
technology choices for recovery and disposal, determine economies of 
scale, and affect marketability of resources recovered. A region should 
include sufficient volume of waste to support the goals and objectives 
of the State plan, including materials or energy recovery as 
appropriate.
    (d) Waste type should be considered since it also affects management 
options. Industrial or hazardous waste streams may warrant special 
consideration or special boundaries.
    (e) The effect of geologic and hydrologic conditions, such as soil 
suitability, land availability, natural barriers (rivers and mountains), 
the quantity and availability of water resources, and the susceptibility 
of ground water to contamination should be considered. Aquifer 
protection in accordance with State water quality management plans and 
policies could influence boundary selection.
    (f) Coordination with ongoing planning for other purposes may be an 
influence in selecting boundaries.
    (1) The local and regional planning process should be integrated 
into the State planning process.
    (2) Use of a common data base should be encouraged among 
transportation, land use, and other planning areas.
    (3) To the extent practicable, coterminous planning regions should 
be encouraged, and larger regions should be multiples of whole smaller 
regions.
    (4) Coordination should be provided with those agencies designated 
for water quality management planning under section 208 of the Federal 
Water Pollution Control Act, with underground injection control agencies 
designated in accordance with the Safe Drinking Water Act, and with air 
quality planning agencies designated under the Clean Air Act.

(Sec. 4002(a), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6942))



Sec. 255.11   Criteria for identifying agencies.

    The following criteria are intended to assist in the process of 
agency selection pursuant to section 4006(b) of the Act. They may also 
be useful in pointing out needed improvements in the qualifications of 
the selected agencies.
    (a) Existing agencies with demonstrated satisfactory ability to 
plan, manage, or operate solid waste management services should be 
considered for planning and implementation responsibilities. Agencies 
which have completed planning that resulted in successful implementation 
of solid waste management facilities or services should be given 
priority consideration for future planning responsibilities when they 
otherwise meet these criteria.
    (b) An agency to be identified as responsible for conducting 
regional solid waste management planning should:
    (1) Be a representative organization composed of, or whose 
membership is composed of, individuals at least a majority of whom are 
elected officials of local governments or their designees having 
jurisdiction in the planning region.
    (2) Have planning jurisdiction in the entire planning region.
    (3) Be capable of having the planning process fully underway within 
1 year after identification.
    (4) Have established procedures for adoption, review, and revision 
of plans

[[Page 339]]

and resolution of major issues, including procedures for public 
participation in the planning process.
    (5) Have appropriate experience and skills to perform all of its 
assigned responsibilities, including expertise for the particular waste 
type, processing or disposal technology, and functional area. (Attention 
is directed to OMB Circular No. A-95, paragraph 1.e., part IV of 
Attachment A which encourages the designation of established substate 
district comprehensive planning agencies as the agencies to carry out 
areawide planning assisted or required under any Federal program).
    (c) In identifying agencies for solid waste management planning and 
implementation under section 4006 of the Act, the State should review 
the solid waste activities being conducted by water quality management 
planning agencies designated under section 208 of the Federal Water 
Pollution Control Act. Where feasible, identification of such agencies 
should be considered in the joint identification processes of subpart C 
of this part. There should be a formal means of coordination established 
with the State water quality management agencies.
    (d) Planning objectives will influence agency selection. 
Distinctions may be made between policy planning and facility planning 
and between planning a single solid waste management system and 
comprehensive planning which addresses trade-offs among various media.
    (e) For coordinating planning and implementation under the State 
plan, as required in section 4003(1)(c), consideration should be given 
to identifying one agency for both functions. Where separate planning 
and implementation agencies are selected, there should be some means to 
ensure implementation, such as State legislation or an interagency 
agreement that all constituent jurisdictions will abide by the plan. 
Furthermore, strong coordination should be established between the 
planning agency and the implementing agency. During the planning period, 
the implementation agency should have continual access to plan 
development processes. There should be an administrative procedure to 
resolve conflicts between planners and implementers.
    (f) The agency responsible for carrying out the regional plan should 
be constituted with authority to implement the plan in its constituent 
jurisdictions.
    (g) The need for a reliable volume of waste to supply disposal or 
recovery facilities should be addressed. The Agency providing such 
facilities whose member jurisdictions could choose whether or not to 
utilize the facility should analyze that need and consider methods such 
as franchising or public utility controls to assure an adequate supply.



       Subpart C--Procedures for Identifying Regions and Agencies

    Note: The following procedures are provided to assist in 
establishing consultation and joint identification processes to be used 
for identifying regions and agencies pursuant to section 4006. Any 
process which meets the substantive intent of these guidelines may be 
submitted to the EPA Regional Administrator for purposes of determining 
grant eligibility under section 4007, especially if such process has 
been mandated or funded by State legislation.



Sec. 255.20   Preliminary identification of regions.

    Preliminary identification of regions should be made by the Governor 
or his representative after consultation with regional and areawide 
planning agencies, water quality and solid waste management planning 
agencies, cities, and counties and other appropriate units of general 
purpose local government. The Governor should notify the concerned 
agencies of his recommendations concerning boundaries. Where the 
regional identification has already been established by State 
legislation or other method in keeping with these guidelines, this 
notification need only request comments on the existing arrangement.

[42 FR 24927, May 16, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29303, June 24, 1983]



Sec. 255.21   Local consultation on boundaries.

    Any chief executive of a general purpose government within the State 
may

[[Page 340]]

comment on the Governor's recommendation concerning the boundaries.
    (a) The purposes of these comments are to assure that the experience 
of local agencies is used to fullest advantage in boundary decisions, 
that incompatible institutional arrangements are not forced, and that 
significant local considerations are not overlooked.
    (b) When the objectives of the Act concerning local consultation can 
be met by an equivalent or existing process established under State 
administrative procedures acts or other State procedural guidance, the 
Governor may request that the EPA accept that process in fulfillment of 
the grant eligibility criteria under section 4007 of the Act.



Sec. 255.22   Establishing regional boundaries.

    Under section 4006(a) of the Act the formal means for identifying 
regional boundaries are to be regulations promulgated by the Governor. 
Where the identification of areas has already been made by State 
legislation or other means which have legal stature equivalent to the 
required regulations, and where notification and consultation have 
occurred pursuant to Secs. 255.20 and 255.21 of this part, such 
legislation may be used in lieu of those regulations. Where substantial 
disagreement persists between the Governor and local officials, normal 
State administrative and judicial appeals procedures are available to 
resolve such conflict.



Sec. 255.23   Joint identification of agencies.

    (a) The Governor should designate a lead agency to manage the 
identification process. That agency should review established 
notification procedures to determine that at least all general purpose 
local governments within the State, all units of regional governance, 
all existing solid waste and water quality management planning agencies, 
and all areawide agencies and the state process under Executive Order 
12372 will be notified. If necessary, a supplemental distribution list 
should be prepared. Consideration should be given to addressing 
individual offices within those agencies.
    (b) The Governor should, by correspondence or State notification 
procedures, notify the agencies on the distribution list (paragraph (a) 
of this section) of the purpose and schedule of the joint identification 
process. This may be coincident with the notification in Sec. 255.20.
    (c) The Governor, an appropriate legislative committee, and 
appropriate local elected officials may submit nominations of agencies 
and functions to the lead agency appointed by the Governor. This lead 
agency should make such nominations public.
    (d) Chief executives of agencies on the distribution list may 
comment by letter on the nominations.
    (e) If a disagreement exists which cannot be settled by 
correspondence or a meeting with the Governor's representative, a public 
hearing should be held and all elected officials of local general 
purpose governments within the region should be invited. The purpose of 
this meeting will be for the local officials to reach a consensus 
regarding the agency(ies) to be formally identified.
    (f) When a consensus is reached among local elected officials a 
formal agreement should be made in conformance with State administrative 
procedures. It should be binding until revised in accordance with this 
subpart.
    (g) When the local consensus is in agreement with the State opinion, 
the State should confirm that agreed arrangement, formally establishing 
the duties and responsibilities of the identified agencies by 
legislative resolution or executive order.
    (h) In the event that a consensus cannot be reached before 270 days 
after promulgation of regulations pursuant to Sec. 255.22 the Governor 
should designate a State agency to develop and implement the plan for 
the concerned region.

[42 FR 24927, May 16, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29303, June 24, 1983]



Sec. 255.24   Procedure for identifying interstate regions.

    If the Governor's recommendation, the local consensus, or a 
neighboring Governor's recommendation is that an interstate region be 
identified, the procedures described in this subpart

[[Page 341]]

should be extended to include notification and comment of all concerned 
officials in the entire recommended region.
    (a) Section 4006(c) of the Act establishes specific procedures for 
the conduct of interstate identification processes.
    (b) Recommendations, nominations, and comments resulting from 
processes described in Secs. 255.20 and 255.21 that concern interstate 
regions should be brought to the attention of the appropriate EPA 
Regional Administrator.
    (c) The Governor should evaluate the use of interstate metropolitan 
area (Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area) boundaries for planning 
and management purposes, and consider nominating such areas where 
appropriate.

(Also sec. 4006(c), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6946(c)))



Sec. 255.25   Public participation.

    Public participation in the process of identifying regions and 
agencies should be provided for, encouraged, and assisted by the State 
and local officials.



 Subpart D--Responsibilities of Identified Agencies and Relationship to 
                             Other Programs



Sec. 255.30   Responsibilities established.

    The following duties and responsibilities should be assigned for all 
appropriate areas pursuant to section 4006.
    (a) Disposal of municipal solid waste should be an identified 
responsibility throughout the State. In the event that no local or 
regional agency is held responsible for disposal for a region, a State 
agency should be identified and held accountable.
    (b) Where the State plan identifies municipal sewage sludge 
disposal, hazardous waste disposal or other functions needing attention 
in a region, an agency should be identified as being responsible for 
that function in that region.
    (c) These responsibilities may be assigned with the intent that 
private industry be the actual purveyor of service.



Sec. 255.31   Integration with other acts.

    The Governor shall integrate the provisions of these guidelines for 
purposes of administration and enforcement, and should avoid duplication 
to the maximum extent practicable, with the appropriate regional 
identification provisions of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 1857 et seq.), 
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.), the 
Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300f et seq.), the Toxic Substances 
Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.), the Marine Protection, Research 
and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 (33 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.) and other 
appropriate Acts of Congress.

(Sec. 1006(b), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6905(b)))



Sec. 255.32   Coordination with other programs.

    The region and agency identification criteria (Sec. 255.11) specify 
review of solid waste activities being conducted by water quality 
management planning agencies, underground injection control agencies, 
and air quality management agencies. There should be a formal means of 
coordination established between any agencies established under section 
4006 which are not identical with these agencies. Coordination should be 
established so that permittees under the National Pollutant Discharge 
Elimination System of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act will be 
consulted concerning disposal of residual sludges.



Sec. 255.33   Inclusion of Federal facilities and Native American Reservations.

    Major Federal facilities and Native American Reservations should be 
treated for the purposes of these guidelines as though they are 
incorporated municipalities, and the facility director or administrator 
should be considered the same as a locally elected official.

(Sec. 6001, Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2795 (42 U.S.C. 6961))

[[Page 342]]



          Subpart E--Submission and Revision of Identifications



Sec. 255.40   Notification of status.

    This subpart describes procedures which may ultimately be required 
by EPA when it publishes regulations governing application and 
eligibility for grants under section 4007. Under these regulations the 
appropriate EPA Regional Administrator will consider the identifications 
made under section 4006 as one of the conditions of grant eligibility.
    The Regional Administrator may accept, in State grant applications, 
notification of the status of these identifications to ensure that 
premature decisions on State plan development will not be forced by the 
timing of the identifications specified in the Act. Procedures are 
outlined here to advise the States of what EPA expects to require in 
such notification.
    (a) The notification should specify those regional boundaries and 
agencies which are uncontested at the time of submission, and specify a 
schedule of hearings and determinations of subsequent identification of 
regions and agencies as consensus is reached.
    (b) The appropriate level of detail and the timing of the 
identifications to be made should be established for each planning 
region after agreement between the State and the appropriate EPA 
Regional Administrator. The timing should depend upon how well the State 
plan is developed, the environmental and economic decisions to be made, 
and the existing management approaches to their resolution.
    (c) The notification should list the major known interested agencies 
and private operators within each planning region and describe how they 
will be included in the process. Where appropriate, it should include an 
expression of their interest and a definition of the extent and limits 
of their role in solid waste management planning.
    (d) The notification should provide a schedule for phasing of plan 
development with the identification of agencies to carry out those 
plans, showing the projected maturation of management agencies and the 
milestones for those agencies in taking over the plan implementation 
process.
    (e) This notification should include establishment of State agencies 
where regional planning and implementation agencies have not been 
identified within 270 days of the Governor's promulgation of regulations 
identifying regional boundaries.

(See sec. 4006(b)(2))



Sec. 255.41   Procedure for revision.

    The procedure for revising regional identifications or agency 
responsibilities should be specified by the notification.
    (a) The State should review and, if appropriate, revise or modify 
the identification of regions and the responsibilities of local and 
regional agencies at intervals of less than 3 years. Review and 
modification should include, but not be limited to, the following areas:
    (1) Whether new regions should be identified, or whether present 
boundaries should be modified.
    (2) Whether responsibilities of an agency should be expanded or 
reduced due to changes in the needs for solid waste functions in the 
region.
    (b) Revisions or adjustments to the State plan may require minor 
boundary or agency changes from time to time. The appropriate EPA 
Regional Administrator should be notified of such revisions by the State 
solid waste agency.
    (c) Major revisions or adjustments in agencies or boundaries should 
be made in consultation with local officials and be subject to the same 
procedures used in the original identification process. Notification of 
such revisions should be submitted with State plan updates.



PART 256--GUIDELINES FOR DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF STATE SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANS--Table of Contents




          Subpart A--Purpose, General Requirements, Definitions

Sec.
256.01  Purpose and scope of the guidelines.
256.02  Scope of the State solid waste management plan.
256.03  State plan submission, adoption, and revision.

[[Page 343]]

256.04  State plan approval, financial assistance.
256.05  Annual work program.
256.06  Definitions.

 Subpart B--Identification of Responsibilities; Distribution of Funding

256.10  Requirements.
256.11  Recommendations.

                Subpart C--Solid Waste Disposal Programs

256.20  Requirements for State legal authority.
256.21  Requirements for State regulatory powers.
256.22  Recommendations for State regulatory powers.
256.23  Requirements for closing or upgrading open dumps.
256.24  Recommendations for closing or upgrading open dumps.
256.25  Recommendation for inactive facilities.
256.26  Requirement for schedules leading to compliance with the 
          prohibition of open dumping.
256.27  Recommendation for schedules leading to compliance with the 
          prohibition of open dumping.

     Subpart D--Resource Conservation and Resource Recovery Programs

256.30  Requirements.
256.31  Recommendations for developing and implementing resource 
          conservation and recovery programs.

             Subpart E--Facility Planning and Implementation

256.40  Requirements.
256.41  Recommendations for assessing the need for facilities.
256.42  Recommendations for assuring facility development.

               Subpart F--Coordination With Other Programs

256.50  Requirements.

                     Subpart G--Public Participation

256.60  Requirements for public participation in State and substate 
          plans.
256.61  Requirements for public participation in the annual State work 
          program.
256.62  Requirements for public participation in State regulatory 
          development.
256.63  Requirements for public participation in the permitting of 
          facilities.
256.64  Requirements for public participation in the open dump 
          inventory.
256.65  Recommendations for public participation.

    Authority: Sec. 4002(b), Pub. L. 94-580, 90 Stat. 2813(b) (42 U.S.C. 
6942(b)).

    Source: 44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, unless otherwise noted.

    Editorial Note: For approval of State solid waste management plans 
see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of 
this volume.



          Subpart A--Purpose, General Requirements, Definitions



Sec. 256.01  Purpose and scope of the guidelines.

    (a) The purpose of these guidelines is to assist in the development 
and implementation of State solid waste management plans, in accordance 
with section 4002(b) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the 
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. 6942(b)) (the 
``Act''). These guidelines contain methods for achieving the objectives 
of environmentally sound management and disposal of solid and hazardous 
waste, resource conservation, and maximum utilization of valuable 
resources.
    (b) These guidelines address the minimum requirements for approval 
of State plans as set forth in section 4003 of the Act. These are:
    (1) The plan shall identify, in accordance with section 4006(b), (i) 
the responsibilities of State, local, and regional authorities in the 
implementation of the State plan, (ii) the distribution of Federal funds 
to the authorities responsible for development and implementation of the 
State plan, and (iii) the means for coordinating regional planning and 
implementation under the State plan.
    (2) The plan shall, in accordance with section 4005(c), prohibit the 
establishment of new open dumps within the State, and contain 
requirements that all solid waste (including solid waste originating in 
other States, but not including hazardous waste) shall be (i) utilized 
for resource recovery or (ii) disposed of in sanitary landfills (within 
the meaning of section 4004(a)) or otherwise disposed of in an 
environmentally sound manner.
    (3) The plan shall provide for the closing or upgrading of all 
existing open dumps within the State pursuant to the requirements of 
section 4005.

[[Page 344]]

    (4) The plan shall provide for the establishment of such State 
regulatory powers as may be necessary to implement the plan.
    (5) The plan shall provide that no local government within the State 
shall be prohibited under State or local law from entering into long-
term contracts for the supply of solid waste to resource recovery 
facilities.
    (6) The plan shall provide for resource conservation or recovery and 
for the disposal of solid waste in sanitary landfills or for any 
combination of practices so as may be necessary to use or dispose of 
such waste in a manner that is environmentally sound.
    (c) These guidelines address the requirement of section 4005(c) that 
a State plan:

    Shall establish, for any entity which demonstrates that it has 
considered other public or private alternatives for solid waste 
management to comply with the prohibition on open dumping and is unable 
to utilize such alternatives to so comply, a timetable or schedule of 
compliance for such practice or disposal of solid waste which specifies 
a schedule of remedial measures, including an enforceable sequence of 
actions or operations leading to compliance with the prohibition on open 
dumping of solid waste within a reasonable time (not to exceed five 
years from the date of publication of the inventory).



Sec. 256.02  Scope of the State solid waste management plan.

    (a)(1) The State plan shall address all solid waste in the State 
that poses potential adverse effects on health or the environment or 
provides opportunity for resource conservation or resource recovery. The 
plan shall consider:
    (i) Hazardous wastes;
    (ii) Residential, commercial and institutional solid waste;
    (iii) Wastewater treatment sludge;
    (iv) Pollution control residuals;
    (v) Industrial wastes;
    (vi) Mining wastes;
    (vii) Agricultural wastes;
    (viii) Water treatment sludge; and
    (ix) Septic tank pumpings.
    (2) The State plan shall consider the following aspects of solid 
waste management:
    (i) Resource conservation;
    (ii) Source separation;
    (iii) Collection;
    (iv) Transportation;
    (v) Storage;
    (vi) Transfer;
    (vii) Processing (including resource recovery);
    (viii) Treatment; and
    (ix) Disposal.
    (b) The State Plan shall establish and justify priorities and timing 
for actions. These priorities shall be based on the current level of 
solid waste management planning and implementation within the State, the 
extent of the solid waste management problem, the health, environmental 
and economic impacts of the problem, and the resources and management 
approaches available.
    (c) The State plan shall set forth an orderly and manageable process 
for achieving the objectives of the Act and meeting the requirements of 
these quidelines. This process shall describe as specifically as 
possible the activities to be undertaken, including detailed schedules 
and milestones.
    (d) The State plan shall cover a minimum of a five year time period 
from the date submitted to EPA for approval.
    (e) The State plan shall identify existing State legal authority for 
solid waste management and shall identify modifications to regulations 
necessary to meet the requirements of these guidelines.



Sec. 256.03   State plan submission, adoption, and revision.

    (a) To be considered for approval, the State plan shall be submitted 
to EPA within a reasonable time after final promulgation of these 
guidelines.
    (b) Prior to submission to EPA, the plan shall be adopted by the 
State pursuant to State administrative procedures.
    (c) The plan shall be developed in accord with public participation 
procedures required by Subpart G of this part.
    (d) The plan shall contain procedures for revision. The State plan 
shall be revised by the State, after notice and public hearings, when 
the Administrator, by regulation, or the State determines, that:
    (1) The State plan is not in compliance with the requirements of 
these guidelines;

[[Page 345]]

    (2) Information has become available which demonstrates the 
inadequacy of the plan; or
    (3) Such revision is otherwise necessary.
    (e) The State plan shall be reviewed by the State and, where 
necessary, revised and readopted not less frequently than every three 
years.
    (f) States which are developing a complete State plan may submit the 
portion of the plan designed to satisfy the requirements of Sec. 256.26 
prior to submission of the complete plan.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47051, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.04  State plan approval, financial assistance.

    (a) The Administrator shall, within six months after a State plan 
has been submitted for approval, approve or disapprove the plan. The 
Administrator shall approve a plan if he determines that:
    (1) It meets the requirements of these guidelines which address 
sections 4003(1), (2), (3), and (5), and
    (2) It contains provisions for revision pursuant to Sec. 256.03.
    (b) The Administrator shall review approved plans from time to time, 
and if he determines that revisions or corrections are necessary to 
bring such plan into compliance with all of the requirements of these 
guidelines, including the requirements which address sections 4003(4) 
and (6) and any new or revised requirement established by amendment to 
this part, he shall notify the State and provide an opportunity for such 
revisions and corrections and for an appeal and public hearing. If the 
plan continues to remain out of compliance, he shall withdraw his 
approval of such plan.
    (c) Such withdrawal of approval shall cease to be effective upon the 
Administrator's determination that the State plan complies with the 
requirements of these guidelines.
    (d) The Administrator shall approve a State application for 
financial assistance under subtitle D of the Act, and make grants to 
such State, if the Administrator determines that the State plan 
continues to be eligible for approval and is being implemented by the 
State.
    (e) Upon withdrawal of approval of a State plan, the Administrator 
shall withhold Federal financial and technical assistance under subtitle 
D (other than such technical assistance as may be necessary to assist in 
obtaining reinstatement of approval) until such time as approval is 
reinstated. (Procedures for termination of financial assistance and for 
settlement of disputes are contained in 40 CFR part 30, appendix A, 
articles 7 and 8.)
    (f) If a State submits to EPA the portion of the plan by which 
entities may, pursuant to Sec. 256.26, obtain timetables or schedules of 
compliance for complying with the open dumping prohibition, the 
Administrator shall approve such portion of the plan if he determines 
that:
    (1) The portion submitted satisfies the requirements of Sec. 256.26;
    (2) The State has the general legal authority to issue and enforce 
compliance schedules; and
    (3) The remainder of the plan is being developed in conformity with 
these guidelines and will be completed within a reasonable period of 
time.

In giving partial plan approval, the Administrator shall specify in 
writing the timetable for completion of the final plan as required in 
paragraph (f)(3) of this section.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47051, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.05  Annual work program.

    (a) The annual work program submitted for financial assistance under 
section 4008(a)(1) and described in the grant regulations (40 CFR part 
35) shall be reviewed by the Administrator in order to determine whether 
the State plan is being implemented by the State.
    (b) The Administrator and the State shall agree on the contents of 
the annual work program. The Administrator will consider State 
initiatives and priorities, in light of the goals of the Act, in 
determining annual work programs for each State. The annual work program 
represents a State's obligation incurred by acceptance of financial 
assistance.
    (c) Annual guidance for the development of State work programs will 
be

[[Page 346]]

issued by EPA. While this guidance will establish annual national 
priorities, flexibility will be provided in order to accommodate 
differing State priorities.
    (d) The following documents developed under the State plan shall be 
included by reference in the annual work program:
    (1) Substate solid waste management plans,
    (2) Plans for the development of facilities and services, including 
hazardous waste management facilities and services, and
    (3) Evidence of actions or steps taken to close or upgrade open 
dumps.
    (e) The annual work program shall allocate the distribution of 
Federal funds to agencies responsible for the development and 
implementation of the State plan.



Sec. 256.06  Definitions.

    Terms not defined below have the meanings assigned them by section 
1004 of the Act.
    The Act means the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the 
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.).
    Criteria means the ``Criteria for Classification of Solid Waste 
Disposal Facilities'', 40 CFR Part 257, promulgated under section 
4004(a) of the Act.
    Facility refers to any resource recovery system or component 
thereof, any system, program or facility for resource conservation, and 
any facility for collection, source separation, storage, transportation, 
transfer, processing, treatment or disposal of solid waste, including 
hazardous waste, whether such facility is associated with facilities 
generating such wastes or not.
    Implementation means putting the plan into practice by carrying out 
planned activities, including compliance and enforcement activities, or 
ensuring such activities are carried out.
    Inactive facility means a facility which no longer receives solid 
waste.
    Inventory of open dumps means the inventory required under section 
4005(b) and is defined as the list published by EPA of those disposal 
facilities which do not meet the criteria.
    Operator includes facility owners and operators.
    A permit is an entitlement to commence and continue operation of a 
facility as long as both procedural and performance standards are met. 
The term ``permit'' includes any functional equivalent such as a 
registration or license.
    Planning includes identifying problems, defining objectives, 
collecting information, analyzing alternatives and determining necessary 
activities and courses of action.
    Provide for in the phrase ``the plan shall (should) provide for'' 
means explain, establish or set forth steps or courses of action.
    The term shall denotes requirements for the development and 
implementation of the State plan.
    The term should denotes recommendations for the development and 
implementation of the State plan.
    Substate refers to any public regional, local, county, municipal, or 
intermunicipal agency, or regional or local public (including 
interstate) solid or hazardous waste management authority, or other 
public agency below the State level.



 Subpart B--Identification of Responsibilities; Distribution of Funding



Sec. 256.10  Requirements.

    (a) In accordance with sections 4003(1) and 4006 and the interim 
guidelines for identification of regions and agencies for solid waste 
management (40 CFR part 255), the State plan shall provide for:
    (1) The identification of the responsibilities of State and substate 
(regional, local and interstate) authorities in the development and 
implementation of the State plan;
    (2) The means of distribution of Federal funds to the authorities 
responsible for development and implementation of the State plan; and
    (3) The means for coordinating substate planning and implementation.
    (b) Responsibilities shall be identified for the classification of 
disposal facilities for the inventory of open dumps.

[[Page 347]]

    (c) Responsibilities shall be identified for development and 
implementation of the State regulatory program described in subpart C of 
this part.
    (d) Responsibilities shall be identified for the development and 
implementation of the State resource conservation and resource recovery 
program described in subpart D of this part.
    (e) State, substate and private sector responsibilities shall be 
identified for the planning and implementation of solid and hazardous 
waste management facilities and services.
    (f) Financial assistance under sections 4008(a) (1) and (2) shall be 
allocated by the State to State and substate authorities carrying out 
development and implementation of the State plan. Such allocation shall 
be based on the responsibilities of the respective parties as determined 
under section 4006(b).



Sec. 256.11  Recommendations.

    (a) Responsibilities should be identified for each of the solid 
waste types listed in Sec. 256.02(a)(1).
    (b) Responsibilities should be identified for each of the aspects of 
solid waste management listed in Sec. 256.02(a)(2).
    (c) Responsibilities should be identified for planning and 
designating ground water use with respect to design and operation of 
solid waste disposal facilities.
    (d) Responsibilities should be identified for the development and 
implementation of the authorized State hazardous waste management 
program under subtitle C of the Act.
    (e) The State plan should include a schedule and procedure for the 
continuing review, reassessment and reassignment of responsibilities.



                Subpart C--Solid Waste Disposal Programs



Sec. 256.20  Requirements for State legal authority.

    In order to comply with sections 4003 (2) and (3), the State plan 
shall assure that the State has adequate legal authority to prohibit the 
establishment of new open dumps and to close or upgrade existing open 
dumps. The prohibition of the establishment of new open dumps shall take 
effect no later than six months after the date of promulgation of the 
criteria or on the date of approval of the State plan, whichever is 
later.



Sec. 256.21  Requirements for State regulatory powers.

    In order to comply with section 4003(4), the State plan shall 
provide for the establishment of State regulatory powers. These powers:
    (a) Shall be adequate to enforce solid waste disposal standards 
which are equivalent to or more stringent than the criteria for 
classification of solid waste disposal facilities (40 CFR part 257). 
Such authority shall be as definitive as possible and clearly establish 
the means for compliance.

    (b) Shall include surveillance capabilities necessary to detect 
adverse environmental effects from solid waste disposal facilities. Such 
capabilities shall include access for inspection and monitoring by 
regulatory officials and the authority to establish operator monitoring 
and reporting requirements.
    (c) Shall make use of a permit program which ensures that the 
establishment of new open dumps is prohibited.
    (d) Shall have administrative and judicial enforcement capabilities, 
including enforceable orders, fines or other administrative procedures, 
as necessary to ensure compliance.



Sec. 256.22  Recommendations for State regulatory powers.

    In order to assist compliance with section 4003(4), the following 
are recommendations for State regulatory powers as may be necessary to 
prohibit new open dumps and close or upgrade all existing open dumps.
    (a) Solid waste disposal standards:
    (1) Should be based on the health and environmental impacts of 
disposal facilities.
    (2) Should specify design and operational standards.
    (3) Should take into account the climatic, geologic, and other 
relevant characteristics of the State.
    (b) Surveillance systems should establish monitoring requirements 
for facilities.

[[Page 348]]

    (1) Every facility should be evaluated for potential adverse health 
and environmental effects. Based on this evaluation, instrumentation, 
sampling, monitoring, and inspection requirements should be established.
    (2) Every facility which produces leachate in quantities and 
concentrations that could contaminate ground water in an aquifer should 
be required to monitor to detect and predict contamination.
    (3) Inspectors should be trained and provided detailed instructions 
for checking on the procedures and conditions that are specified in the 
engineering plan and site permit. Provisions should be made to ensure 
chain of custody for evidence.
    (c) Facility assessment and prescription of remedial measures should 
be carried out by adequately trained or experienced professional staff, 
including engineers and geologists.
    (d) The State permit system should provide the administrative 
control to prohibit the establishment of new open dumps and to assist in 
meeting the requirement that all wastes be used or disposed in an 
environmentally sound manner.
    (1) Permitting procedures for new facilities should require 
applicants to demonstrate that the facility will comply with the 
criteria.
    (2) The permit system should specify, for the facility operator, the 
location, design, construction, operational, monitoring, reporting, 
completion and maintenance requirements.
    (3) Permit procedures should include provisions to ensure that 
future use of the property on which the facility is located is 
compatible with that property's use as a solid waste disposal facility. 
These procedures should include identification of future land use or the 
inclusion of a stipulation in the property deed which notifies future 
purchasers of precautions necessitated by the use of the property as a 
solid waste disposal facility.
    (4) Permits should only be issued to facilities that are consistent 
with the State plan, or with substate plans developed under the State 
plan.
    (e) The enforcement system should be designed to include both 
administrative procedures and judicial remedies to enforce the 
compliance schedules and closure procedures for open dumps.
    (1) Permits, surveillance, and enforcement system capabilities 
should be designed for supporting court action.
    (2) Detection capabilities and penalties for false reporting should 
be provided for.



Sec. 256.23  Requirements for closing or upgrading open dumps.

    In meeting the requirement of section 4003(3) for closing or 
upgrading open dumps:
    (a) The State plan shall provide for the classification of existing 
solid waste disposal facilities according to the criteria. This 
classification shall be submitted to EPA, and facilities classified as 
open dumps shall be published in the inventory of open dumps.
    (b) The State plan shall provide for an orderly time-phasing of the 
disposal facility classifications described in paragraph (a) of this 
section. The determination of priorities for the classification of 
disposal facilities shall be based upon:
    (1) The potential health and environmental impact of the solid waste 
disposal facility;
    (2) The availability of State regulatory and enforcement powers; and
    (3) The availability of Federal and State resources for this 
purpose.
    (c) For each facility classified as an open dump the State shall 
take steps to close or upgrade the facility. Evidence of that action 
shall be incorporated by reference into the annual work program and be 
made publicly available. When the State's actions concerning open dumps 
are modified, the changes shall be referenced in subsequent annual work 
programs.
    (d) In providing for the closure of open dumps the State shall take 
steps necessary to eliminate health hazards and minimize potential 
health hazards. These steps shall include requirements for long-term 
monitoring or contingency plans where necessary.



Sec. 256.24  Recommendations for closing or upgrading open dumps.

    (a) All sources of information available to the State should be used 
to aid in the classification of facilities.

[[Page 349]]

Records of previous inspections and monitoring, as well as new 
inspections and new monitoring, should be considered.
    (b) The steps to close or upgrade open dumps established under 
Sec. 256.23(c) should be coordinated with the facility needs assessment 
described in Sec. 256.41.
    (c) A determination should be made of the feasibility of resource 
recovery or resource conservation to reduce the solid waste volume 
entering a facility classified as an open dump; and feasible measures to 
achieve that reduction should be implemented.
    (d) At the time of classification of existing solid waste disposal 
facilities pursuant to Sec. 256.23, the State should consider developing 
appropriate timetables or schedules by which any responsible party can 
be brought into compliance with the open dumping prohibition pursuant to 
Secs. 256.26 and 256.27.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47051, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.25  Recommendation for inactive facilities.

    Inactive facilities that continue to produce adverse health or 
environmental effects should be evaluated according to the criteria. The 
State plan should provide for measures to ensure that adverse health or 
environmental effects from inactive facilities are minimized or 
eliminated. Such measures may include actions by disposal facility 
owners and operators, notification of the general public, adjacent 
residents and other affected parties and notification of agencies 
responsible for public health and safety.



Sec. 256.26  Requirement for schedules leading to compliance with the prohibition of open dumping.

    In implementing the section 4005(c) prohibition on open dumping, the 
State plan shall provide that any entity which demonstrates that it has 
considered other public or private alternatives to comply with the 
prohibition on open dumping and is unable to utilize such alternatives 
to so comply, may obtain a timetable or schedule for compliance which 
specifies a schedule of remedial measures, and an enforceable sequence 
of actions, leading to compliance within a reasonable time (not to 
exceed 5 years from the date of publication of the inventory).



Sec. 256.27  Recommendation for schedules leading to compliance with the prohibition of open dumping.

    In reviewing applications for compliance schedules under 
Sec. 256.26, the State should consider the availability of processing 
and disposal facilities, the likelihood of environmental damage from 
disposal at available facilities, the existence of State or substate 
requirements (including other compliance schedules) applicable to 
available facilities, cost constraints, existing contractual agreements 
and other pertinent factors.



     Subpart D--Resource Conservation and Resource Recovery Programs



Sec. 256.30  Requirements.

    (a) In order to comply with sections 4003(2) and (6) as they pertain 
to resource conservation and recovery, the State plan shall provide for 
a policy and strategy for encouragement of resource recovery and 
conservation activities.
    (b) In order to comply with section 4003(5), the State plan shall 
provide that no local government within the State is prohibited under 
State or local law from entering into long-term contracts for the supply 
of solid waste to resource recovery facilities.



Sec. 256.31  Recommendations for developing and implementing resource conservation and recovery programs.

    (a) In order to encourage resource recovery and conservation, the 
State plan should provide for technical assistance, training, 
information development and dissemination, financial support programs, 
market studies and market development programs.
    (b) In order to comply with the requirement of Sec. 256.30(b) 
regarding long-term contract prohibitions, the State plan should provide 
for:
    (1) Review of existing State and local laws and regulations 
pertinent to contracting for resource recovery services or facilities.

[[Page 350]]

    (2) Reporting of all laws and regulations found to be in violation 
of this requirement to the executive officer of the administrative 
agency responsible for the statute.
    (3) Development of an administrative order or a revised law or 
regulation or any other preliminary step for the removal or amending of 
a law or regulation in violation of this requirement.
    (4) Development of a strategy for the consideration of the 
legislature to prohibit and/or remove from State or local law provisions 
in violation of this requirement.
    (c) The State plan should aid and encourage State procurement of 
products containing recovered materials in accord with section 6002 of 
the Act. To assist this effort, the State plan should provide for:
    (1) The development of a policy statement encouraging the 
procurement of recovered materials, wherever feasible;
    (2) The identification of the key purchasing agencies of the State, 
along with potential uses of recovered materials by these agencies; and,
    (3) The development of a plan of action to promote the use of 
recovered materials through executive order, legislative initiative, or 
other action that the State deems necessary.
    (d) In order to encourage resource recovery and conservation, the 
State plan should provide for the elimination, to the extent possible, 
of restrictions on the purchase of goods or services, especially 
negotiated procurements, for resource recovery facilities. This should 
include:
    (1) Review of existing State and local laws pertinent to the 
procurement of equipment and services for the design, construction and 
operation of resource recovery facilities;
    (2) Listing of all laws that limit the ability of localities to 
negotiate for the procurement of the design, construction, or operation 
of resource recovery facilities;
    (3) Development of administrative orders or legislation or other 
action that would eliminate these restrictions; and
    (4) Development of a strategy and plan of action for the 
consideration of the legislature for execution of administrative orders 
or other action that would eliminate these restrictions.
    (e) The State plan should encourage the development of resource 
recovery and resource conservation facilities and practices as the 
preferred means of solid waste management whenever technically and 
economically feasible. The State plan should provide for the following 
activities:
    (1) The composition of wastes should be analyzed with particular 
emphasis on recovery potential for material and energy, including fuel 
value, percentages of recoverable industrial wastes, grades of 
wastepaper, glass, and non-ferrous and ferrous metals.
    (2) Available and potential markets for recovered materials and 
energy should be identified, including markets for recoverable 
industrial wastes; wastepapers; ferrous and non-ferrous metals; glass; 
solid, liquid, or gaseous fuels; sludges; and tires. The following 
should be evaluated: location and transportation requirements, materials 
and energy specifications of user industries, minimum quantity 
requirements, pricing mechanisms and long-term contract availability.
    (3) Resource recovery feasibility studies should be conducted in 
regions of the State in which uses or markets for recovered materials or 
energy are identified. These studies should review various technological 
approaches, environmental considerations, institutional and financial 
constraints, and economic feasibility.
    (4) Source separation, recycling and resource conservation should be 
utilized whenever technically and economically feasible.
    (5) Mixed waste processing facilities for the recovery of energy and 
materials should be utilized whenever technically and economically 
feasible.
    (6) Source separation, resource conservation and mixed waste 
processing capacity should be combined to achieve the most effective 
resource conservation and economic balance.



             Subpart E--Facility Planning and Implementation



Sec. 256.40  Requirements.

    In order to comply with section 4003(6), the State plan shall 
provide for

[[Page 351]]

adequate resource conservation, recovery, storage, treatment and 
disposal facilities and practices necessary to use or dispose of solid 
and hazardous waste in an environmentally sound manner.



Sec. 256.41  Recommendations for assessing the need for facilities.

    (a) In meeting the requirement for adequate resource conservation, 
recovery, storage, treatment and disposal facilities and practices, the 
State plan should provide for an assessment of the adequacy of existing 
facilities and practices and the need for new or expanded facilities and 
practices.
    (1) The needs assessment should be based on current and projected 
waste generation rates and on the capacities of presently operating and 
planned facilities.
    (2) Existing and planned resource conservation and recovery 
practices and their impact on facility needs should be assessed.
    (3) Current and projected movement of solid and hazardous waste 
across State and local boundaries should be assessed.
    (4) Special handling needs should be determined for all solid waste 
categories.
    (5) Impact on facility capacities due to predictable changes in 
waste quantities and characteristics should be estimated.
    (6) Environmental, economic, and other constraints on continued 
operation of facilities should be assessed.
    (7) Diversion of wastes due to closure of open dumps should be 
anticipated.
    (8) Facilities and practices planned or provided for by the private 
sector should be assessed.
    (b) The State plan should provide for the identification of areas 
which require new capacity development, based on the needs assessment.



Sec. 256.42  Recommendations for assuring facility development.

    (a) The State plan should address facility planning and acquisition 
for all areas which are determined to have insufficient recovery, 
storage, treatment and disposal capacity in the assessment of facility 
needs.
    (b) Where facilities and practices are found to be inadequate, the 
State plan should provide for the necessary facilities and practices to 
be developed by responsible State and substate agencies or by the 
private sector.
    (c) For all areas found to have five or fewer years of capacity 
remaining, the State plan should provide for:
    (1) The development of estimates of waste generation by type and 
characteristic,
    (2) The evaluation and selection of resource recovery, conservation 
or disposal methods,
    (3) Selection of sites for facilities, and
    (4) Development of schedules of implementation.
    (d) The State plan should encourage private sector initiatives in 
order to meet the identified facility needs.
    (e) In any area having fewer than 2 years of projected capacity, the 
State plan should provide for the State to take action such as acquiring 
facilities or causing facilities to be acquired.
    (f) The State plan should provide for the initiation and development 
of environmentally sound facilities as soon as practicable to replace 
all open dumps.
    (g) The State plan should provide for the State, in cooperation with 
substate agencies, to establish procedures for choosing which facilities 
will get priority for technical or financial assistance or other 
emphasis. Highest priority should be given to facilities developed to 
replace or upgrade open dumps.
    (h) The State plan should provide for substate cooperation and 
policies for free and unrestricted movement of solid and hazardous waste 
across State and local boundaries.



               Subpart F--Coordination With Other Programs



Sec. 256.50  Requirements.

    Section 4003(1) requires the State solid waste managment plan to 
idenifty means for coordinating regional planning and implementation 
under the State plan. Section 1006 requires the Administrator to 
integrate all provisions of this Act (including approval of State plans) 
with other Acts that grant regulatory authority to the

[[Page 352]]

Administrator in order to prevent duplication of administrative and 
enforcement efforts. In order to meet these requirements:
    (a) The State solid waste management plan shall be developed in 
coordination with Federal, State, and substate programs for air quality, 
water quality, water supply, waste water treatment, pesticides, ocean 
protection, toxic substances control, noise control, and radiation 
control.
    (b) The State plan shall provide for coordination with programs 
under section 208 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1288). 
In identifying agencies for solid waste management planning and 
implementation, the State shall review the solid waste management 
activities being conducted by water quality planning and management 
agencies designated under section 208 of the Clean Water Act. Where 
feasible, identification of such agencies should be considered during 
the identification of responsibilities under subpart B of this part. 
Where solid waste management and water quality agencies are separate 
entities, necessary coordination procedures shall be established.
    (c) The State plan shall provide for coordination with the National 
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) established under section 
402 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1342). The issuance of 
State facility permits and actions taken to close or upgrade open dumps 
shall be timed, where practicable, to coordinate closely with the 
issuance of a new or revised NPDES permit for such facility.
    (d) The State plan shall provide for coordination with activities 
for municipal sewage sludge disposal and utilization conducted under the 
authority of section 405 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 
1345), and with the program for construction grants for publicly owned 
treatment works under section 201 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 
U.S.C. 1281).
    (e) The State plan shall provide for coordination with State 
pretreatment activities under section 307 of the Clean Water Act, as 
amended (33 U.S.C. 1317).
    (f) The State plan shall provide for coordination with agencies 
conducting assessments of the impact of surface impoundments on 
underground sources of drinking water under the authority of section 
1442(a)(8)(C) of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C. 300j-1).
    (g) The State plan shall provide for coordination with State 
underground injection control programs (40 CFR Parts 122, 123, 124, and 
146) carried out under the authority of the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 
U.S.C. 300f et seq.) and with the designation of sole source aquifers 
under section 1424 of that Act.
    (h) The State plan shall provide for coordination with State 
implementation plans developed under the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 
et seq.; incineration and open burning limitations; and, State 
implementation plan requirements impacting resource recovery systems).
    (i) The State plan shall provide for coordination with the Army 
Corps of Engineers permit program (or authorized State program) under 
section 404 of the Clean Water Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. 1344) for 
dredge and fill activities in waters of the United States.
    (j) The State plan shall provide for coordination with the Office of 
Endangered Species, Department of the Interior, to ensure that solid 
waste management activities, especially the siting of disposal 
facilities, do not jeopardize the continued existence of an endangered 
or threated species nor result in the destruction or adverse 
modification of a critical habitat.
    (k) The State plan shall provide for coordination, where 
practicable, with programs under:
    (1) The Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.; 
disposal of chemical substances and mixtures).
    (2) The Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 
1362 et seq.; disposal and storage of pesticides and pesticide 
containers).
    (3) The Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act (33 U.S.C. 
1420 et seq.; disposal in ocean waters).
    (l) The State plan shall provide for coordination, where 
practicable, with programs of other Federal agencies, including:
    (1) Department of the Interior.

[[Page 353]]

    (i) Fish and Wildlife Service (wetlands),
    (ii) Bureau of Mines and Office of Surface Mining (mining waste 
disposal and use of sludge in reclamation),
    (iii) U.S. Geological Survey (wetlands, floodplains, ground water);
    (2) Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric 
Administration (coastal zone management plans);
    (3) Water Resources Council (floodplains, surface and ground 
waters);
    (4) Department of Agriculture, including Soil Conservation Service 
(land spreading solid waste on food chain croplands);
    (5) Federal Aviation Administration (locating disposal facilities on 
or near airport property);
    (6) Department of Housing and Urban Development (701 comprehensive 
planning program, flood plains mapping);
    (7) Department of Defense (development and implementation of State 
and substate plans with regard to resource recovery and solid waste 
disposal programs at various installations);
    (8) Department of Energy (State energy conservation plans under the 
Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6321)); and
    (9) Other programs.
    (m) The State plan shall provide for coordination, where 
practicable, with solid waste management plans in neighboring States and 
with plans for Indian reservations in the State.



                     Subpart G--Public Participation



Sec. 256.60  Requirements for public participation in State and substate plans.

    (a) State and substate planning agencies shall:
    (1) Maintain a current list of agencies, organizations, and 
individuals affected by or interested in the plan, which shall include 
any parties that request to be on the list, the owner or operator of 
each facility classified as an open dump and any other parties which the 
State determines to be affected by or interested in the plan;
    (2) Provide depositories of relevant information in one or more 
convenient locations; and
    (3) Prepare a responsiveness summary, in accord with 40 CFR 25.8, 
where required by this subpart or by an approved public participation 
work plan, which describes matters on which the public was consulted, 
summarizes the public's views, and sets forth the agency's response to 
the public input.
    (b) State and substate planning agencies shall provide information 
and consult with the public on plan development and implementation. 
Provision of information and consultation shall occur both early in the 
planning process (including the preparation and distribution of a 
summary of the proposed plan) and on major policy decisions made during 
the course of plan development, revision and implementation. To meet 
this requirement, planning agencies shall:
    (1) Publicize information in news media having broad audiences in 
the geographic area;
    (2) Place information in depositories maintained under paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section;
    (3) Send information directly to agencies, organizations and 
individuals on the list maintained under paragraph (a)(1) of this 
section; and
    (4) Prepare and make available to the public a responsiveness 
summary in accord with 40 CFR 25.8.
    (c) State and substate planning agencies shall conduct public 
hearings (and public meetings, where the agency determines there is 
sufficient interest) in accord with 40 CFR 25.5 and 25.6. The purpose of 
the hearings and meetings is to solicit reactions and recommendations 
from interested or affected parties and to explain major issues within 
the proposed plan. Following the public hearings, a responsiveness 
summary shall be prepared and made available to the public in accord 
with 40 CFR 25.8.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47051, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.61  Requirements for public participation in the annual State work program.

    (a) A public participation work plan in accord with 40 CFR 25.11 
shall be included in the annual State work program.

[[Page 354]]

    (b) The State shall consult with the public in the development of 
the annual work program. One month prior to submission of the draft work 
program to the Regional Administrator, as required by 40 CFR part 35, 
the draft work program shall be made available to the public at the 
State information depositories maintained under Sec. 256.60(a)(2). The 
public shall be notified of the availability of the draft work program, 
and a public meeting shall be held if the planning agency determines 
there is sufficient interest.
    (c) The State shall comply with the requirements of Office of 
Management and Budget Circular No. A-95.
    (d) Copies of the final work program shall be placed in the State 
information depositories maintained under Sec. 256.60(a)(2).



Sec. 256.62  Requirements for public participation in State regulatory development.

    (a) The State shall conduct public hearings (and public meetings 
where the State determines there is sufficient interest) on State 
legislation and regulations, in accord with the State administrative 
procedures act, to solicit reactions and recommendations. Following the 
public hearings, a responsiveness summary shall be prepared and made 
available to the public in accord with 40 CFR 25.8.
    (b) In advance of the hearings and meetings required by paragraph 
(a) of this section, the State shall prepare a fact sheet on proposed 
regulations or legislation, mail the fact sheet to agencies, 
organizations and individuals on the list maintained under 
Sec. 256.60(a)(1) and place the fact sheet in the State information 
depositories maintained under Sec. 256.60(a)(2).



Sec. 256.63  Requirements for public participation in the permitting of facilities.

    (a) Before approving a permit application (or renewal of a permit) 
for a resource recovery or solid waste disposal facility the State shall 
hold a public hearing to solicit public reaction and recommendations on 
the proposed permit application if the State determines there is a 
significant degree of public interest in the proposed permit.
    (b) This hearing shall be held in accord with 40 CFR 25.5.



Sec. 256.64  Requirements for public participation in the open dump inventory.

    (a) The State shall provide an opportunity for public participation 
prior to submission of any classification of a facility as an open dump 
to the Federal Government. The State shall accomplish this by providing 
notice as specified in Sec. 256.64(b) or by using other State 
administrative procedures which provide equivalent public participation.
    (b) The State may satisfy the requirement of Sec. 256.64(a) by 
providing written notice of the availability of the results of its 
classifications to all parties on the list required under 
Sec. 256.60(a)(1) at least 30 days before initial submission of these 
classifications to the Federal Government. For those parties on the list 
required under Sec. 256.60(a)(1) who are owners or operators of 
facilities classified as open dumps, such notice shall indicate that the 
facility has been so classified.

[46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 256.65  Recommendations for public participation.

    (a) State and substate planning agencies should establish an 
advisory group, or utilize an existing group, to provide recommendations 
on major policy and program decisions. The advisory group's membership 
should reflect a balanced viewpoint in accord with 40 CFR 25.7(c).
    (b) State and substate planning agencies should develop public 
education programs designed to encourage informed public participation 
in the development and implementation of solid waste management plans.

[44 FR 45079, July 31, 1979. Redesignated and amended at 46 FR 47052, 
Sept. 23, 1981]

[[Page 355]]





PART 257--CRITERIA FOR CLASSIFICATION OF SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITIES AND PRACTICES--Table of Contents




    Subpart A--Classification of Solid Waste Disposal Facilities and 
                                Practices

Sec.
257.1  Scope and purpose.
257.2  Definitions.
257.3  Criteria for classification of solid waste disposal facilities 
          and practices.
257.3-1  Floodplains.
257.3-2  Endangered species.
257.3-3  Surface water.
257.3-4  Ground water.
257.3-5  Application to land used for the production of food-chain crops 
          (interim final).
257.3-6  Disease.
257.3-7  Air.
257.3-8  Safety.
257.4  Effective date.

 Subpart B--Disposal Standards for the Receipt of Conditionally Exempt 
 Small Quantity Generator (CESQG) Wastes at Non-Municipal Non-Hazardous 
                          Waste Disposal Units

257.5  Disposal standards for owners/operators of non-municipal non-
          hazardous waste disposal units that receive Conditionally 
          Exempt Small Quantity Generator (CESQG) waste.

                          Location Restrictions

257.7  [Reserved]
257.8  Floodplains.
257.9  Wetlands.
257.10-257.12  [Reserved]
257.13  Deadline for making demonstrations.

              Ground-Water Monitoring and Corrective Action

257.21  Applicability.
257.22  Ground-water monitoring systems.
257.23  Ground-water sampling and analysis requirements.
257.24  Detection monitoring program.
257.25  Assessment monitoring program.
257.26  Assessment of corrective measures.
257.27  Selection of remedy.
257.28  Implementation of the corrective action program.

                       Recordkeeping Requirements

257.30  Recordkeeping requirements.

Appendix I to Part 257--Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)
Appendix II to Part 257

    Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6907(a)(3), 6912(a)(1), 6944(a) and 6949(c), 33 
U.S.C. 1345 (d) and (e).

    Source: 44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



    Subpart A--Classification of Solid Waste Disposal Facilities and 
                                Practices



Sec. 257.1  Scope and purpose.

    (a) These criteria are for use under the Resource Conservation and 
Recovery Act (the Act) in determining which solid waste disposal 
facilities and practices pose a reasonable probability of adverse 
effects on health or the environment. Unless otherwise provided, these 
criteria are adopted for purposes of both sections 1008(a)(3) and 
4004(a) of the Act.
    (1) Facilities failing to satisfy criteria adopted for purposes of 
section 4004(a) will be considered open dumps for purposes of State 
solid waste management planning under the Act.
    (2) Practices failing to satisfy criteria adopted for purposes of 
section 1008(a)(3) constitute open dumping, which is prohibited under 
section 4005 of the Act.
    (b) These criteria also provide guidelines for the disposal of 
sewage sludge on the land when the sewage sludge is not used or disposed 
through a practice regulated in 40 CFR part 503.
    (c) These criteria apply to all solid waste disposal facilities and 
practices with the following exceptions:
    (1) The criteria do not apply to agricultural wastes, including 
manures and crop residues, returned to the soil as fertilizers or soil 
conditioners.
    (2) The criteria do not apply to overburden resulting from mining 
operations intended for return to the mine site.
    (3) The criteria do not apply to the land application of domestic 
sewage or treated domestic sewage.
    (4) The criteria do not apply to the location and operation of 
septic tanks. The criteria do, however, apply to the disposal of septic 
tank pumpings.
    (5) The criteria do not apply to solid or dissolved materials in 
irrigation return flows.
    (6) The criteria do not apply to industrial discharges which are 
point sources subject to permits under section 402 of the Clean Water 
Act, as amended.

[[Page 356]]

    (7) The criteria do not apply to source, special nuclear or 
byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act, as amended (68 
Stat. 923).
    (8) The criteria do not apply to hazardous waste disposal facilities 
which are subject to regulation under subtitle C of the Act.
    (9) The criteria do not apply to disposal of solid waste by 
underground well injection subject to the regulations (40 CFR part 146) 
for the Underground Injection Control Program (UICP) under the Safe 
Drinking Water Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 3007 et seq.
    (10) The criteria of this part do not apply to municipal solid waste 
landfill units, which are subject to the revised criteria contained in 
part 258 of this chapter.
    (11) The criteria do not apply to the use or disposal sewage sludge 
on the land when the sewage sludge is used or disposed in accordance 
with 40 CFR part 503.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981; 
56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 58 FR 9385, Feb. 19, 1993]

    Effective Date Note: At 61 FR 34269, July 1, 1996, in Sec. 257.1, 
paragraph (a) was revised, effective Jan. 1, 1998. For the convenience 
of the user, the revised text is set forth below.
Sec. 257.1  Scope and purpose.
    (a) Unless otherwise provided, the criteria in Secs. 257.1 through 
257.4 are adopted for determining which solid waste disposal facilities 
and practices pose a reasonable probability of adverse effects on health 
or the environment under sections 1008(a)(3) and 4004(a) of the Resource 
Conservation and Recovery Act (The Act). Unless otherwise provided, the 
criteria in Secs. 257.5 through 257.30 are adopted for purposes of 
ensuring that non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal units that 
receive conditionally exempt small quantity generator (CESQG) waste do 
not present risks to human health and the environment taking into 
account the practicable capability of such units in accordance with 
Section 4010(c) of the Act.
    (1) Facilities failing to satisfy either the criteria in Secs. 257.1 
through 257.4 or Secs. 257.5 though 257.30 are considered open dumps, 
which are prohibited under section 4005 of the Act.
    (2) Practices failing to satisfy either the criteria in Secs. 257.1 
through 257.4 or Secs. 257.5 through 257.30 constitute open dumping, 
which is prohibited under section 4005 of the Act.

                                * * * * *



Sec. 257.2  Definitions.

    The definitions set forth in section 1004 of the Act apply to this 
part. Special definitions of general concern to this part are provided 
below, and definitions especially pertinent to particular sections of 
this part are provided in those sections.
    Disposal means the discharge, deposit, injection, dumping, spilling, 
leaking, or placing of any solid waste or hazardous waste into or on any 
land or water so that such solid waste or hazardous waste or any 
constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air 
or discharged into any waters, including ground waters.
    Domestic septage is either liquid or solid material removed from a 
septic tank, cesspool, portable toilet, Type III marine sanitation 
device, or similar treatment works that receives only domestic sewage. 
Domestic septage does not include liquid or solid material removed from 
a septic tank, cesspool, or similar treatment works that receives either 
commercial wastewater or industrial wastewater and does not include 
grease removed from a grease trap at a restaurant.
    Facility means all contiguous land and structures, other 
appurtenances, and improvements on the land used for the disposal of 
solid waste.
    Land application unit means an area where wastes are applied onto or 
incorporated into the soil surface (excluding manure spreading 
operations) for agricultural purposes or for treatment and disposal.
    Landfill means an area of land or an excavation in which wastes are 
placed for permanent disposal, and that is not a land application unit, 
surface impoundment, injection well, or waste pile.
    Leachate means liquid that has passed through or emerged from solid 
waste and contains soluble, suspended or miscible materials removed from 
such wastes.
    Municipal solid waste landfill (MSWLF) unit means a discrete area of 
land or an

[[Page 357]]

excavation that receives household waste, and that is not a land 
application unit, surface impoundment, injection well, or waste pile, as 
those terms are defined in this section. A MSWLF unit also may receive 
other types of RCRA Subtitle D wastes, such as commercial solid waste, 
nonhazardous sludge, and industrial solid waste. Such a landfill may be 
publicly or privately owned. An MSWLF unit may be a new MSWLF unit, an 
existing MSWLF unit or a lateral expansion.
    Open dump means a facility for the disposal of solid waste which 
does not comply with this part.
    Practice means the act of disposal of solid waste.
    Sanitary landfill means a facility for the disposal of solid waste 
which complies with this part.
    Sewage sludge means solid, semi-solid, or liquid residue generated 
during the treatment of domestic sewage in a treatment works. Sewage 
sludge includes, but is not limited to, domestic septage; scum or solids 
removed in primary, secondary, or advanced wastewater treatment 
processes; and a material derived from sewage sludge. Sewage sludge does 
not include ash generated during the firing of sewage sludge in a sewage 
sludge incinerator or grit and screenings generated during preliminary 
treatment of domestic sewage in a treatment works.
    Sludge means any solid, semisolid, or liquid waste generated from a 
municipal, commercial, or industrial wastewater treatment plant, water 
supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility or any other 
such waste having similar characteristics and effect.
    Solid waste means any garbage, refuse, sludge from a waste treatment 
plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility 
and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semisolid, or 
contained gaseous material resulting from industrial, commercial, 
mining, and agricultural operations, and from community activities, but 
does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, or 
solid or dissolved material in irrigation return flows or industrial 
discharges which are point sources subject to permits under section 402 
of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (86 Stat. 880), 
or source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the 
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 923).
    State means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the 
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, 
and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
    Surface impoundment or impoundment means a facility or part of a 
facility that is a natural topographic depression, human-made 
excavation, or diked area formed primarily of earthen materials 
(although it may be lined with human-made materials), that is designed 
to hold an accumulation of liquid wastes or wastes containing free 
liquids and that is not an injection well. Examples of surface 
impoundments are holding storage, settling, and aeration pits, ponds, 
and lagoons.
    Waste pile or pile means any noncontainerized accumulation of solid, 
nonflowing waste that is used for treatment or storage.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 58910, Oct. 12, 1979; 56 FR 51016, 
Oct. 9, 1991; 58 FR 9385, Feb. 19, 1993]



Sec. 257.3  Criteria for classification of solid waste disposal facilities and practices.

    Solid waste disposal facilities or practices which violate any of 
the following criteria pose a reasonable probability of adverse effects 
on health or the environment:



Sec. 257.3-1  Floodplains.

    (a) Facilities or practices in floodplains shall not restrict the 
flow of the base flood, reduce the temporary water storage capacity of 
the floodplain, or result in washout of solid waste, so as to pose a 
hazard to human life, wildlife, or land or water resources.
    (b) As used in this section:
    (1) Based flood means a flood that has a 1 percent or greater chance 
of recurring in any year or a flood of a magnitude equalled or exceeded 
once in 100 years on the average over a significantly long period.
    (2) Floodplain means the lowland and relatively flat areas adjoining 
inland

[[Page 358]]

and coastal waters, including flood-prone areas of offshore islands, 
which are inundated by the base flood.
    (3) Washout means the carrying away of solid waste by waters of the 
base flood.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 54708, Sept. 21, 1979]



Sec. 257.3-2  Endangered species.

    (a) Facilities or practices shall not cause or contribute to the 
taking of any endangered or threatened species of plants, fish, or 
wildlife.
    (b) The facility or practice shall not result in the destruction or 
adverse modification of the critical habitat of endangered or threatened 
species as identified in 50 CFR part 17.
    (c) As used in this section:
    (1) Endangered or threatened species means any species listed as 
such pursuant to section 4 of the Endangered Species Act.
    (2) Destruction or adverse modification means a direct or indirect 
alteration of critical habitat which appreciably diminishes the 
likelihood of the survival and recovery of threatened or endangered 
species using that habitat.
    (3) Taking means harassing, harming, pursuing, hunting, wounding, 
killing, trapping, capturing, or collecting or attempting to engage in 
such conduct.



Sec. 257.3-3  Surface water.

    (a) For purposes of section 4004(a) of the Act, a facility shall not 
cause a discharge of pollutants into waters of the United States that is 
in violation of the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge 
Elimination System (NPDES) under section 402 of the Clean Water Act, as 
amended.
    (b) For purposes of section 4004(a) of the Act, a facility shall not 
cause a discharge of dredged material or fill material to waters of the 
United States that is in violation of the requirements under section 404 
of the Clean Water Act, as amended.
    (c) A facility or practice shall not cause non-point source 
pollution of waters of the United States that violates applicable legal 
requirements implementing an areawide or Statewide water quality 
management plan that has been approved by the Administrator under 
section 208 of the Clean Water Act, as amended.
    (d) Definitions of the terms ``Discharge of dredged material'', 
``Point source'', ``Pollutant'', ``Waters of the United States'', and 
``Wetlands'' can be found in the Clean Water Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 
1251 et seq., and implementing regulations, specifically 33 CFR part 323 
(42 FR 37122, July 19, 1977).

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 257.3-4  Ground water.

    (a) A facility or practice shall not contaminate an underground 
drinking water source beyond the solid waste boundary or beyond an 
alternative boundary specified in accordance with paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (b)(1) For purposes of section 1008(a)(3) of the Act or section 
405(d) of the CWA, a party charged with open dumping or a violation of 
section 405(e) with respect to sewage sludge that is not used or 
disposed through a practice regulated in 40 CFR part 503 may demonstrate 
that compliance should be determined at an alternative boundary in lieu 
of the solid waste boundary. The court shall establish an alternative 
boundary only if it finds that such a change would not result in 
contamination of ground water which may be needed or used for human 
consumption. This finding shall be based on analysis and consideration 
of all of the following factors that are relevant:
    (i) The hydrogeological characteristics of the facility and 
surrounding land, including any natural attenuation and dilution 
characteristics of the aquifer;
    (ii) The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the 
leachate;
    (iii) The quantity, quality, and direction of flow of ground water 
underlying the facility;
    (iv) The proximity and withdrawal rates of ground-water users;
    (v) The availability of alternative drinking water supplies;
    (vi) The existing quality of the ground water, including other 
sources of contamination and their cumulative impacts on the ground 
water;

[[Page 359]]

    (vii) Public health, safety, and welfare effects.
    (2) For purposes of sections 4004(a) and 1008(a)(3), the State may 
establish an alternative boundary for a facility to be used in lieu of 
the solid waste boundary only if it finds that such a change would not 
result in the contamination of ground water which may be needed or used 
for human consumption. Such a finding shall be based on an analysis and 
consideration of all of the factors identified in paragraph (b)(1) of 
this section that are relevant.
    (c) As used in this section:
    (1) Aquifer means a geologic formation, group of formations, or 
portion of a formation capable of yielding usable quantities of ground 
water to wells or springs.
    (2) Contaminate means introduce a substance that would cause:
    (i) The concentration of that substance in the ground water to 
exceed the maximum contaminant level specified in appendix I, or
    (ii) An increase in the concentration of that substance in the 
ground water where the existing concentration of that substance exceeds 
the maximum contaminant level specified in appendix I.
    (3) Ground water means water below the land surface in the zone of 
saturation.
    (4) Underground drinking water source means:
    (i) An aquifer supplying drinking water for human consumption, or
    (ii) An aquifer in which the ground water contains less than 10,000 
mg/1 total dissolved solids.
    (5) Solid waste boundary means the outermost perimeter of the solid 
waste (projected in the horizontal plane) as it would exist at 
completion of the disposal activity.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981; 
58 FR 9386, Feb. 19, 1993]



Sec. 257.3-5  Application to land used for the production of food-chain crops (interim final).

    (a) Cadmium. A facility or practice concerning application of solid 
waste to within one meter (three feet) of the surface of land used for 
the production of food-chain crops shall not exist or occur, unless in 
compliance with all requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) (i) through (iii) 
of this section or all requirements of paragraphs (a)(2) (i) through 
(iv) of this section.
    (1)(i) The pH of the solid waste and soil mixture is 6.5 or greater 
at the time of each solid waste application, except for solid waste 
containing cadmium at concentrations of 2 mg/kg (dry weight) or less.
    (ii) The annual application of cadmium from solid waste does not 
exceed 0.5 kilograms per hectare (kg/ha) on land used for production of 
tobacco, leafy vegetables or root crops grown for human consumption. For 
other food-chain crops, the annual cadmium application rate does not 
exceed:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Annual Cd 
                                                             application
                        Time period                           rate (kg/ 
                                                                 ha)    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Present to June 30, 1984...................................          2.0
July 1, 1984 to December 31, 1986..........................         1.25
Beginning January 1, 1987..................................          0.5
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (iii) The cumulative application of cadmium from solid waste does 
not exceed the levels in either paragraph (a)(1)(iii)(A) or (B) of this 
section.
    (A)

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Maximum cumulative  
                                                    application (kg/ha) 
                                                 -----------------------
    Soil cation exchange capacity (meq/100g)      Background  Background
                                                    soil pH     soil pH 
                                                   less than   more than
                                                      6.5         6.5   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Less than 5....................................           5           5
5 to 15.........................................           5          10
More than 15....................................           5          20
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (B) For soils with a background pH of less than 6.5, the cumulative 
cadmium application rate does not exceed the levels below: Provided, 
That the pH of the solid waste and soil mixture is adjusted to and 
maintained at 6.5 or greater whenever food-chain crops are grown.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Maximum  
                                                              cumulative
          Soil cation exchange capacity (meq/100g)           application
                                                               (kg/ha)  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less than 5................................................            5
5 to 15....................................................           10
More than 15...............................................           20
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2)(i) The only food-chain crop produced is animal feed.

[[Page 360]]

    (ii) The pH of the solid waste and soil mixture is 6.5 or greater at 
the time of solid waste application or at the time the crop is planted, 
whichever occurs later, and this pH level is maintained whenever food-
chain crops are grown.
    (iii) There is a facility operating plan which demonstrates how the 
animal feed will be distributed to preclude ingestion by humans. The 
facility operating plan describes the measures to be taken to safeguard 
against possible health hazards from cadmium entering the food chain, 
which may result from alternative land uses.
    (iv) Future property owners are notified by a stipulation in the 
land record or property deed which states that the property has received 
solid waste at high cadmium application rates and that food-chain crops 
should not be grown, due to a possible health hazard.
    (b) Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs). Solid waste containing 
concentrations of PCBs equal to or greater than 10 mg/kg (dry weight) is 
incorporated into the soil when applied to land used for producing 
animal feed, including pasture crops for animals raised for milk. 
Incorporation of the solid waste into the soil is not required if it is 
assured that the PCB content is less than 0.2 mg/kg (actual weight) in 
animal feed or less than 1.5 mg/kg (fat basis) in milk.
    (c) As used in this section:
    (1) Animal feed means any crop grown for consumption by animals, 
such as pasture crops, forage, and grain.
    (2) Background soil pH means the pH of the soil prior to the 
addition of substances that alter the hydrogen ion concentration.
    (3) Cation exchange capacity means the sum of exchangeable cations a 
soil can absorb expressed in milli-equivalents per 100 grams of soil as 
determined by sampling the soil to the depth of cultivation or solid 
waste placement, whichever is greater, and analyzing by the summation 
method for distinctly acid soils or the sodium acetate method for 
neutral, calcareous or saline soils (``Methods of Soil Analysis, 
Agronomy Monograph No. 9.'' C. A. Black, ed., American Society of 
Agronomy, Madison, Wisconsin. pp 891-901, 1965).
    (4) Food-chain crops means tobacco, crops grown for human 
consumption, and animal feed for animals whose products are consumed by 
humans.
    (5) Incorporated into the soil means the injection of solid waste 
beneath the surface of the soil or the mixing of solid waste with the 
surface soil.
    (6) Pasture crops means crops such as legumes, grasses, grain 
stubble and stover which are consumed by animals while grazing.
    (7) pH means the logarithm of the reciprocal of hydrogen ion 
concentration.
    (8) Root crops means plants whose edible parts are grown below the 
surface of the soil.
    (9) Soil pH is the value obtained by sampling the soil to the depth 
of cultivation or solid waste placement, whichever is greater, and 
analyzing by the electrometric method. (``Methods of Soil Analysis, 
Agronomy Monograph No. 9,'' C.A. Black, ed., American Society of 
Agronomy, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 914-926, 1965.)

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 54708, Sept. 21, 1979]



Sec. 257.3-6  Disease.

    (a) Disease Vectors. The facility or practice shall not exist or 
occur unless the on-site population of disease vectors is minimized 
through the periodic application of cover material or other techniques 
as appropriate so as to protect public health.
    (b) Sewage sludge and septic tank pumpings (Interim Final). A 
facility or practice involving disposal of sewage sludge or septic tank 
pumpings shall not exist or occur unless in compliance with paragraphs 
(b) (1), (2) or (3) of this section.
    (1) Sewage sludge that is applied to the land surface or is 
incorporated into the soil is treated by a Process to Significantly 
Reduce Pathogens prior to application or incorporation. Public access to 
the facility is controlled for at least 12 months, and grazing by 
animals whose products are consumed by humans is prevented for at least 
one month. Processes to Significantly Reduce Pathogens are listed in 
appendix II, section A. (These provisions do not apply to sewage sludge 
disposed of by a trenching or burial operation.)

[[Page 361]]

    (2) Septic tank pumpings that are applied to the land surface or 
incorporated into the soil are treated by a Process to Significantly 
Reduce Pathogens (as listed in appendix II, section A), prior to 
application or incorporation, unless public access to the facility is 
controlled for at least 12 months and unless grazing by animals whose 
products are consumed by humans is prevented for at least one month. 
(These provisions do not apply to septic tank pumpings disposed of by a 
trenching or burial operation.)
    (3) Sewage sludge or septic tank pumpings that are applied to the 
land surface or are incorporated into the soil are treated by a Process 
to Further Reduce Pathogens, prior to application or incorporation, if 
crops for direct human consumption are grown within 18 months subsequent 
to application or incorporation. Such treatment is not required if there 
is no contact between the solid waste and the edible portion of the 
crop; however, in this case the solid waste is treated by a Process to 
Significantly Reduce Pathogens, prior to application; public access to 
the facility is controlled for at least 12 months; and grazing by 
animals whose products are consumed by humans is prevented for at least 
one month. If crops for direct human consumption are not grown within 18 
months of application or incorporation, the requirements of paragraphs 
(b) (1) and (2) of this section apply. Processes to Further Reduce 
Pathogens are listed in appendix II, section B.
    (c) As used in this section:
    (1) Crops for direct human consumption means crops that are consumed 
by humans without processing to minimize pathogens prior to distribution 
to the consumer.
    (2) Disease vector means rodents, flies, and mosquitoes capable of 
transmitting disease to humans.
    (3) Incorporated into the soil means the injection of solid waste 
beneath the surface of the soil or the mixing of solid waste with the 
surface soil.
    (4) Periodic application of cover material means the application and 
compaction of soil or other suitable material over disposed solid waste 
at the end of each operating day or at such frequencies and in such a 
manner as to reduce the risk of fire and to impede vectors access to the 
waste.
    (5) Trenching or burial operation means the placement of sewage 
sludge or septic tank pumpings in a trench or other natural or man-made 
depression and the covering with soil or other suitable material at the 
end of each operating day such that the wastes do not migrate to the 
surface.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 54708, Sept. 21, 1979]



Sec. 257.3-7  Air.

    (a) The facility or practice shall not engage in open burning of 
residential, commercial, institutional or industrial solid waste. This 
requirement does not apply to infrequent burning of agricultural wastes 
in the field, silvicultural wastes for forest management purposes, land-
clearing debris, diseased trees, debris from emergency clean-up 
operations, and ordnance.
    (b) For purposes of section 4004(a) of the Act, the facility shall 
not violate applicable requirements developed under a State 
Implementation Plan (SIP) approved or promulgated by the Administrator 
pursuant to section 110 of the Clean Air Act, as amended.
    (c) As used in this section ``open burning'' means the combustion of 
solid waste without (1) control of combustion air to maintain adequate 
temperature for efficient combustion, (2) containment of the combustion 
reaction in an enclosed device to provide sufficient residence time and 
mixing for complete combustion, and (3) control of the emission of the 
combustion products.

[44 FR 53460, Sept. 13, 1979; 44 FR 54708, Sept. 21, 1979, as amended at 
46 FR 47052, Sept. 23, 1981]



Sec. 257.3-8  Safety.

    (a) Explosive gases. The concentration of explosive gases generated 
by the facility or practice shall not exceed:
    (1) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the lower explosive limit for the 
gases in facility structures (excluding gas control or recovery system 
components); and
    (2) The lower explosive limit for the gases at the property 
boundary.

[[Page 362]]

    (b) Fires. A facility or practice shall not pose a hazard to the 
safety of persons or property from fires. This may be accomplished 
through compliance with Sec. 257.3-7 and through the periodic 
application of cover material or other techniques as appropriate.
    (c) Bird hazards to aircraft. A facility or practice disposing of 
putrescible wastes that may attract birds and which occurs within 10,000 
feet (3,048 meters) of any airport runway used by turbojet aircraft or 
within 5,000 feet (1,524 meters) of any airport runway used by only 
piston-type aircraft shall not pose a bird hazard to aircraft.
    (d) Access. A facility or practice shall not allow uncontrolled 
public access so as to expose the public to potential health and safety 
hazards at the disposal site.
    (e) As used in this section:
    (1) Airport means public-use airport open to the public without 
prior permission and without restrictions within the physical capacities 
of available facilities.
    (2) Bird hazard means an increase in the likelihood of bird/aircraft 
collisions that may cause damage to the aircraft or injury to its 
occupants.
    (3) Explosive gas means methane (CH4).
    (4) Facility structures means any buildings and sheds or utility or 
drainage lines on the facility.
    (5) Lower explosive limit means the lowest percent by volume of a 
mixture of explosive gases which will propagate a flame in air at 25 
deg.C and atmospheric pressure.
    (6) Periodic application of cover material means the application and 
compaction of soil or other suitable material over disposed solid waste 
at the end of each operating day or at such frequencies and in such a 
manner as to reduce the risk of fire and to impede disease vectors' 
access to the waste.
    (7) Putrescible wastes means solid waste which contains organic 
matter capable of being decomposed by microorganisms and of such a 
character and proportion as to be capable of attracting or providing 
food for birds.



Sec. 257.4  Effective date.

    These criteria become effective October 15, 1979.



 Subpart B--Disposal Standards for the Receipt of Conditionally Exempt 
 Small Quantity Generator (CESQG) Wastes at Non-Municipal Non-Hazardous 
                          Waste Disposal Units

    Source: 61 FR 34269, July 1, 1996, unless otherwise noted.

    Effective Date Note: At 61 FR 34269, July 1, 1996, subpart B to part 
257 was added, effective Jan. 1, 1998, with the exception of 
Secs. 257.21-257.28, which will become effective July 1, 1998, and 
Secs. 257.24, 257.25, and 257.27, which contain information collection 
and recordkeeping requirements and are pending OMB approval.



Sec. 257.5  Disposal standards for owners/operators of non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal units that receive Conditionally Exempt Small Quantity 
          Generator (CESQG) waste.

    (a) Applicability. (1) The requirements in this section apply to 
owners/operators of any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit 
that receives CESQG hazardous waste, as defined in 40 CFR 261.5. Non-
municipal non-hazardous waste disposal units that meet the requirements 
of this section may receive CESQG wastes. Any owner/operator of a non-
municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that receives CESQG 
hazardous waste continues to be subject to the requirements in 
Secs. 257.3-2, 257.3-3, 257.3-5, 257.3-6, 257.3-7, and 257.3-8 (a), (b), 
and (d).
    (2) Any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that is 
receiving CESQG hazardous waste as of January 1, 1998, must be in 
compliance with the requirements in Secs. 257.7 through 257.13 and 
Sec. 257.30 by January 1, 1998, and the requirements in Secs. 257.21 
through 257.28 by July 1, 1998.
    (3) Any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that does 
not meet the requirements in this section may not receive CESQG wastes.
    (4) Any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that is not 
receiving CESQG Hazardous waste as of January 1, 1998, continues to be 
subject to the requirements in Secs. 257.1 through 257.4.
    (5) Any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit that first 
receives CESQG hazardous waste after January

[[Page 363]]

1, 1998, must be in compliance with Secs. 257.7 through 257.30 prior to 
the receipt of CESQG hazardous waste.
    (b) Definitions.
    Active life means the period of operation beginning with the initial 
receipt of solid waste and ending at the final receipt of solid waste.
    Existing unit means any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal 
unit that is receiving CESQG hazardous waste as of January 1, 1998.
    Facility means all contiguous land and structures, other 
appurtenances, and improvements on the land used for the disposal of 
non-municipal non-hazardous waste.
    Lateral expansion means a horizontal expansion of the waste 
boundaries of an existing non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal 
unit.
    New unit means any non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit 
that has not received CESQG hazardous waste prior to January 1, 1998.
    State means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the 
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, 
and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and Indian Tribes.
    State Director means the chief administrative officer of the lead 
State/Tribal agency responsible for implementing the State/Tribal permit 
program for Subtitle D regulated facilities.
    Uppermost aquifer means the geologic formation nearest the natural 
ground surface that is an aquifer, as well as, lower aquifers that are 
hydraulically interconnected with this aquifer within the facility's 
property boundary.
    Waste management unit boundary means a vertical surface located at 
the hydraulically downgradient limit of the unit. This vertical surface 
extends down into the uppermost aquifer.

                          Location Restrictions

Sec. 257.7  [Reserved]



Sec. 257.8  Floodplains.

    (a) Owners or operators of new units, existing units, and lateral 
expansions located in 100-year floodplains must demonstrate that the 
unit will not restrict the flow of the 100-year flood, reduce the 
temporary water storage capacity of the floodplain, or result in washout 
of solid waste so as to pose a hazard to human health and the 
environment. The owner or operator must place the demonstration in the 
operating record and notify the State Director that it has been placed 
in the operating record.
    (b) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Floodplain means the lowland and relatively flat areas adjoining 
inland and coastal waters, including flood-prone areas of offshore 
islands, that are inundated by the 100-year flood.
    (2) 100-year flood means a flood that has a 1-percent or greater 
chance of recurring in any given year or a flood of a magnitude equalled 
or exceeded once in 100 years on the average over a significantly long 
period.
    (3) Washout means the carrying away of solid waste by waters of the 
base flood.



Sec. 257.9  Wetlands.

    (a) Owners or operators of new units and lateral expansions shall 
not locate such units in wetlands, unless the owner or operator can make 
the following demonstrations to the Director of an approved State:
    (1) Where applicable under section 404 of the Clean Water Act or 
applicable State wetlands laws, the presumption that a practicable 
alternative to the proposed landfill is available which does not 
involved wetlands is clearly rebutted:
    (2) The construction and operation of the unit will not:
    (i) Cause or contribute to violations of any applicable State water 
quality standard;
    (ii) Violate any applicable toxic effluent standard or prohibition 
under Section 307 of the Clean Water Act;
    (iii) Jeopardize the continued existence of endangered or threatened 
species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of a 
critical habitat, protected under the Endangered Species Act of 1973; 
and
    (iv) Violate any requirement under the Marine Protection, Research, 
and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 for the protection of a marine sanctuary;

[[Page 364]]

    (3) The unit will not cause or contribute to significant degradation 
of wetlands. The owner/operator must demonstrate the integrity of the 
unit and its ability to protect ecological resources by addressing the 
following factors:
    (i) Erosion, stability, and migration potential of native wetland 
soils, muds and deposits used to support the unit;
    (ii) Erosion, stability, and migration potential of dredged and fill 
materials used to support the unit;
    (iii) The volume and chemical nature of the waste managed in the 
unit;
    (iv) Impacts on fish, wildlife, and other aquatic resources and 
their habitat from release of the waste;
    (v) The potential effects of catastrophic release of waste to the 
wetland and the resulting impacts on the environment; and
    (vi) Any additional factors, as necessary, to demonstrate that 
ecological resources in the wetland are sufficiently protected.
    (4) To the extent required under section 404 of the Clean Water Act 
or applicable State wetlands laws, steps have been taken to attempt to 
achieve no net loss of wetlands (as defined by acreage and function) by 
first avoiding impacts to wetlands to the maximum extent practicable as 
required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, then minimizing 
unavoidable impacts to the maximum extent practicable, and finally 
offsetting remaining unavoidable wetland impacts through all appropriate 
and practicable compensatory mitigation actions (e.g., restoration of 
existing degraded wetlands or creation of man-made wetlands); and
    (5) Sufficient information is available to make a reasonable 
determination with respect to these demonstrations.
    (b) For purposes of this section, wetlands means those areas that 
are defined in 40 CFR 232.2(r).
Secs. 257.10-257.12  [Reserved]



Sec. 257.13  Deadline for making demonstrations.

    Existing units that cannot make the demonstration specified in 
Sec. 257.8(a) pertaining to floodplains by January 1, 1998, must not 
accept CESQG hazardous waste for disposal.

              Ground-Water Monitoring and Corrective Action



Sec. 257.21  Applicability.

    (a) The requirements in this section apply to units identified in 
Sec. 257.5(a), except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Ground-water monitoring requirements under Secs. 257.22 through 
257.25 may be suspended by the Director of an approved State for a unit 
identified in Sec. 257.5(a) if the owner or operator can demonstrate 
that there is no potential for migration of hazardous constituents from 
that unit to the uppermost aquifer during the active life of the unit 
plus 30 years. This demonstration must be certified by a qualified 
ground-water scientist and approved by the Director of an approved 
State, and must be based upon:
    (1) Site-specific field collected measurements, sampling, and 
analysis of physical, chemical, and biological processes affecting 
contaminant fate and transport; and
    (2) Contaminant fate and transport predictions that maximize 
contaminant migration and consider impacts on human health and 
environment.
    (c) Owners and operators of facilities identified in Sec. 257.5(a) 
must comply with the ground-water monitoring requirements of this 
section according to the following schedule unless an alternative 
schedule is specified under paragraph (d) of this section:
    (1) Existing units and lateral expansions must be in compliance with 
the ground-water monitoring requirements specified in Secs. 257.22 
through 257.25 by July 1, 1998.
    (2) New units identified in Sec. 257.5(a) must be in compliance with 
the ground-water monitoring requirements specified in Secs. 257.22 
through 257.25 before waste can be placed in the unit.
    (d) The Director of an approved State may specify an alternative 
schedule for the owners or operators of existing units and lateral 
expansions to comply with the ground-water monitoring requirements 
specified in Secs. 257.22 through 257.25. This schedule must ensure that 
50 percent of all existing units are in compliance by July 1, 1998, and 
all existing units are in compliance by July 1, 1999. In setting the

[[Page 365]]

compliance schedule, the Director of an approved State must consider 
potential risks posed by the unit to human health and the environment. 
The following factors should be considered in determining potential 
risk:
    (1) Proximity of human and environmental receptors;
    (2) Design of the unit;
    (3) Age of the unit;
    (4) The size of the unit; and
    (5) Resource value of the underlying aquifer, including:
    (i) Current and future uses;
    (ii) Proximity and withdrawal rate of users; and
    (iii) Ground-water quality and quantity.
    (e) Once established at a unit, ground-water monitoring shall be 
conducted throughout the active life plus 30 years. The Director of an 
approved State may decrease the 30 year period if the owner/operator 
demonstrates that a shorter period of time is adequate to protect human 
health and the environment and the Director approves the demonstration.
    (f) For the purposes of this section, a qualified ground-water 
scientist is a scientist or engineer who has received a baccalaureate or 
post-graduate degree in the natural sciences or engineering and has 
sufficient training and experience in ground-water hydrology and related 
fields as may be demonstrated by State registration, professional 
Certifications, or completion of accredited university programs that 
enable that individual to make sound professional judgments regarding 
ground-water monitoring, contaminant fate and transport, and corrective-
action.
    (g) The Director of an approved State may establish alternative 
schedules for demonstrating compliance with Sec. 257.22(d)(2), 
pertaining to notification of placement of certification in operating 
record; Sec. 257.24(c)(1), pertaining to notification that statistically 
significant increase (SSI) notice is in operating record; Sec. 257.24(c) 
(2) and (3), pertaining to an assessment monitoring program; 
Sec. 257.25(b), pertaining to sampling and analyzing appendix II of Part 
258 constituents; Sec. 257.25(d)(1), pertaining to placement of notice 
(appendix II of 40 CFR part 258 constituents detected) in record and 
notification of notice in record; Sec. 257.25(d)(2), pertaining to 
sampling for appendix I and II of 40 CFR Part 258; Sec. 257.25(g), 
pertaining to notification (and placement of notice in record) of SSI 
above ground-water protection standard; Secs. 257.25(g)(1)(iv) and 
257.26(a), pertaining to assessment of corrective measures; 
Sec. 257.27(a), pertaining to selection of remedy and notification of 
placement in record; Sec. 257.28(c)(4), pertaining to notification of 
placement in record (alternative corrective action measures); and 
Sec. 257.28(f), pertaining to notification of placement in record 
(certification of remedy completed).
    (h) Directors of approved States can use the flexibility in 
paragraph (i) of this section for any non-municipal non-hazardous waste 
disposal unit that receives CESQG waste, if the non-municipal non-
hazardous waste disposal unit:
    (1) Disposes of less than 20 tons of non-municipal waste daily, 
based on an annual average; and
    (2) Has no evidence of ground-water contamination; and either
    (3) Serves a community that experiences an annual interruption of at 
least three consecutive months of surface transportation that prevents 
access to a regional waste management facility; or
    (4) Serves a community that has no practicable waste management 
alternative and the non-municipal solid waste disposal facility is 
located in an area that annually receives less than or equal to 25 
inches of precipitation.
    (5) Owners/operators of any non-municipal non-hazardous waste 
disposal unit that meets the criteria in paragraph (h) of this section 
must place in the operating record information demonstrating this.
    (i) Directors of approved States may allow any non-municipal non-
hazardous waste disposal unit meeting the criteria in paragraph (h) of 
this section to:
    (1) Use alternatives to the ground-water monitoring system 
prescribed in Secs. 257.22 through 257.25 so long as the alternatives 
will detect and, if necessary, assess the nature or extent of 
contamination from the non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit 
on a site-specific basis; or establish and use,

[[Page 366]]

on a site-specific basis, an alternative list of indicator parameters 
for some or all of the constituents listed in appendix I (Appendix I of 
40 CFR Part 258. Alternative indicator parameters approved by the 
Director of an approved State under this section must ensure detection 
of contamination from the non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal 
unit.
    (2) If contamination is detected through the use of any alternative 
to the ground-water monitoring system prescribed in Secs. 257.22 through 
257.25, the non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit owner or 
operator must perform expanded monitoring to determine whether the 
detected contamination is an actual release from the non-municipal solid 
waste disposal unit and, if so, to determine the nature and extent of 
the contamination. The Director of the approved State shall establish a 
schedule for the non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit owner 
or operator to submit results from expanded monitoring in a manner that 
ensures protection of human health and the environment.
    (i) If expanded monitoring indicates that contamination from the 
non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit has reached the 
saturated zone, the owner or operator must install ground-water 
monitoring wells and sample these wells in accordance with Secs. 257.22 
through 257.25.
    (ii) If expanded monitoring indicates that contamination from the 
non-municipal non-hazardous waste disposal unit is present in the 
unsaturated zone or on the surface, the Director of an approved State 
shall establish a schedule for the owner or operator to submit a 
description of any necessary corrective measures. The schedule shall 
ensure corrective measures, where necessary, are undertaken in a timely 
manner that protects human health and the environment. The proposed 
corrective measures are subject to revision and approval by the Director 
of the approved State. The owner or operator must implement the 
corrective measures according to a schedule established by the Director 
of the approved State.
    (3) When considering whether to allow alternatives to a ground-water 
monitoring system prescribed in Secs. 257.22 through 257.25, including 
alternative indicator parameters, the Director of an approved State 
shall consider at least the following factors:
    (i) The geological and hydrogeological characteristics of the site;
    (ii) The impact of manmade and natural features on the effectiveness 
of an alternative technology;
    (iii) Climatic factors that may influence the selection, use, and 
reliability of alternative ground-water monitoring procedures; and
    (iv) The effectiveness of indicator parameters in detecting a 
release.
    (4) The Director of an approved State can require an owner or 
operator to comply with the requirements of Secs. 257.22 through 257.25, 
where it is determined by the Director that using alternatives to 
ground-water monitoring approved under this paragraph are inadequate to 
detect contamination and, if necessary, to assess the nature and extent 
of contamination.



Sec. 257.22  Ground-water monitoring systems.

    (a) A ground-water monitoring system must be installed that consists 
of a sufficient number of wells, installed at appropriate locations and 
depths, to yield ground-water samples from the uppermost aquifer (as 
defined in Sec. 257.5(b)) that:
    (1) Represent the quality of background ground water that has not 
been affected by leakage from a unit. A determination of background 
quality may include sampling of wells that are not hydraulically 
upgradient of the waste management area where:
    (i) Hydrogeologic conditions do not allow the owner or operator to 
determine what wells are hydraulically upgradient; or
    (ii) Sampling at other wells will provide an indication of 
background ground-water quality that is as representative or more 
representative than that provided by the upgradient wells; and
    (2) Represent the quality of ground water passing the relevant point 
of compliance specified by the Director of

[[Page 367]]

an approved State or at the waste management unit boundary in an 
unapproved State. The downgradient monitoring system must be installed 
at the relevant point of compliance specified by the Director of an 
approved State or at the waste management unit boundary in an unapproved 
State that ensures detection of ground-water contamination in the 
uppermost aquifer. The relevant point of compliance specified by the 
Director of an approved State shall be no more than 150 meters from the 
waste management unit boundary and shall be located on land owned by the 
owner of the facility. In determining the relevant point of compliance 
the State Director shall consider at least the following factors: the 
hydrogeologic characteristics of the unit and surrounding land, the 
volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the leachate, the 
quantity, quality and direction of flow of ground water, the proximity 
and withdrawal rate of the ground-water users, the availability of 
alternative drinking water supplies, the existing quality of the ground 
water, including other sources of contamination and their cumulative 
impacts on the ground water, and whether the ground water is currently 
used or reasonably expected to be used for drinking water, public 
health, safety, and welfare effects, and practicable capability of the 
owner or operator. When physical obstacles preclude installation of 
ground-water monitoring wells at the relevant point of compliance at 
existing units, the down-gradient monitoring system may be installed at 
the closest practicable distance hydraulically down-gradient from the 
relevant point of compliance specified by the Director of an approved 
State that ensures detection of groundwater contamination in the 
uppermost aquifer.
    (b) The Director of an approved State may approve a multi-unit 
ground-water monitoring system instead of separate ground-water 
monitoring systems for each unit when the facility has several units, 
provided the multi-unit ground-water monitoring system meets the 
requirement of Sec. 257.22(a) and will be as protective of human health 
and the environment as individual monitoring systems for each unit, 
based on the following factors:
    (1) Number, spacing, and orientation of the units;
    (2) Hydrogeologic setting;
    (3) Site history;
    (4) Engineering design of the units; and
    (5) Type of waste accepted at the units.
    (c) Monitoring wells must be cased in a manner that maintains the 
integrity of the monitoring well bore hole. This casing must be screened 
or perforated and packed with gravel or sand, where necessary, to enable 
collection of ground-water samples. The annular space (i.e., the space 
between the bore hole and well casing) above the sampling depth must be 
sealed to prevent contamination of samples and the ground water.
    (1) The owner or operator must notify the State Director that the 
design, installation, development, and decommission of any monitoring 
wells, piezometers and other measurement, sampling, and analytical 
devices documentation has been placed in the operating record; and
    (2) The monitoring wells, piezometers, and other measurement, 
sampling, and analytical devices must be operated and maintained so that 
they perform to design specifications throughout the life of the 
monitoring program.
    (d) The number, spacing, and depths of monitoring systems shall be:
    (1) Determined based upon site-specific technical information that 
must include thorough characterization of:
    (i) Aquifer thickness, ground-water flow rate, ground-water flow 
direction including seasonal and temporal fluctuations in ground-water 
flow; and
    (ii) Saturated and unsaturated geologic units and fill materials 
overlying the uppermost aquifer, materials comprising the uppermost 
aquifer, and materials comprising the confining unit defining the lower 
boundary of the uppermost aquifer; including, but not limited to: 
thicknesses, stratigraphy, lithology, hydraulic conductivities, 
porosities and effective porosities.
    (2) Certified by a qualified ground-water scientist or approved by 
the Director of an approved State. Within 14

[[Page 368]]

days of this certification, the owner or operator must notify the State 
Director that the certification has been placed in the operating record.



Sec. 257.23  Ground-water sampling and analysis requirements.

    (a) The ground-water monitoring program must include consistent 
sampling and analysis procedures that are designed to ensure monitoring 
results that provide an accurate representation of ground-water quality 
at the background and downgradient wells installed in compliance with 
Sec. 257.22(a). The owner or operator must notify the State Director 
that the sampling and analysis program documentation has been placed in 
the operating record and the program must include procedures and 
techniques for:
    (1) Sample collection;
    (2) Sample preservation and shipment;
    (3) Analytical procedures;
    (4) Chain of custody control; and
    (5) Quality assurance and quality control.
    (b) The ground-water monitoring program must include sampling and 
analytical methods that are appropriate for ground-water sampling and 
that accurately measure hazardous constituents and other monitoring 
parameters in ground-water samples. Ground-water samples shall not be 
field-filtered prior to laboratory analysis.
    (c) The sampling procedures and frequency must be protective of 
human health and the environment.
    (d) Ground-water elevations must be measured in each well 
immediately prior to purging, each time ground water is sampled. The 
owner or operator must determine the rate and direction of ground-water 
flow each time ground water is sampled. Ground-water elevations in wells 
which monitor the same waste management area must be measured within a 
period of time short enough to avoid temporal variations in ground-water 
flow which could preclude accurate determination of ground-water flow 
rate and direction.
    (e) The owner or operator must establish background ground-water 
quality in a hydraulically upgradient or background well(s) for each of 
the monitoring parameters or constituents required in the particular 
ground-water monitoring program that applies to the unit, as determined 
under Sec. 257.24(a), or Sec. 257.25(a). Background ground-water quality 
may be established at wells that are not located hydraulically 
upgradient from the unit if it meets the requirements of 
Sec. 257.22(a)(1).
    (f) The number of samples collected to establish ground-water 
quality data must be consistent with the appropriate statistical 
procedures determined pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section. The 
sampling procedures shall be those specified under Sec. 257.24(b) for 
detection monitoring, Sec. 257.25 (b) and (d) for assessment monitoring, 
and Sec. 257.26(b) for corrective action.
    (g) The owner or operator must specify in the operating record one 
of the following statistical methods to be used in evaluating ground-
water monitoring data for each hazardous constituent. The statistical 
test chosen shall be conducted separately for each hazardous constituent 
in each well.
    (1) A parametric analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by multiple 
comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of 
contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the 
contrasts between each compliance well's mean and the background mean 
levels for each constituent.
    (2) An analysis of variance (ANOVA) based on ranks followed by 
multiple comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant 
evidence of contamination. The method must include estimation and 
testing of the contrasts between each compliance well's median and the 
background median levels for each constituent.
    (3) A tolerance or prediction interval procedure in which an 
interval for each constituent is established from the distribution of 
the background data, and the level of each constituent in each 
compliance well is compared to the upper tolerance or prediction limit.
    (4) A control chart approach that gives control limits for each 
constituent.
    (5) Another statistical test method that meets the performance 
standards of paragraph (h) of this section. The

[[Page 369]]

owner or operator must place a justification for this alternative in the 
operating record and notify the State Director of the use of this 
alternative test. The justification must demonstrate that the 
alternative method meets the performance standards of paragraph (h) of 
this section.
    (h) Any statistical method chosen under paragraph (g) of this 
section shall comply with the following performance standards, as 
appropriate:
    (1) The statistical method used to evaluate ground-water monitoring 
data shall be appropriate for the distribution of chemical parameters or 
hazardous constituents. If the distribution of the chemical parameters 
or hazardous constituents is shown by the owner or operator to be 
inappropriate for a normal theory test, then the data should be 
transformed or a distribution-free theory test should be used. If the 
distributions for the constituents differ, more than one statistical 
method may be needed.
    (2) If an individual well comparison procedure is used to compare an 
individual compliance well constituent concentration with background 
constituent concentrations or a ground-water protection standard, the 
test shall be done at a Type I error level no less than 0.01 for each 
testing period. If a multiple comparisons procedure is used, the Type I 
experiment wise error rate for each testing period shall be no less than 
0.05; however, the Type I error of no less than 0.01 for individual well 
comparisons must be maintained. This performance standard does not apply 
to tolerance intervals, prediction intervals, or control charts.
    (3) If a control chart approach is used to evaluate ground-water 
monitoring data, the specific type of control chart and its associated 
parameter values shall be protective of human health and the 
environment. The parameters shall be determined after considering the 
number of samples in the background data base, the data distribution, 
and the range of the concentration values for each constituent of 
concern.
    (4) If a tolerance interval or a predictional interval is used to 
evaluate ground-water monitoring data, the levels of confidence and, for 
tolerance intervals, the percentage of the population that the interval 
must contain, shall be protective of human health and the environment. 
These parameters shall be determined after considering the number of 
samples in the background data base, the data distribution, and the 
range of the concentration values for each constituent of concern.
    (5) The statistical method shall account for data below the limit of 
detection with one or more statistical procedures that are protective of 
human health and the environment. Any practical quantitation limit (pql) 
that is used in the statistical method shall be the lowest concentration 
level that can be reliably achieved within specified limits of precision 
and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions that are 
available to the facility.
    (6) If necessary, the statistical method shall include procedures to 
control or correct for seasonal and spatial variability as well as 
temporal correlation in the data.
    (i) The owner or operator must determine whether or not there is a 
statistically significant increase over background values for each 
parameter or constituent required in the particular ground-water 
monitoring program that applies to the unit, as determined under 
Secs. 257.24(a) or 257.25(a).
    (1) In determining whether a statistically significant increase has 
occurred, the owner or operator must compare the ground-water quality of 
each parameter or constituent at each monitoring well designated 
pursuant to Sec. 257.22(a)(2) to the background value of that 
constituent, according to the statistical procedures and performance 
standards specified under paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section.
    (2) Within a reasonable period of time after completing sampling and 
analysis, the owner or operator must determine whether there has been a 
statistically significant increase over background at each monitoring 
well.



Sec. 257.24  Detection monitoring program.

    (a) Detection monitoring is required at facilities identified in 
Sec. 257.5(a) at all ground-water monitoring wells defined under 
Secs. 257.22 (a)(1) and (a)(2). At a

[[Page 370]]

minimum, a detection monitoring program must include the monitoring for 
the constituents listed in appendix I of 40 CFR Part 258.
    (1) The Director of an approved State may delete any of the appendix 
I (Appendix I of 40 CFR Part 258) monitoring parameters for a unit if it 
can be shown that the removed constituents are not reasonably expected 
to be contained in or derived from the waste contained in the unit.
    (2) The Director of an approved State may establish an alternative 
list of indicator parameters for a unit, in lieu of some or all of the 
constituents in appendix I to 40 CFR Part 258, if the alternative 
parameters provide a reliable indication of releases from the unit to 
the ground water. In determining alternative parameters, the Director 
shall consider the following factors:
    (i) The types, quantities, and concentrations of constituents in 
waste managed at the unit;
    (ii) The mobility, stability, and persistence of waste constituents 
or their reaction products in the unsaturated zone beneath the unit;
    (iii) The detectability of indicator parameters, waste constituents, 
and reaction products in the ground water; and
    (iv) The concentration or values and coefficients of variation of 
monitoring parameters or constituents in the groundwater background.
    (b) The monitoring frequency for all constituents listed in appendix 
I to 40 CFR Part 258, or in the alternative list approved in accordance 
with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shall be at least semiannual 
during the active life of the unit plus 30 years. A minimum of four 
independent samples from each well (background and downgradient) must be 
collected and analyzed for the appendix I (Appendix I of 40 CFR, Part 
258) constituents, or the alternative list approved in accordance with 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, during the first semiannual sampling 
event. At least one sample from each well (background and downgradient) 
must be collected and analyzed during subsequent semiannual sampling 
events. The Director of an approved State may specify an appropriate 
alternative frequency for repeated sampling and analysis for appendix I 
(Appendix I of 40 CFR Part 258) constituents, or the alternative list 
approved in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, during the 
active life plus 30 years. The alternative frequency during the active 
life shall be no less than annual. The alternative frequency shall be 
based on consideration of the following factors:
    (1) Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (2) Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (3) Ground-water flow rates;
    (4) Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the unit and 
downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel); and
    (5) Resource value of the aquifer.
    (c) If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to Sec. 257.23(g), 
that there is a statistically significant increase over background for 
one or more of the constituents listed in appendix I to 40 CFR Part 258, 
or in the alternative list approved in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section, at any monitoring well at the boundary specified under 
Sec. 257.22(a)(2), the owner or operator:
    (1) Must, within 14 days of this finding, place a notice in the 
operating record indicating which constituents have shown statistically 
significant changes from background levels, and notify the State 
Director that this notice was placed in the operating record; and
    (2) Must establish an assessment monitoring program meeting the 
requirements of Sec. 257.25 within 90 days except as provided for in 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (3) The owner/operator may demonstrate that a source other than the 
unit caused the contamination or that the statistically significant 
increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis, statistical 
evaluation, or natural variation in ground-water quality. A report 
documenting this demonstration must be certified by a qualified ground-
water scientist or approved by the Director of an approved State and be 
placed in the operating record. If a successful demonstration is made 
and documented, the owner or operator may continue detection monitoring 
as specified in this section. If, after 90 days, a

[[Page 371]]

successful demonstration is not made, the owner or operator must 
initiate an assessment monitoring program as required in Sec. 257.25.



Sec. 257.25  Assessment monitoring program.

    (a) Assessment monitoring is required whenever a statistically 
significant increase over background has been detected for one or more 
of the constituents listed in appendix I of 40 CFR Part 258 or in the 
alternative list approved in accordance with Sec. 257.24(a)(2).
    (b) Within 90 days of triggering an assessment monitoring program, 
and annually thereafter, the owner or operator must sample and analyze 
the ground water for all constituents identified in appendix II of 40 
CFR Part 258. A minimum of one sample from each downgradient well must 
be collected and analyzed during each sampling event. For any 
constituent detected in the downgradient wells as the result of the 
complete appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR Part 258) analysis, a 
minimum of four independent samples from each well (background and 
downgradient) must be collected and analyzed to establish background for 
the new constituents. The Director of an approved State may specify an 
appropriate subset of wells to be sampled and analyzed for appendix II 
(Appendix II of 40 CFR Part 258) constituents during assessment 
monitoring. The Director of an approved State may delete any of the 
appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR Part 258) monitoring parameters for a 
unit if it can be shown that the removed constituents are not reasonably 
expected to be in or derived from the waste contained in the unit.
    (c) The Director of an approved State may specify an appropriate 
alternate frequency for repeated sampling and analysis for the full set 
of appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) constituents, or the 
alternative list approved in accordance with paragraph (b) of this 
section, during the active life plus 30 years considering the following 
factors:
    (1) Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (2) Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (3) Ground-water flow rates;
    (4) Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the unit and 
downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel);
    (5) Resource value of the aquifer; and
    (6) Nature (fate and transport) of any constituents detected in 
response to this section.
    (d) After obtaining the results from the initial or subsequent 
sampling events required in paragraph (b) of this section, the owner or 
operator must:
    (1) Within 14 days, place a notice in the operating record 
identifying the appendix II (appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) 
constituents that have been detected and notify the State Director that 
this notice has been placed in the operating record;
    (2) Within 90 days, and on at least a semiannual basis thereafter, 
resample all wells specified by Sec. 257.22(a) to this section, conduct 
analyses for all constituents in appendix I (Appendix I of 40 CFR part 
258) to this part or in the alternative list approved in accordance with 
Sec. 257.24(a)(2), and for those constituents in appendix II to 40 CFR 
part 258 that are detected in response to paragraph (b) of this section, 
and record their concentrations in the facility operating record. At 
least one sample from each well (background and downgradient) must be 
collected and analyzed during these sampling events. The Director of an 
approved State may specify an alternative monitoring frequency during 
the active life plus 30 years for the constituents referred to in this 
paragraph. The alternative frequency for appendix I (Appendix I of 40 
CFR part 258) constituents, or the alternative list approved in 
accordance with Sec. 257.24(a)(2), during the active life shall be no 
less than annual. The alternative frequency shall be based on 
consideration of the factors specified in paragraph (c) of this section;
    (3) Establish background concentrations for any constituents 
detected pursuant to paragraphs (b) or (d)(2) of this section; and
    (4) Establish ground-water protection standards for all constituents 
detected pursuant to paragraph (b) or (d) of this section. The ground-
water protection

[[Page 372]]

standards shall be established in accordance with paragraphs (h) or (i) 
of this section.
    (e) If the concentrations of all appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR 
part 258) constituents are shown to be at or below background values, 
using the statistical procedures in Sec. 257.23(g), for two consecutive 
sampling events, the owner or operator must notify the State Director of 
this finding and may return to detection monitoring.
    (f) If the concentrations of any appendix II (Appendix II of part 
258) constituents are above background values, but all concentrations 
are below the ground-water protection standard established under 
paragraphs (h) or (i) of this section, using the statistical procedures 
in Sec. 257.23(g), the owner or operator must continue assessment 
monitoring in accordance with this section.
    (g) If one or more appendix II (Appendix II of CFR part 258) 
constituents are detected at statistically significant levels above the 
ground-water protection standard established under paragraphs (h) or (i) 
of this section in any sampling event, the owner or operator must, 
within 14 days of this finding, place a notice in the operating record 
identifying the appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) 
constituents that have exceeded the ground-water protection standard and 
notify the State Director and all appropriate local government officials 
that the notice has been placed in the operating record. The owner or 
operator also:
    (1)(i) Must characterize the nature and extent of the release by 
installing additional monitoring wells as necessary;
    (ii) Must install at least one additional monitoring well at the 
facility boundary in the direction of contaminant migration and sample 
this well in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section;
    (iii) Must notify all persons who own the land or reside on the land 
that directly overlies any part of the plume of contamination if 
contaminants have migrated off-site if indicated by sampling of wells in 
accordance paragraph (g)(1) of this section; and
    (iv) Must initiate an assessment of corrective measures as required 
by Sec. 257.26 within 90 days; or
    (2) May demonstrate that a source other than the non-municipal non-
hazardous waste disposal unit caused the contamination, or that the 
statistically significant increase resulted from error in sampling, 
analysis, statistical evaluation, or natural variation in ground-water 
quality. A report documenting this demonstration must be certified by a 
qualified ground-water scientist or approved by the Director of an 
approved State and placed in the operating record. If a successful 
demonstration is made the owner or operator must continue monitoring in 
accordance with the assessment monitoring program pursuant to this 
Sec. 257.25, and may return to detection monitoring if the appendix II 
(Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) constituents are at or below background 
as specified in paragraph (e) of this section. Until a successful 
demonstration is made, the owner or operator must comply with 
Sec. 257.25(g) including initiating an assessment of corrective 
measures.
    (h) The owner or operator must establish a ground-water protection 
standard for each appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) 
constituent detected in the ground-water. The ground-water protection 
standard shall be:
    (1) For constituents for which a maximum contaminant level (MCL) has 
been promulgated under section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Water Act 
(codified) under 40 CFR part 141, the MCL for that constituent;
    (2) For constituents for which MCLs have not been promulgated, the 
background concentration for the constituent established from wells in 
accordance with Sec. 257.22(a)(1); or
    (3) For constituents for which the background level is higher than 
the MCL identified under subparagraph (h)(1) of this section or health 
based levels identified under paragraph (i)(1) of this section, the 
background concentration.
    (i) The Director of an approved State may establish an alternative 
ground-water protection standard for constituents for which MCLs have 
not been established. These ground-water protection standards shall be 
appropriate health based levels that satisfy the following criteria:

[[Page 373]]

    (1) The level is derived in a manner consistent with Agency 
guidelines for assessing the health risks of environmental pollutants 
(51 FR 33992, 34006, 34014, 34028, September 24, 1986);
    (2) The level is based on scientifically valid studies conducted in 
accordance with the Toxic Substances Control Act Good Laboratory 
Practice Standards (40 CFR part 792) or equivalent;
    (3) For carcinogens, the level represents a concentration associated 
with an excess lifetime cancer risk level (due to continuous lifetime 
exposure) within the 1 x 10-4 to 1 x 10-6 range; and
    (4) For systemic toxicants, the level represents a concentration to 
which the human population (including sensitive subgroups) could be 
exposed to on a daily basis that is likely to be without appreciable 
risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime. For purposes of this 
subpart, systemic toxicants include toxic chemicals that cause effects 
other than cancer or mutation.
    (j) In establishing ground-water protection standards under 
paragraph (i) of this section, the Director of an approved State may 
consider the following:
    (1) Multiple contaminants in the ground water;
    (2) Exposure threats to sensitive environmental receptors; and
    (3) Other site-specific exposure or potential exposure to ground 
water.



Sec. 257.26  Assessment of corrective measures.

    (a) Within 90 days of finding that any of the constituents listed in 
appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR Part 258) have been detected at a 
statistically significant level exceeding the ground-water protection 
standards defined under Sec. 257.25 (h) or (i), the owner or operator 
must initiate an assessment of corrective measures. Such an assessment 
must be completed within a reasonable period of time.
    (b) The owner or operator must continue to monitor in accordance 
with the assessment monitoring program as specified in Sec. 257.25.
    (c) The assessment shall include an analysis of the effectiveness of 
potential corrective measures in meeting all of the requirements and 
objectives of the remedy as described under Sec. 257.27, addressing at 
least the following:
    (1) The performance, reliability, ease of implementation, and 
potential impacts of appropriate potential remedies, including safety 
impacts, cross-media impacts, and control of exposure to any residual 
contamination;
    (2) The time required to begin and complete the remedy;
    (3) The costs of remedy implementation; and
    (4) The institutional requirements such as State or local permit 
requirements or other environmental or public health requirements that 
may substantially affect implementation of the remedy(s).
    (d) The owner or operator must discuss the results of the corrective 
measures assessment, prior to the selection of remedy, in a public 
meeting with interested and affected parties.



Sec. 257.27  Selection of remedy.

    (a) Based on the results of the corrective measures assessment 
conducted under Sec. 257.26, the owner or operator must select a remedy 
that, at a minimum, meets the standards listed in paragraph (b) of this 
section. The owner or operator must notify the State Director, within 14 
days of selecting a remedy, that a report describing the selected remedy 
has been placed in the operating record and how it meets the standards 
in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Remedies must:
    (1) Be protective of human health and the environment;
    (2) Attain the ground-water protection standard as specified 
pursuant to Secs. 257.25 (h) or (i);
    (3) Control the source(s) of releases so as to reduce or eliminate, 
to the maximum extent practicable, further releases of appendix II 
(Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) constituents into the environment that 
may pose a threat to human health or the environment; and
    (4) Comply with standards for management of wastes as specified in 
Sec. 257.28(d).
    (c) In selecting a remedy that meets the standards of 
Sec. 257.27(b), the owner or operator shall consider the following 
evaluation factors:

[[Page 374]]

    (1) The long- and short-term effectiveness and protectiveness of the 
potential remedy(s), along with the degree of certainty that the remedy 
will prove successful based on consideration of the following:
    (i) Magnitude of reduction of existing risks;
    (ii) Magnitude of residual risks in terms of likelihood of further 
releases due to waste remaining following implementation of a remedy;
    (iii) The type and degree of long-term management required, 
including monitoring, operation, and maintenance;
    (iv) Short-term risks that might be posed to the community, workers, 
or the environment during implementation of such a remedy, including 
potential threats to human health and the environment associated with 
excavation, transportation, and re-disposal or containment;
    (v) Time until full protection is achieved;
    (vi) Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors to 
remaining wastes, considering the potential threat to human health and 
the environment associated with excavation, transportation, re-disposal, 
or containment;
    (vii) Long-term reliability of the engineering and institutional 
controls; and
    (viii) Potential need for replacement of the remedy.
    (2) The effectiveness of the remedy in controlling the source to 
reduce further releases based on consideration of the following factors:
    (i) The extent to which containment practices will reduce further 
releases;
    (ii) The extent to which treatment technologies may be used.
    (3) The ease or difficulty of implementing a potential remedy(s) 
based on consideration of the following types of factors:
    (i) Degree of difficulty associated with constructing the 
technology;
    (ii) Expected operational reliability of the technologies;
    (iii) Need to coordinate with and obtain necessary approvals and 
permits from other agencies;
    (iv) Availability of necessary equipment and specialists; and
    (v) Available capacity and location of needed treatment, storage, 
and disposal services.
    (4) Practicable capability of the owner or operator, including a 
consideration of the technical and economic capability.
    (5) The degree to which community concerns are addressed by a 
potential remedy(s).
    (d) The owner or operator shall specify as part of the selected 
remedy a schedule(s) for initiating and completing remedial activities. 
Such a schedule must require the initiation of remedial activities 
within a reasonable period of time taking into consideration the factors 
set forth in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(8) of this section. The owner 
or operator must consider the following factors in determining the 
schedule of remedial activities:
    (1) Extent and nature of contamination;
    (2) Practical capabilities of remedial technologies in achieving 
compliance with ground-water protection standards established under 
Secs. 257.25 (g) or (h) and other objectives of the remedy;
    (3) Availability of treatment or disposal capacity for wastes 
managed during implementation of the remedy;
    (4) Desirability of utilizing technologies that are not currently 
available, but which may offer significant advantages over already 
available technologies in terms of effectiveness, reliability, safety, 
or ability to achieve remedial objectives;
    (5) Potential risks to human health and the environment from 
exposure to contamination prior to completion of the remedy;
    (6) Resource value of the aquifer including:
    (i) Current and future uses;
    (ii) Proximity and withdrawal rate of users;
    (iii) Ground-water quantity and quality;
    (iv) The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and 
physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituent;
    (v) The hydrogeologic characteristic of the unit and surrounding 
land;
    (vi) Ground-water removal and treatment costs; and

[[Page 375]]

    (vii) The cost and availability of alternative water supplies.
    (7) Practicable capability of the owner or operator.
    (8) Other relevant factors.
    (e) The Director of an approved State may determine that remediation 
of a release of an appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) 
constituent from the unit is not necessary if the owner or operator 
demonstrates to the Director of the approved state that:
    (1) The ground-water is additionally contaminated by substances that 
have originated from a source other than the unit and those substances 
are present in concentrations such that cleanup of the release from the 
unit would provide no significant reduction in risk to actual or 
potential receptors; or
    (2) The constituent(s) is present in ground water that:
    (i) Is not currently or reasonably expected to be a source of 
drinking water; and
    (ii) Is not hydraulically connected with waters to which the 
hazardous constituents are migrating or are likely to migrate in a 
concentration(s) that would exceed the ground-water protection standards 
established under Sec. 257.25 (h) or (i); or
    (3) Remediation of the release(s) is technically impracticable; or
    (4) Remediation results in unacceptable cross-media impacts.
    (f) A determination by the Director of an approved State pursuant to 
paragraph (e) of this section shall not affect the authority of the 
State to require the owner or operator to undertake source control 
measures or other measures that may be necessary to eliminate or 
minimize further releases to the ground-water, to prevent exposure to 
the ground-water, or to remediate the ground-water to concentrations 
that are technically practicable and significantly reduce threats to 
human health or the environment.



Sec. 257.28  Implementation of the corrective action program.

    (a) Based on the schedule established under Sec. 257.27(d) for 
initiation and completion of remedial activities the owner/operator 
must:
    (1) Establish and implement a corrective action ground-water 
monitoring program that:
    (i) At a minimum, meets the requirements of an assessment monitoring 
program under Sec. 257.25;
    (ii) Indicates the effectiveness of the corrective action remedy; 
and
    (iii) Demonstrates compliance with ground-water protection standard 
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) Implement the corrective action remedy selected under 
Sec. 257.27; and
    (3) Take any interim measures necessary to ensure the protection of 
human health and the environment. Interim measures should, to the 
greatest extent practicable, be consistent with the objectives of and 
contribute to the performance of any remedy that may be required 
pursuant to Sec. 257.27. The following factors must be considered by an 
owner or operator in determining whether interim measures are necessary:
    (i) Time required to develop and implement a final remedy;
    (ii) Actual or potential exposure of nearby populations or 
environmental receptors to hazardous constituents;
    (iii) Actual or potential contamination of drinking water supplies 
or sensitive ecosystems;
    (iv) Further degradation of the ground-water that may occur if 
remedial action is not initiated expeditiously;
    (v) Weather conditions that may cause hazardous constituents to 
migrate or be released;
    (vi) Risks of fire or explosion, or potential for exposure to 
hazardous constituents as a result of an accident or failure of a 
container or handling system; and
    (vii) Other situations that may pose threats to human health and the 
environment.
    (b) An owner or operator may determine, based on information 
developed after implementation of the remedy has begun or other 
information, that compliance with requirements of Sec. 257.27(b) are not 
being achieved through the remedy selected. In such cases, the owner or 
operator must implement other methods or techniques that could 
practicably achieve compliance with the requirements, unless the

[[Page 376]]

owner or operator makes the determination under Sec. 257.28(c).
    (c) If the owner or operator determines that compliance with 
requirements under Sec. 257.27(b) cannot be practically achieved with 
any currently available methods, the owner or operator must:
    (1) Obtain certification of a qualified ground-water scientist or 
approval by the Director of an approved State that compliance with 
requirements under Sec. 257.27(b) cannot be practically achieved with 
any currently available methods;
    (2) Implement alternate measures to control exposure of humans or 
the environment to residual contamination, as necessary to protect human 
health and the environment; and
    (3) Implement alternate measures for control of the sources of 
contamination, or for removal or decontamination of equipment, units, 
devices, or structures that are:
    (i) Technically practicable; and
    (ii) Consistent with the overall objective of the remedy.
    (4) Notify the State Director within 14 days that a report 
justifying the alternative measures prior to implementing the 
alternative measures has been placed in the operating record.
    (d) All solid wastes that are managed pursuant to a remedy required 
under Sec. 257.27, or an interim measure required under 
Sec. 257.28(a)(3), shall be managed in a manner:
    (1) That is protective of human health and the environment; and
    (2) That complies with applicable RCRA requirements.
    (e) Remedies selected pursuant to Sec. 257.27 shall be considered 
complete when:
    (1) The owner or operator complies with the ground-water protection 
standards established under Secs. 257.25 (h) or (i) at all points within 
the plume of contamination that lie beyond the ground-water monitoring 
well system established under Sec. 257.22(a).
    (2) Compliance with the ground-water protection standards 
established under Secs. 257.25 (h) or (i) has been achieved by 
demonstrating that concentrations of appendix II (Appendix II of Part 
258) constituents have not exceeded the ground-water protection 
standard(s) for a period of three consecutive years using the 
statistical procedures and performance standards in Sec. 257.23 (g) and 
(h). The Director of an approved State may specify an alternative length 
of time during which the owner or operator must demonstrate that 
concentrations of appendix II (Appendix II of 40 CFR part 258) 
constituents have not exceeded the ground-water protection standard(s) 
taking into consideration:
    (i) Extent and concentration of the release(s);
    (ii) Behavior characteristics of the hazardous constituents in the 
ground-water;
    (iii) Accuracy of monitoring or modeling techniques, including any 
seasonal, meteorological, or other environmental variabilities that may 
affect the accuracy; and
    (iv) Characteristics of the ground-water.
    (3) All actions required to complete the remedy have been satisfied.
    (f) Upon completion of the remedy, the owner or operator must notify 
the State Director within 14 days that a certification that the remedy 
has been completed in compliance with the requirements of Sec. 257.28(e) 
has been placed in the operating record. The certification must be 
signed by the owner or operator and by a qualified ground-water 
scientist or approved by the Director of an approved State.

                       Recordkeeping Requirements



Sec. 257.30  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) The owner/operator of a non-municipal non-hazardous waste 
disposal unit must record and retain near the facility in an operating 
record or in an alternative location approved by the Director of an 
approved State the following information as it becomes available:
    (1) Any location restriction demonstration required under 
Secs. 257.7 through 257.12; and
    (2) Any demonstration, certification, finding, monitoring, testing, 
or analytical data required in Secs. 257.21 through 257.28.
    (b) The owner/operator must notify the State Director when the 
documents from paragraph (a) of this section have

[[Page 377]]

been placed or added to the operating record, and all information 
contained in the operating record must be furnished upon request to the 
State Director or be made available at all reasonable times for 
inspection by the State Director.
    (c) The Director of an approved State can set alternative schedules 
for recordkeeping and notification requirements as specified in 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, except for the notification 
requirements in Sec. 257.25(g)(1)(iii).

    Appendix I to 40 CFR Part 257--Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)

  Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) Promulgated Under the Safe Drinking 
                                Water Act                               
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                MCL (mg/
                     Chemical                         CAS No.      l)   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arsenic...........................................   7440-38-2   0.05   
Barium............................................   7440-39-3   1.0    
Benzene...........................................    71-343-2   0.005  
Cadmium...........................................   7440-43-9   0.01   
Carbon tetrachloride..............................     56-23-5   0.005  
Chromium (hexavalent).............................   7440-47-3   0.05   
2,4-Dichlorophenoxy acetic acid...................     94-75-7   0.1    
1,4-Dichlorobenzene...............................    106-46-7   0.075  
1,2-Dichloroethane................................    107-06-2   0.005  
1,1-Dichloroethylene..............................     75-35-4   0.007  
Endrin............................................     75-20-8   0.0002 
Fluoride..........................................           7   4.0    
Lindane...........................................     58-89-9   0.004  
Lead..............................................   7439-92-1   0.05   
Mercury...........................................   7439-97-6   0.002  
Methoxychlor......................................     72-43-5   0.1    
Nitrate...........................................  ..........  10.0    
Selenium..........................................   7782-49-2   0.01   
Silver............................................   7440-22-4   0.05   
Toxaphene.........................................   8001-35-2   0.005  
1,1,1-Trichloroethane.............................     71-55-6   0.2    
Trichloroethylene.................................     79-01-6   0.005  
2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy acetic acid................     93-76-5   0.01   
Vinyl chloride....................................     75-01-4   0.002  
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991]

                         Appendix II to Part 257

             A. Processes to Significantly Reduce Pathogens

    Aerobic digestion: The process is conducted by agitating sludge with 
air or oxygen to maintain aerobic conditions at residence times ranging 
from 60 days at 15 deg. C to 40 days at 20 deg. C, with a volatile 
solids reduction of at least 38 percent.
    Air Drying: Liquid sludge is allowed to drain and/or dry on under-
drained sand beds, or paved or unpaved basins in which the sludge is at 
a depth of nine inches. A minimum of three months is needed, two months 
of which temperatures average on a daily basis above 0 deg. C.
    Anaerobic digestion: The process is conducted in the absence of air 
at residence times ranging from 60 days at 20 deg. C to 15 days at 
35 deg. to 55 deg. C, with a volatile solids reduction of at least 38 
percent.
    Composting: Using the within-vessel, static aerated pile or windrow 
composting methods, the solid waste is maintained at minimum operating 
conditions of 40 deg. C for 5 days. For four hours during this period 
the temperature exceeds 55 deg. C.
    Lime Stabilization: Sufficient lime is added to produce a pH of 12 
after 2 hours of contact.
    Other methods: Other methods or operating conditions may be 
acceptable if pathogens and vector attraction of the waste (volatile 
solids) are reduced to an extent equivalent to the reduction achieved by 
any of the above methods.

                B. Processes to Further Reduce Pathogens

    Composting: Using the within-vessel composting method, the solid 
waste is maintained at operating conditions of 55 deg. C or greater for 
three days. Using the static aerated pile composting method, the solid 
waste is maintained at operating conditions of 55 deg. C or greater for 
three days. Using the windrow composting method, the solid waste attains 
a temperature of 55 deg. C or greater for at least 15 days during the 
composting period. Also, during the high temperature period, there will 
be a minimum of five turnings of the windrow.
    Heat drying: Dewatered sludge cake is dried by direct or indirect 
contact with hot gases, and moisture content is reduced to 10 percent or 
lower. Sludge particles reach temperatures well in excess of 80 deg. C, 
or the wet bulb temperature of the gas stream in contact with the sludge 
at the point where it leaves the dryer is in excess of 80 deg. C.
    Heat treatment: Liquid sludge is heated to temperatures of 180 deg. 
C for 30 minutes.
    Thermophilic Aerobic Digestion: Liquid sludge is agitated with air 
or oxygen to maintain aerobic conditions at residence times of 10 days 
at 55-60 deg. C, with a volatile solids reduction of at least 38 
percent.
    Other methods: Other methods or operating conditions may be 
acceptable if pathogens and vector attraction of the waste (volatile 
solids) are reduced to an extent equivalent to the reduction achieved by 
any of the above methods.
    Any of the processes listed below, if added to the processes 
described in Section A above, further reduce pathogens. Because the 
processes listed below, on their own, do not reduce the attraction of 
disease vectors, they are only add-on in nature.
    Beta ray irradiation: Sludge is irradiated with beta rays from an 
accelerator at dosages of at least 1.0 megarad at room temperature (ca. 
20 deg. C).
    Gamma ray irradiation: Sludge is irradiated with gamma rays from 
certain isotopes, such

[[Page 378]]

as 60Cobalt and 137Cesium, at dosages of at least 1.0 megarad 
at room temperature (ca. 20 deg. C).
    Pasteurization: Sludge is maintained for at least 30 minutes at a 
minimum temperature of 70 deg. C.
    Other methods: Other methods or operating conditions may be 
acceptable if pathogens are reduced to an extent equivalent to the 
reduction achieved by any of the above add-on methods.



PART 258--CRITERIA FOR MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE LANDFILLS--Table of Contents




                           Subpart A--General

Sec.
258.1  Purpose, scope, and applicability.
258.2  Definitions.
258.3  Consideration of other Federal laws.
258.4--258.9  [Reserved]

                    Subpart B--Location Restrictions

258.10  Airport safety.
258.11  Floodplains.
258.12  Wetlands.
258.13  Fault areas.
258.14  Seismic impact zones.
258.15  Unstable areas.
258.16  Closure of existing municipal solid waste landfill units.
258.17--258.19  [Reserved]

                      Subpart C--Operating Criteria

258.20  Procedures for excluding the receipt of hazardous waste.
258.21  Cover material requirements.
258.22  Disease vector control.
258.23  Explosive gases control.
258.24  Air criteria.
258.25  Access requirements.
258.26  Run-on/run-off control systems.
258.27  Surface water requirements.
258.28  Liquids restrictions.
258.29  Recordkeeping requirements.
258.30--258.39  [Reserved]

                       Subpart D--Design Criteria

258.40  Design criteria.
258.41--258.49  [Reserved]

        Subpart E--Ground-Water Monitoring and Corrective Action

258.50  Applicability.
258.51  Ground-water monitoring systems.
258.52  [Reserved]
258.53  Ground-water sampling and analysis requirements.
258.54  Detection monitoring program.
258.55  Assessment monitoring program.
258.56  Assessment of corrective measures.
258.57  Selection of remedy.
258.58  Implementation of the corrective action program.
258.59  [Reserved]

                Subpart F--Closure and Post-closure Care

258.60  Closure criteria.
258.61  Post-closure care requirements.
258.62--258.69  [Reserved]

                 Subpart G--Financial Assurance Criteria

258.70  Applicability and effective date.
258.71  Financial assurance for closure.
258.72  Financial assurance for post-closure care.
258.73  Financial assurance for corrective action.
258.74  Allowable mechanisms.

Appendix I to Part 258--Constituents for Detection Monitoring
Appendix II to Part 258--List of Hazardous and Organic Constituents

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1345 (d) and (e); 42 U.S.C. 6907(a)(3), 
6912(a), 6944(a) and 6949a(c).

    Source: 56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991, unless otherwise noted.



                           Subpart A--General



Sec. 258.1  Purpose, scope, and applicability.

    (a) The purpose of this part is to establish minimum national 
criteria under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA or the 
Act), as amended, for all municipal solid waste landfill (MSWLF) units 
and under the Clean Water Act, as amended, for municipal solid waste 
landfills that are used to dispose of sewage sludge. These minimum 
national criteria ensure the protection of human health and the 
environment.
    (b) These Criteria apply to owners and operators of new MSWLF units, 
existing MSWLF units, and lateral expansions, except as otherwise 
specifically provided in this part; all other solid waste disposal 
facilities and practices that are not regulated under subtitle C of RCRA 
are subject to the criteria contained in part 257 of this chapter.
    (c) These Criteria do not apply to municipal solid waste landfill 
units that do not receive waste after October 9, 1991.
    (d)(1) MSWLF units that meet the conditions of Sec. 258.1(e)(2) and 
receive

[[Page 379]]

waste after October 9, 1991 but stop receiving waste before April 9, 
1994, are exempt from all the requirements of this part 258, except the 
final cover requirement specified in Sec. 258.60(a). The final cover 
must be installed by October 9, 1994. Owners or operators of MSWLF units 
described in this paragraph that fail to complete cover installation by 
October 9, 1994 will be subject to all the requirements of this part 
258, unless otherwise specified.
    (2) MSWLF units that meet the conditions of Sec. 258.1(e)(3) and 
receive waste after October 9, 1991 but stop receiving waste before the 
date designated by the state pursuant to Sec. 258.1(e)(3), are exempt 
from all the requirements of this part 258, except the final cover 
requirement specified in Sec. 258.60(a). The final cover must be 
installed within one year after the date designated by the state 
pursuant to Sec. 258.1(e)(3). Owners or operators of MSWLF units 
described in this paragraph that fail to complete cover installation 
within one year after the date designated by the state pursuant to 
Sec. 258.1(e)(3) will be subject to all the requirements of this part 
258, unless otherwise specified.
    (3) MSWLF units that meet the conditions of paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section and receive waste after October 9, 1991 but stop receiving waste 
before October 9, 1997, are exempt from all the requirements of this 
part 258, except the final cover requirement specified in 
Sec. 258.60(a). The final cover must be installed by October 9, 1998. 
Owners or operators of MSWLF units described in this paragraph that fail 
to complete cover installation by October 9, 1998 will be subject to all 
the requirements of this part 258, unless otherwise specified.
    (4) MSWLF units that do not meet the conditions of Sec. 258.1 
(e)(2), (e)(3), or (f) and receive waste after October 9, 1991 but stop 
receiving waste before October 9, 1993, are exempt from all the 
requirements this part 258, except the final cover requirement specified 
in Sec. 258.60(a). The final cover must be installed by October 9, 1994. 
Owners or operators of MSWLF units described in this paragraph that fail 
to complete cover installation by October 9, 1994 will be subject to all 
the requirements of this part 258, unless otherwise specified.
    (e)(1) The compliance date for all requirements of this part 258, 
unless otherwise specified, is October 9, 1993 for all MSWLF units that 
receive waste on or after October 9, 1993, except those units that 
qualify for an extension under (e)(2), (3), or (4) of this section.
    (2) The compliance date for all requirements of this part 258, 
unless otherwise specified, is April 9, 1994 for an existing MSWLF unit 
or a lateral expansion of an existing MSWLF unit that meets the 
following conditions:
    (i) The MSWLF unit disposed of 100 tons per day or less of solid 
waste during a representative period prior to October 9, 1993;
    (ii) The unit does not dispose of more than an average of 100 TPD of 
solid waste each month between October 9, 1993 and April 9, 1994;
    (iii) The MSWLF unit is located in a state that has submitted an 
application for permit program approval to EPA by October 9, 1993, is 
located in the state of Iowa, or is located on Indian Lands or Indian 
Country; and
    (iv) The MSWLF unit is not on the National Priorities List (NPL) as 
found in appendix B to 40 CFR part 300.
    (3) The compliance date for all requirements of this part 258, 
unless otherwise specified, for an existing MSWLF unit or lateral 
expansion of an existing MSWLF unit receiving flood-related waste from 
federally-designated areas within the major disasters declared for the 
states of Iowa, Illinois, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Missouri, Nebraska, 
Kansas, North Dakota, and South Dakota by the President during the 
summer of 1993 pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq., shall be designated 
by the state in which the MSWLF unit is located in accordance with the 
following:
    (i) The MSWLF unit may continue to accept waste up to April 9, 1994 
without being subject to part 258, if the state in which the MSWLF unit 
is located determines that the MSWLF unit is needed to receive flood-
related waste from a federally-designated disaster area as specified in 
(e)(3) of this section.
    (ii) The MSWLF unit that receives an extension under paragraph 
(e)(3)(i) of this section may continue to accept

[[Page 380]]

waste up to an additional six months beyond April 9, 1994 without being 
subject to part 258, if the state in which the MSWLF unit is located 
determines that the MSWLF unit is needed to receive flood-related waste 
from a federally-designated disaster area specified in (e)(3) of this 
section.
    (iii) In no case shall a MSWLF unit receiving an extension under 
paragraph (e)(3) (i) or (ii) of this section accept waste beyond October 
9, 1994 without being subject to part 258.
    (4) For a MSWLF unit that meets the conditions for the exemption in 
paragraph (f)(1) of this section, the compliance date for all applicable 
requirements of part 258, unless otherwise specified, is October 9, 
1997.
    (f)(1) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units, 
and lateral expansions that dispose of less than twenty (20) tons of 
municipal solid waste daily, based on an annual average, are exempt from 
subpart D of this part, so long as there is no evidence of ground-water 
contamination from the MSWLF unit, and the MSWLF unit serves:
    (i) A community that experiences an annual interruption of at least 
three consecutive months of surface transportation that prevents access 
to a regional waste management facility, or
    (ii) A community that has no practicable waste management 
alternative and the landfill unit is located in an area that annually 
receives less than or equal to 25 inches of precipitation.
    (2) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units, 
and lateral expansions that meet the criteria in paragraph (f)(1)(i) or 
(f)(1)(ii) of this section must place in the operating record 
information demonstrating this.
    (3) If the owner or operator of a new MSWLF unit, existing MSWLF 
unit, or lateral expansion has knowledge of ground-water contamination 
resulting from the unit that has asserted the exemption in paragraph 
(f)(1)(i) or (f)(1)(ii) of this section, the owner or operator must 
notify the state Director of such contamination and, thereafter, comply 
with subpart D of this part.
    (g) Municipal solid waste landfill units failing to satisfy these 
criteria are considered open dumps for purposes of State solid waste 
management planning under RCRA.
    (h) Municipal solid waste landfill units failing to satisfy these 
criteria constitute open dumps, which are prohibited under section 4005 
of RCRA.
    (i) Municipal solid waste landfill units containing sewage sludge 
and failing to satisfy these Criteria violate sections 309 and 405(e) of 
the Clean Water Act.
    (j) Subpart G of this part is effective April 9, 1995, except for 
MSWLF units meeting the requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this 
section, in which case the effective date of subpart G is October 9, 
1995.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 51546, Oct. 1, 1993; 60 
FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995]



Sec. 258.2  Definitions.

    Unless otherwise noted, all terms contained in this part are defined 
by their plain meaning. This section contains definitions for terms that 
appear throughout this part; additional definitions appear in the 
specific sections to which they apply.
    Active life means the period of operation beginning with the initial 
receipt of solid waste and ending at completion of closure activities in 
accordance with Sec. 258.60 of this part.
    Active portion means that part of a facility or unit that has 
received or is receiving wastes and that has not been closed in 
accordance with Sec. 258.60 of this part.
    Aquifer means a geological formation, group of formations, or porton 
of a formation capable of yielding significant quantities of ground 
water to wells or springs.
    Commercial solid waste means all types of solid waste generated by 
stores, offices, restaurants, warehouses, and other nonmanufacturing 
activities, excluding residential and industrial wastes.
    Director of an approved State means the chief administrative officer 
of a State agency responsible for implementing the State municipal solid 
waste permit program or other system of prior approval that is deemed to 
be adequate by EPA under regulations published pursuant to sections 2002 
and 4005 of RCRA.

[[Page 381]]

    Existing MSWLF unit means any municipal solid waste landfill unit 
that is receiving solid waste as of the appropriate dates specified in 
Sec. 258.1(e). Waste placement in existing units must be consistent with 
past operating practices or modified practices to ensure good 
management.
    Facility means all contiguous land and structures, other 
appurtenances, and improvements on the land used for the disposal of 
solid waste.
    Ground water means water below the land surface in a zone of 
saturation.
    Household waste means any solid waste (including garbage, trash, and 
sanitary waste in septic tanks) derived from households (including 
single and multiple residences, hotels and motels, bunkhouses, ranger 
stations, crew quarters, campgrounds, picnic grounds, and day-use 
recreation areas).
    Indian lands or Indian country means:
    (1) All land within the limits of any Indian reservation under the 
jurisdiction of the United States Government, notwithstanding the 
issuance of any patent, and including rights-of-way running throughout 
the reservation;
    (2) All dependent Indian communities within the borders of the 
United States whether within the original or subsequently acquired 
territory thereof, and whether within or without the limits of the 
State; and
    (3) All Indian allotments, the Indian titles to which have not been 
extinguished, including rights of way running through the same.
    Indian Tribe or Tribe means any Indian tribe, band, nation, or 
community recognized by the Secretary of the Interior and exercising 
substantial governmental duties and powers on Indian lands.
    Industrial solid waste means solid waste generated by manufacturing 
or industrial processes that is not a hazardous waste regulated under 
subtitle C of RCRA. Such waste may include, but is not limited to, waste 
resulting from the following manufacturing processes: Electric power 
generation; fertilizer/agricultural chemicals; food and related 
products/by-products; inorganic chemicals; iron and steel manufacturing; 
leather and leather products; nonferrous metals manufacturing/foundries; 
organic chemicals; plastics and resins manufacturing; pulp and paper 
industry; rubber and miscellaneous plastic products; stone, glass, clay, 
and concrete products; textile manufacturing; transportation equipment; 
and water treatment. This term does not include mining waste or oil and 
gas waste.
    Lateral expansion means a horizontal expansion of the waste 
boundaries of an existing MSWLF unit.
    Leachate means a liquid that has passed through or emerged from 
solid waste and contains soluble, suspended, or miscible materials 
removed from such waste.
    Municipal solid waste landfill unit means a discrete area of land or 
an excavation that receives household waste, and that is not a land 
application unit, surface impoundment, injection well, or waste pile, as 
those terms are defined under Sec. 257.2. A MSWLF unit also may receive 
other types of RCRA subtitle D wastes, such as commercial solid waste, 
nonhazardous sludge, conditionally exempt small quantity generator waste 
and industrial solid waste. Such a landfill may be publicly or privately 
owned. A MSWLF unit may be a new MSWLF unit, an existing MSWLF unit or a 
lateral expansion.
    New MSWLF unit means any municipal solid waste landfill unit that 
has not received waste prior to October 9, 1993, or prior to October 9, 
1997 if the MSWLF unit meets the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1).
    Open burning means the combustion of solid waste without:
    (1) Control of combustion air to maintain adequate temperature for 
efficient combustion,
    (2) Containment of the combustion reaction in an enclosed device to 
provide sufficient residence time and mixing for complete combustion, 
and
    (3) Control of the emission of the combustion products.
    Operator means the person(s) responsible for the overall operation 
of a facility or part of a facility.
    Owner means the person(s) who owns a facility or part of a facility.
    Run-off means any rainwater, leachate, or other liquid that drains 
over land from any part of a facility.

[[Page 382]]

    Run-on means any rainwater, leachate, or other liquid that drains 
over land onto any part of a facility.
    Saturated zone means that part of the earth's crust in which all 
voids are filled with water.
    Sludge means any solid, semi-solid, or liquid waste generated from a 
municipal, commercial, or industrial wastewater treatment plant, water 
supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility exclusive of 
the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant.
    Solid waste means any garbage, or refuse, sludge from a wastewater 
treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control 
facility and other discarded material, including solid, liquid, semi-
solid, or contained gaseous material resulting from industrial, 
commercial, mining, and agricultural operations, and from community 
activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in 
domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return 
flows or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to permit 
under 33 U.S.C. 1342, or source, special nuclear, or by-product material 
as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 923).
    State means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the 
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, 
and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
    State Director means the chief administrative officer of the State 
agency responsible for implementing the State municipal solid waste 
permit program or other system of prior approval.
    Uppermost aquifer means the geologic formation nearest the natural 
ground surface that is an aquifer, as well as, lower aquifers that are 
hydraulically interconnected with this aquifer within the facility's 
property boundary.
    Waste management unit boundary means a vertical surface located at 
the hydraulically downgradient limit of the unit. This vertical surface 
extends down into the uppermost aquifer.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28627, June 26, 1992, as amended at 58 
FR 51547, Oct. 1, 1993; 60 FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995]



Sec. 258.3  Consideration of other Federal laws.

    The owner or operator of a municipal solid waste landfill unit must 
comply with any other applicable Federal rules, laws, regulations, or 
other requirements.
Secs. 258.4--258.9  [Reserved]



                    Subpart B--Location Restrictions



Sec. 258.10  Airport safety.

    (a) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units, 
and lateral expansions that are located within 10,000 feet (3,048 
meters) of any airport runway end used by turbojet aircraft or within 
5,000 feet (1,524 meters) of any airport runway end used by only piston-
type aircraft must demonstrate that the units are designed and operated 
so that the MSWLF unit does not pose a bird hazard to aircraft.
    (b) Owners or operators proposing to site new MSWLF units and 
lateral expansions within a five-mile radius of any airport runway end 
used by turbojet or piston-type aircraft must notify the affected 
airport and the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
    (c) The owner or operator must place the demonstration in paragraph 
(a) of this section in the operating record and notify the State 
Director that it has been placed in the operating record.
    (d) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Airport means public-use airport open to the public without 
prior permission and without restrictions within the physical capacities 
of available facilities.
    (2) Bird hazard means an increase in the likelihood of bird/aircraft 
collisions that may cause damage to the aircraft or injury to its 
occupants.



Sec. 258.11  Floodplains.

    (a) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units, 
and lateral expansions located in 100-year floodplains must demonstrate 
that the unit will not restrict the flow of the 100-year flood, reduce 
the temporary water storage capacity of the floodplain, or result in 
washout of solid waste so as to pose a hazard to human health and the 
environment. The owner

[[Page 383]]

or operator must place the demonstration in the operating record and 
notify the State Director that it has been placed in the operating 
record.
    (b) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Floodplain means the lowland and relatively flat areas adjoining 
inland and coastal waters, including flood-prone areas of offshore 
islands, that are inundated by the 100-year flood.
    (2) 100-year flood means a flood that has a 1-percent or greater 
chance of recurring in any given year or a flood of a magnitude equalled 
or exceeded once in 100 years on the average over a significantly long 
period.
    (3) Washout means the carrying away of solid waste by waters of the 
base flood.



Sec. 258.12  Wetlands.

    (a) New MSWLF units and lateral expansions shall not be located in 
wetlands, unless the owner or operator can make the following 
demonstrations to the Director of an approved State:
    (1) Where applicable under section 404 of the Clean Water Act or 
applicable State wetlands laws, the presumption that practicable 
alternative to the proposed landfill is available which does not involve 
wetlands is clearly rebutted;
    (2) The construction and operation of the MSWLF unit will not:
    (i) Cause or contribute to violations of any applicable State water 
quality standard,
    (ii) Violate any applicable toxic effluent standard or prohibition 
under Section 307 of the Clean Water Act,
    (iii) Jeopardize the continued existence of endangered or threatened 
species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of a 
critical habitat, protected under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, 
and
    (iv) Violate any requirement under the Marine Protection, Research, 
and Sanctuaries Act of 1972 for the protection of a marine sanctuary;
    (3) The MSWLF unit will not cause or contribute to significant 
degradation of wetlands. The owner or operator must demonstrate the 
integrity of the MSWLF unit and its ability to protect ecological 
resources by addressing the following factors:
    (i) Erosion, stability, and migration potential of native wetland 
soils, muds and deposits used to support the MSWLF unit;
    (ii) Erosion, stability, and migration potential of dredged and fill 
materials used to support the MSWLF unit;
    (iii) The volume and chemical nature of the waste managed in the 
MSWLF unit;
    (iv) Impacts on fish, wildlife, and other aquatic resources and 
their habitat from release of the solid waste;
    (v) The potential effects of catastrophic release of waste to the 
wetland and the resulting impacts on the environment; and
    (vi) Any additional factors, as necessary, to demonstrate that 
ecological resources in the wetland are sufficiently protected.
    (4) To the extent required under section 404 of the Clean Water Act 
or applicable State wetlands laws, steps have been taken to attempt to 
achieve no net loss of wetlands (as defined by acreage and function) by 
first avoiding impacts to wetlands to the maximum extent practicable as 
required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, then minimizing 
unavoidable impacts to the maximum extent practicable, and finally 
offsetting remaining unavoidable wetland impacts through all appropriate 
and practicable compensatory mitigation actions (e.g., restoration of 
existing degraded wetlands or creation of man-made wetlands); and
    (5) Sufficient information is available to make a reasonable 
determination with respect to these demonstrations.
    (b) For purposes of this section, wetlands means those areas that 
are defined in 40 CFR 232.2(r).



Sec. 258.13  Fault areas.

    (a) New MSWLF units and lateral expansions shall not be located 
within 200 feet (60 meters) of a fault that has had displacement in 
Holocene time unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the Director 
of an approved State that an alternative setback distance of less than 
200 feet (60 meters) will prevent damage to the structural integrity of 
the MSWLF unit and will be protective of human health and the 
environment.
    (b) For the purposes of this section:

[[Page 384]]

    (1) Fault means a fracture or a zone of fractures in any material 
along which strata on one side have been displaced with respect to that 
on the other side.
    (2) Displacement means the relative movement of any two sides of a 
fault measured in any direction.
    (3) Holocene means the most recent epoch of the Quaternary period, 
extending from the end of the Pleistocene Epoch to the present.



Sec. 258.14  Seismic impact zones.

    (a) New MSWLF units and lateral expansions shall not be located in 
seismic impact zones, unless the owner or operator demonstrates to the 
Director of an approved State/Tribe that all containment structures, 
including liners, leachate collection systems, and surface water control 
systems, are designed to resist the maximum horizontal acceleration in 
lithified earth material for the site. The owner or operator must place 
the demonstration in the operating record and notify the State Director 
that it has been placed in the operating record.
    (b) For the purposes of this section:
    (1) Seismic impact zone means an area with a ten percent or greater 
probability that the maximum horizontal acceleration in lithified earth 
material, expressed as a percentage of the earth's gravitational pull 
(g), will exceed 0.10g in 250 years.
    (2) Maximum horizontal acceleration in lithified earth material 
means the maximum expected horizontal acceleration depicted on a seismic 
hazard map, with a 90 percent or greater probability that the 
acceleration will not be exceeded in 250 years, or the maximum expected 
horizontal acceleration based on a site-specific seismic risk 
assessment.
    (3) Lithified earth material means all rock, including all naturally 
occurring and naturally formed aggregates or masses of minerals or small 
particles of older rock that formed by crystallization of magma or by 
induration of loose sediments. This term does not include man-made 
materials, such as fill, concrete, and asphalt, or unconsolidated earth 
materials, soil, or regolith lying at or near the earth surface.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28627, June 26, 1992]



Sec. 258.15  Unstable areas.

    (a) Owners or operators of new MSWLF units, existing MSWLF units, 
and lateral expansions located in an unstable area must demonstrate that 
engineering measures have been incorporated into the MSWLF unit's design 
to ensure that the integrity of the structural components of the MSWLF 
unit will not be disrupted. The owner or operator must place the 
demonstration in the operating record and notify the State Director that 
it has been placed in the operating record. The owner or operator must 
consider the following factors, at a minimum, when determining whether 
an area is unstable:
    (1) On-site or local soil conditions that may result in significant 
differential settling;
    (2) On-site or local geologic or geomorphologic features; and
    (3) On-site or local human-made features or events (both surface and 
subsurface).
    (b) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Unstable area means a location that is susceptible to natural or 
human-induced events or forces capable of impairing the integrity of 
some or all of the landfill structural components responsible for 
preventing releases from a landfill. Unstable areas can include poor 
foundation conditions, areas susceptible to mass movements, and Karst 
terranes.
    (2) Structural components means liners, leachate collection systems, 
final covers, run-on/run-off systems, and any other component used in 
the construction and operation of the MSWLF that is necessary for 
protection of human health and the environment.
    (3) Poor foundation conditions means those areas where features 
exist which indicate that a natural or man-induced event may result in 
inadequate foundation support for the structural components of an MSWLF 
unit.
    (4) Areas susceptible to mass movement means those areas of 
influence (i.e., areas characterized as having an active

[[Page 385]]

or substantial possibility of mass movement) where the movement of earth 
material at, beneath, or adjacent to the MSWLF unit, because of natural 
or man-induced events, results in the downslope transport of soil and 
rock material by means of gravitational influence. Areas of mass 
movement include, but are not limited to, landslides, avalanches, debris 
slides and flows, soil fluction, block sliding, and rock fall.
    (5) Karst terranes means areas where karst topography, with its 
characteristic surface and subterranean features, is developed as the 
result of dissolution of limestone, dolomite, or other soluble rock. 
Characteristic physiographic features present in karst terranes include, 
but are not limited to, sinkholes, sinking streams, caves, large 
springs, and blind valleys.



Sec. 258.16  Closure of existing municipal solid waste landfill units.

    (a) Existing MSWLF units that cannot make the demonstration 
specified in Sec. 258.10(a), pertaining to airports, Sec. 258.11(a), 
pertaining to floodplains, or Sec. 258.15(a), pertaining to unstable 
areas, must close by October 9, 1996, in accordance with Sec. 258.60 of 
this part and conduct post-closure activities in accordance with 
Sec. 258.61 of this part.
    (b) The deadline for closure required by paragraph (a) of this 
section may be extended up to two years if the owner or operator 
demonstrates to the Director of an approved State that:
    (1) There is no available alternative disposal capacity;
    (2) There is no immediate threat to human health and the 
environment.

    Note to Subpart B: Owners or operators of MSWLFs should be aware 
that a State in which their landfill is located or is to be located, may 
have adopted a state wellhead protection program in accordance with 
section 1428 of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Such state wellhead 
protection programs may impose additional requirements on owners or 
operators of MSWLFs than those set forth in this part.
Secs. 258.17--258.19  [Reserved]



                      Subpart C--Operating Criteria



Sec. 258.20  Procedures for excluding the receipt of hazardous waste.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must implement a program 
at the facility for detecting and preventing the disposal of regulated 
hazardous wastes as defined in part 261 of this chapter and 
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) wastes as defined in part 761 of this 
chapter. This program must include, at a minimum:
    (1) Random inspections of incoming loads unless the owner or 
operator takes other steps to ensure that incoming loads do not contain 
regulated hazardous wastes or PCB wastes;
    (2) Records of any inspections;
    (3) Training of facility personnel to recognize regulated hazardous 
waste and PCB wastes; and
    (4) Notification of State Director of authorized States under 
Subtitle C of RCRA or the EPA Regional Administrator if in an 
unauthorized State if a regulated hazardous waste or PCB waste is 
discovered at the facility.
    (b) For purposes of this section, regulated hazardous waste means a 
solid waste that is a hazardous waste, as defined in 40 CFR 261.3, that 
is not excluded from regulation as a hazardous waste under 40 CFR 
261.4(b) or was not generated by a conditionally exempt small quantity 
generator as defined in Sec. 261.5 of this chapter.



Sec. 258.21  Cover material requirements.

    (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the owners 
or operators of all MSWLF units must cover disposed solid waste with six 
inches of earthen material at the end of each operating day, or at more 
frequent intervals if necessary, to control disease vectors, fires, 
odors, blowing litter, and scavenging.
    (b) Alternative materials of an alternative thickness (other than at 
least six inches of earthen material) may be approved by the Director of 
an approved State if the owner or operator

[[Page 386]]

demonstrates that the alternative material and thickness control disease 
vectors, fires, odors, blowing litter, and scavenging without presenting 
a threat to human health and the environment.
    (c) The Director of an approved State may grant a temporary waiver 
from the requirement of paragraph (a) and (b) of this section if the 
owner or operator demonstrates that there are extreme seasonal climatic 
conditions that make meeting such requirements impractical.



Sec. 258.22  Disease vector control.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must prevent or control 
on-site populations of disease vectors using techniques appropriate for 
the protection of human health and the environment.
    (b) For purposes of this section, disease vectors means any rodents, 
flies, mosquitoes, or other animals, including insects, capable of 
transmitting disease to humans.



Sec. 258.23  Explosive gases control.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must ensure that:
    (1) The concentration of methane gas generated by the facility does 
not exceed 25 percent of the lower explosive limit for methane in 
facility structures (excluding gas control or recovery system 
components); and
    (2) The concentration of methane gas does not exceed the lower 
explosive limit for methane at the facility property boundary.
    (b) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must implement a routine 
methane monitoring program to ensure that the standards of paragraph (a) 
of this section are met.
    (1) The type and frequency of monitoring must be determined based on 
the following factors:
    (i) Soil conditions;
    (ii) The hydrogeologic conditions surrounding the facility;
    (iii) The hydraulic conditions surrounding the facility; and
    (iv) The location of facility structures and property boundaries.
    (2) The minimum frequency of monitoring shall be quarterly.
    (c) If methane gas levels exceeding the limits specified in 
paragraph (a) of this section are detected, the owner or operator must:
    (1) Immediately take all necessary steps to ensure protection of 
human health and notify the State Director;
    (2) Within seven days of detection, place in the operating record 
the methane gas levels detected and a description of the steps taken to 
protect human health; and
    (3) Within 60 days of detection, implement a remediation plan for 
the methane gas releases, place a copy of the plan in the operating 
record, and notify the State Director that the plan has been 
implemented. The plan shall describe the nature and extent of the 
problem and the proposed remedy.
    (4) The Director of an approved State may establish alternative 
schedules for demonstrating compliance with paragraphs (c) (2) and (3) 
of this section.
    (d) For purposes of this section, lower explosive limit means the 
lowest percent by volume of a mixture of explosive gases in air that 
will propagate a flame at 25 deg. C and atmospheric pressure.



Sec. 258.24  Air criteria.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLFs must ensure that the units not 
violate any applicable requirements developed under a State 
Implementation Plan (SIP) approved or promulgated by the Administrator 
pursuant to section 110 of the Clean Air Act, as amended.
    (b) Open burning of solid waste, except for the infrequent burning 
of agricultural wastes, silvicultural wastes, landclearing debris, 
diseased trees, or debris from emergency cleanup operations, is 
prohibited at all MSWLF units.



Sec. 258.25  Access requirements.

    Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must control public access 
and prevent unauthorized vehicular traffic and illegal dumping of wastes 
by using artificial barriers, natural barriers, or both, as appropriate 
to protect human health and the environment.


[[Page 387]]





Sec. 258.26  Run-on/run-off control systems.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must design, construct, 
and maintain:
    (1) A run-on control system to prevent flow onto the active portion 
of the landfill during the peak discharge from a 25-year storm;
    (2) A run-off control system from the active portion of the landfill 
to collect and control at least the water volume resulting from a 24-
hour, 25-year storm.
    (b) Run-off from the active portion of the landfill unit must be 
handled in accordance with Sec. 258.27(a) of this part.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28627, June 26, 1992]



Sec. 258.27  Surface water requirements.

    MSWLF units shall not:
    (a) Cause a discharge of pollutants into waters of the United 
States, including wetlands, that violates any requirements of the Clean 
Water Act, including, but not limited to, the National Pollutant 
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) requirements, pursuant to section 
402.
    (b) Cause the discharge of a nonpoint source of pollution to waters 
of the United States, including wetlands, that violates any requirement 
of an area-wide or State-wide water quality management plan that has 
been approved under section 208 or 319 of the Clean Water Act, as 
amended.



Sec. 258.28  Liquids restrictions.

    (a) Bulk or noncontainerized liquid waste may not be placed in MSWLF 
units unless:
    (1) The waste is household waste other than septic waste; or
    (2) The waste is leachate or gas condensate derived from the MSWLF 
unit and the MSWLF unit, whether it is a new or existing MSWLF, or 
lateral expansion, is designed with a composite liner and leachate 
collection system as described in Sec. 258.40(a)(2) of this part. The 
owner or operator must place the demonstration in the operating record 
and notify the State Director that it has been placed in the operating 
record.
    (b) Containers holding liquid waste may not be placed in a MSWLF 
unit unless:
    (1) The container is a small container similar in size to that 
normally found in household waste;
    (2) The container is designed to hold liquids for use other than 
storage; or
    (3) The waste is household waste.
    (c) For purposes of this section:
    (1) Liquid waste means any waste material that is determined to 
contain ``free liquids'' as defined by Method 9095 (Paint Filter Liquids 
Test), as described in ``Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Wastes, 
Physical/Chemical Methods'' (EPA Pub. No. SW-846).
    (2) Gas condensate means the liquid generated as a result of gas 
recovery process(es) at the MSWLF unit.



Sec. 258.29  Recordkeeping requirements.

    (a) The owner or operator of a MSWLF unit must record and retain 
near the facility in an operating record or in an alternative location 
approved by the Director of an approved State the following information 
as it becomes available:
    (1) Any location restriction demonstration required under subpart B 
of this part;
    (2) Inspection records, training procedures, and notification 
procedures required in Sec. 258.20 of this part;
    (3) Gas monitoring results from monitoring and any remediation plans 
required by Sec. 258.23 of this part;
    (4) Any MSWLF unit design documentation for placement of leachate or 
gas condensate in a MSWLF unit as required under Sec. 258.28(a)(2) of 
this part;
    (5) Any demonstration, certification, finding, monitoring, testing, 
or analytical data required by subpart E of this part;
    (6) Closure and post-closure care plans and any monitoring, testing, 
or analytical data as required by Secs. 258.60 and 258.61 of this part; 
and
    (7) Any cost estimates and financial assurance documentation 
required by subpart G of this part.
    (8) Any information demonstrating compliance with small community 
exemption as required by Sec. 258.1(f)(2).
    (b) The owner/operator must notify the State Director when the 
documents from paragraph (a) of this section have

[[Page 388]]

been placed or added to the operating record, and all information 
contained in the operating record must be furnished upon request to the 
State Director or be made available at all reasonable times for 
inspection by the State Director.
    (c) The Director of an approved State can set alternative schedules 
for recordkeeping and notification requirements as specified in 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, except for the notification 
requirements in Sec. 258.10(b) and Sec. 258.55(g)(1)(iii).
Secs. 258.30--258.39  [Reserved]



                       Subpart D--Design Criteria



Sec. 258.40  Design criteria.

    (a) New MSWLF units and lateral expansions shall be constructed:
    (1) In accordance with a design approved by the Director of an 
approved State or as specified in Sec. 258.40(e) for unapproved States. 
The design must ensure that the concentration values listed in Table 1 
of this section will not be exceeded in the uppermost aquifer at the 
relevant point of compliance, as specified by the Director of an 
approved State under paragraph (d) of this section, or
    (2) With a composite liner, as defined in paragraph (b) of this 
section and a leachate collection system that is designed and 
constructed to maintain less than a 30-cm depth of leachate over the 
liner.
    (b) For purposes of this section, composite liner means a system 
consisting of two components; the upper component must consist of a 
minimum 30-mil flexible membrane liner (FML), and the lower component 
must consist of at least a two-foot layer of compacted soil with a 
hydraulic conductivity of no more than 1 x 10-7 cm/sec. FML 
components consisting of high density polyethylene (HDPE) shall be at 
least 60-mil thick. The FML component must be installed in direct and 
uniform contact with the compacted soil component.
    (c) When approving a design that complies with paragraph (a)(1) of 
this section, the Director of an approved State shall consider at least 
the following factors:
    (1) The hydrogeologic characteristics of the facility and 
surrounding land;
    (2) The climatic factors of the area; and
    (3) The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the 
leachate.
    (d) The relevant point of compliance specified by the Director of an 
approved State shall be no more than 150 meters from the waste 
management unit boundary and shall be located on land owned by the owner 
of the MSWLF unit. In determining the relevant point of compliance State 
Director shall consider at least the following factors:
    (1) The hydrogeologic characteristics of the facility and 
surrounding land;
    (2) The volume and physical and chemical characteristics of the 
leachate;
    (3) The quantity, quality, and direction, of flow of ground water;
    (4) The proximity and withdrawal rate of the ground-water users;
    (5) The availability of alternative drinking water supplies;
    (6) The existing quality of the ground water, including other 
sources of contamination and their cumulative impacts on the ground 
water, and whether the ground water is currently used or reasonably 
expected to be used for drinking water;
    (7) Public health, safety, and welfare effects; and
    (8) Practicable capability of the owner or operator.
    (e) If EPA does not promulgate a rule establishing the procedures 
and requirements for State compliance with RCRA section 4005(c)(1)(B) by 
October 9, 1993, owners and operators in unapproved States may utilize a 
design meeting the performance standard in Sec. 258.40(a)(1) if the 
following conditions are met:
    (1) The State determines the design meets the performance standard 
in Sec. 258.40(a)(1);
    (2) The State petitions EPA to review its determination; and
    (3) EPA approves the State determination or does not disapprove the 
determination within 30 days.


[[Page 389]]


    Note to subpart D: 40 CFR part 239 is reserved to establish the 
procedures and requirements for State compliance with RCRA section 
4005(c)(1)(B).

                                 Table 1                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                MCL (mg/
                           Chemical                                l)   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arsenic.......................................................   0.05   
Barium........................................................   1.0    
Benzene.......................................................   0.005  
Cadmium.......................................................   0.01   
Carbon tetrachloride..........................................   0.005  
Chromium (hexavalent).........................................   0.05   
2,4-Dichlorophenoxy acetic acid...............................   0.1    
1,4-Dichlorobenzene...........................................   0.075  
1,2-Dichloroethane............................................   0.005  
1,1-Dichloroethylene..........................................   0.007  
Endrin........................................................   0.0002 
Fluoride......................................................   4      
Lindane.......................................................   0.004  
Lead..........................................................   0.05   
Mercury.......................................................   0.002  
Methoxychlor..................................................   0.1    
Nitrate.......................................................  10      
Selenium......................................................   0.01   
Silver........................................................   0.05   
Toxaphene.....................................................   0.005  
1,1,1-Trichloromethane........................................   0.2    
Trichloroethylene.............................................   0.005  
2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy acetic acid............................   0.01   
Vinyl Chloride................................................   0.002  
------------------------------------------------------------------------

      



Secs. 258.41-258.49  [Reserved]



        Subpart E--Ground-Water Monitoring and Corrective Action



Sec. 258.50  Applicability.

    (a) The requirements in this part apply to MSWLF units, except as 
provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Ground-water monitoring requirements under Sec. 258.51 through 
Sec. 258.55 of this part may be suspended by the Director of an approved 
State for a MSWLF unit if the owner or operator can demonstrate that 
there is no potential for migration of hazardous constituents from that 
MSWLF unit to the uppermost aquifer (as defined in Sec. 258.2) during 
the active life of the unit and the post-closure care period. This 
demonstration must be certified by a qualified ground-water scientist 
and approved by the Director of an approved State, and must be based 
upon:
    (1) Site-specific field collected measurements, sampling, and 
analysis of physical, chemical, and biological processes affecting 
contaminant fate and transport, and
    (2) Contaminant fate and transport predictions that maximize 
contaminant migration and consider impacts on human health and 
environment.
    (c) Owners and operators of MSWLF units, except those meeting the 
conditions of Sec. 258.1(f), must comply with the ground-water 
monitoring requirements of this part according to the following schedule 
unless an alternative schedule is specified under paragraph (d) of this 
section:
    (1) Existing MSWLF units and lateral expansions less than one mile 
from a drinking water intake (surface or subsurface) must be in 
compliance with the ground-water monitoring requirements specified in 
Secs. 258.51-258.55 by October 9, 1994;
    (2) Existing MSWLF units and lateral expansions greater than one 
mile but less than two miles from a drinking water intake (surface or 
subsurface) must be in compliance with the ground-water monitoring 
requirements specified in Secs. 258.51-258.55 by October 9, 1995;
    (3) Existing MSWLF units and lateral expansions greater than two 
miles from a drinking water intake (surface or subsurface) must be in 
compliance with the ground-water monitoring requirements specified in 
Secs. 258.51-258.55 by October 9, 1996.
    (4) New MSWLF units must be in compliance with the ground-water 
monitoring requirements specified in Secs. 258.51-258.55 before waste 
can be placed in the unit.
    (d) The Director of an approved State may specify an alternative 
schedule for the owners or operators of existing MSWLF units and lateral 
expansions to comply with the ground-water monitoring requirements 
specified in Secs. 258.51-258.55. This schedule must ensure that 50 
percent of all existing MSWLF units are in compliance by October 9, 1994 
and all existing MSWLF units are in compliance by October 9, 1996. In 
setting the compliance schedule, the Director of an approved State must 
consider potential risks posed by the unit to human health and the 
environment. The following factors should be considered in determining 
potential risk:
    (1) Proximity of human and environmental receptors;
    (2) Design of the MSWLF unit;
    (3) Age of the MSWLF unit;
    (4) The size of the MSWLF unit; and

[[Page 390]]

    (5) Types and quantities of wastes disposed including sewage sludge; 
and
    (6) Resource value of the underlying aquifer, including:
    (i) Current and future uses;
    (ii) Proximity and withdrawal rate of users; and
    (iii) Ground-water quality and quantity.
    (e) Owners and operators of all MSWLF units that meet the conditions 
of Sec. 258.1(f)(1) must comply with all applicable ground-water 
monitoring requirements of this part by October 9, 1997.
    (f) Once established at a MSWLF unit, ground-water monitoring shall 
be conducted throughout the active life and post-closure care period of 
that MSWLF unit as specified in Sec. 258.61.
    (g) For the purposes of this subpart, a qualified ground-water 
scientist is a scientist or engineer who has received a baccalaureate or 
post-graduate degree in the natural sciences or engineering and has 
sufficient training and experience in groundwater hydrology and related 
fields as may be demonstrated by State registration, professional 
Certifications, or completion of accredited university programs that 
enable that individual to make sound professional judgements regarding 
ground-water monitoring, contaminant fate and transport, and corrective-
action.
    (h) The Director of an approved State may establish alternative 
schedules for demonstrating compliance with Sec. 258.51(d)(2), 
pertaining to notification of placement of certification in operating 
record; Sec. 258.54(c)(1), pertaining to notification that statistically 
significant increase (SSI) notice is in operating record; Sec. 258.54(c) 
(2) and (3), pertaining to an assessment monitoring program; 
Sec. 258.55(b), pertaining to sampling and analyzing appendix II 
constituents; Sec. 258.55(d)(1), pertaining to placement of notice 
(appendix II constituents detected) in record and notification of notice 
in record; Sec. 258.55(d)(2), pertaining to sampling for appendix I and 
II to this part; Sec. 258.55(g), pertaining to notification (and 
placement of notice in record) of SSI above ground-water protection 
standard; Secs. 258.55(g)(1)(iv) and 258.56(a), pertaining to assessment 
of corrective measures; Sec. 258.57(a), pertaining to selection of 
remedy and notification of placement in record; Sec. 258.58(c)(4), 
pertaining to notification of placement in record (alternative 
corrective action measures); and Sec. 258.58(f), pertaining to 
notification of placement in record (certification of remedy completed).

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28628, June 26, 1992, as amended at 58 
FR 51547, Oct. 1, 1993; 60 FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995]



Sec. 258.51  Ground-water monitoring systems.

    (a) A ground-water monitoring system must be installed that consists 
of a sufficient number of wells, installed at appropriate locations and 
depths, to yield ground-water samples from the uppermost aquifer (as 
defined in Sec. 258.2) that:
    (1) Represent the quality of background ground water that has not 
been affected by leakage from a unit. A determination of background 
quality may include sampling of wells that are not hydraulically 
upgradient of the waste management area where:
    (i) Hydrogeologic conditions do not allow the owner or operator to 
determine what wells are hydraulically upgradient; or
    (ii) Sampling at other wells will provide an indication of 
background ground-water quality that is as representative or more 
representative than that provided by the upgradient wells; and
    (2) Represent the quality of ground water passing the relevant point 
of compliance specified by Director of an approved State under 
Sec. 258.40(d) or at the waste management unit boundary in unapproved 
States. The downgradient monitoring system must be installed at the 
relevant point of compliance specified by the Director of an approved 
State under Sec. 258.40(d) or at the waste management unit boundary in 
unapproved States that ensures detection of ground-water contamination 
in the uppermost aquifer. When physical obstacles preclude installation 
of ground-water monitoring wells at the relevant point of compliance at 
existing units, the down-gradient monitoring system may be installed at 
the closest practicable distance hydraulically down-gradient from the 
relevant point of compliance specified by

[[Page 391]]

the Director of an approved State under Sec. 258.40 that ensure 
detection of groundwater contamination in the uppermost aquifer.
    (b) The Director of an approved State may approve a multiunit 
ground-water monitoring system instead of separate ground-water 
monitoring systems for each MSWLF unit when the facility has several 
units, provided the multi-unit ground-water monitoring system meets the 
requirement of Sec. 258.51(a) and will be as protective of human health 
and the environment as individual monitoring systems for each MSWLF 
unit, based on the following factors:
    (1) Number, spacing, and orientation of the MSWLF units;
    (2) Hydrogeologic setting;
    (3) Site history;
    (4) Engineering design of the MSWLF units, and
    (5) Type of waste accepted at the MSWLF units.
    (c) Monitoring wells must be cased in a manner that maintains the 
integrity of the monitoring well bore hole. This casing must be screened 
or perforated and packed with gravel or sand, where necessary, to enable 
collection of ground-water samples. The annular space (i.e., the space 
between the bore hole and well casing) above the sampling depth must be 
sealed to prevent contamination of samples and the ground water.
    (1) The owner or operator must notify the State Director that the 
design, installation, development, and decommission of any monitoring 
wells, piezometers and other measurement, sampling, and analytical 
devices documentation has been placed in the operating record; and
    (2) The monitoring wells, piezometers, and other measurement, 
sampling, and analytical devices must be operated and maintained so that 
they perform to design specifications throughout the life of the 
monitoring program.
    (d) The number, spacing, and depths of monitoring systems shall be:
    (1) Determined based upon site-specific technical information that 
must include thorough characterization of:
    (i) Aquifer thickness, ground-water flow rate, ground-water flow 
direction including seasonal and temporal fluctuations in ground-water 
flow; and
    (ii) Saturated and unsaturated geologic units and fill materials 
overlying the uppermost aquifer, materials comprising the uppermost 
aquifer, and materials comprising the confining unit defining the lower 
boundary of the uppermost aquifer; including, but not limited to: 
Thicknesses, stratigraphy, lithology, hydraulic conductivities, 
porosities and effective porosities.
    (2) Certified by a qualified ground-water scientist or approved by 
the Director of an approved State. Within 14 days of this certification, 
the owner or operator must notify the State Director that the 
certification has been placed in the operating record.
Sec. 258.52  [Reserved]



Sec. 258.53  Ground-water sampling and analysis requirements.

    (a) The ground-water monitoring program must include consistent 
sampling and analysis procedures that are designed to ensure monitoring 
results that provide an accurate representation of ground-water quality 
at the background and downgradient wells installed in compliance with 
Sec. 258.51(a) of this part. The owner or operator must notify the State 
Director that the sampling and analysis program documentation has been 
placed in the operating record and the program must include procedures 
and techniques for:
    (1) Sample collection;
    (2) Sample preservation and shipment;
    (3) Analytical procedures;
    (4) Chain of custody control; and
    (5) Quality assurance and quality control.
    (b) The ground-water monitoring program must include sampling and 
analytical methods that are appropriate for ground-water sampling and 
that accurately measure hazardous constituents and other monitoring 
parameters in ground-water samples. Ground-water samples shall not be 
field-filtered prior to laboratory analysis.
    (c) The sampling procedures and frequency must be protective of 
human health and the environment.
    (d) Ground-water elevations must be measured in each well 
immediately prior to purging, each time ground

[[Page 392]]

water is sampled. The owner or operator must determine the rate and 
direction of ground-water flow each time ground water is sampled. 
Ground-water elevations in wells which monitor the same waste management 
area must be measured within a period of time short enough to avoid 
temporal variations in ground-water flow which could preclude accurate 
determination of ground-water flow rate and direction.
    (e) The owner or operator must establish background ground-water 
quality in a hydraulically upgradient or background well(s) for each of 
the monitoring parameters or constituents required in the particular 
ground-water monitoring program that applies to the MSWLF unit, as 
determined under Sec. 258.54(a) or Sec. 258.55(a) of this part. 
Background ground-water quality may be established at wells that are not 
located hydraulically upgradient from the MSWLF unit if it meets the 
requirements of Sec. 258.51(a)(1).
    (f) The number of samples collected to establish ground-water 
quality data must be consistent with the appropriate statistical 
procedures determined pursuant to paragraph (g) of this section. The 
sampling procedures shall be those specified under Sec. 258.54(b) for 
detection monitoring, Sec. 258.55 (b) and (d) for assessment monitoring, 
and Sec. 258.56(b) of corrective action.
    (g) The owner or operator must specify in the operating record one 
of the following statistical methods to be used in evaluating ground-
water monitoring data for each hazardous constituent. The statistical 
test chosen shall be conducted separately for each hazardous constituent 
in each well.
    (1) A parametric analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by multiple 
comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant evidence of 
contamination. The method must include estimation and testing of the 
contrasts between each compliance well's mean and the background mean 
levels for each constituent.
    (2) An analysis of variance (ANOVA) based on ranks followed by 
multiple comparisons procedures to identify statistically significant 
evidence of contamination. The method must include estimation and 
testing of the contrasts between each compliance well's median and the 
background median levels for each constituent.
    (3) A tolerance or prediction interval procedure in which an 
interval for each constituent is established from the distribution of 
the background data, and the level of each constituent in each 
compliance well is compared to the upper tolerance or prediction limit.
    (4) A control chart approach that gives control limits for each 
constituent.
    (5) Another statistical test method that meets the performance 
standards of Sec. 258.53(h). The owner or operator must place a 
justification for this alternative in the operating record and notify 
the State Director of the use of this alternative test. The 
justification must demonstrate that the alternative method meets the 
performance standards of Sec. 258.53(h).
    (h) Any statistical method chosen under Sec. 258.53(g) shall comply 
with the following performance standards, as appropriate:
    (1) The statistical method used to evaluate ground-water monitoring 
data shall be appropriate for the distribution of chemical parameters or 
hazardous constituents. If the distribution of the chemical parameters 
or hazardous constituents is shown by the owner or operator to be 
inappropriate for a normal theory test, then the data should be 
transformed or a distribution-free theory test should be used. If the 
distributions for the constituents differ, more than one statistical 
method may be needed.
    (2) If an individual well comparison procedure is used to compare an 
individual compliance well constituent concentration with background 
constituent concentrations or a ground-water protection standard, the 
test shall be done at a Type I error level no less than 0.01 for each 
testing period. If a multiple comparisons procedure is used, the Type I 
experiment wise error rate for each testing period shall be no less than 
0.05; however, the Type I error of no less than 0.01 for individual well 
comparisons must be maintained. This performance standard does not apply 
to tolerance intervals, prediction intervals, or control charts.
    (3) If a control chart approach is used to evaluate ground-water 
monitoring

[[Page 393]]

data, the specific type of control chart and its associated parameter 
values shall be protective of human health and the environment. The 
parameters shall be determined after considering the number of samples 
in the background data base, the data distribution, and the range of the 
concentration values for each constituent of concern.
    (4) If a tolerance interval or a predictional interval is used to 
evaluate ground-water monitoring data, the levels of confidence and, for 
tolerance intervals, the percentage of the population that the interval 
must contain, shall be protective of human health and the environment. 
These parameters shall be determined after considering the number of 
samples in the background data base, the data distribution, and the 
range of the concentration values for each constituent of concern.
    (5) The statistical method shall account for data below the limit of 
detection with one or more statistical procedures that are protective of 
human health and the environment. Any practical quantitation limit (pql) 
that is used in the statistical method shall be the lowest concentration 
level that can be reliably achieved within specified limits of precision 
and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions that are 
available to the facility.
    (6) If necessary, the statistical method shall include procedures to 
control or correct for seasonal and spatial variability as well as 
temporal correlation in the data.
    (i) The owner or operator must determine whether or not there is a 
statistically significant increase over background values for each 
parameter or constituent required in the particular ground-water 
monitoring program that applies to the MSWLF unit, as determined under 
Secs. 258.54(a) or 258.55(a) of this part.
    (1) In determining whether a statistically significant increase has 
occurred, the owner or operator must compare the ground-water quality of 
each parameter or constituent at each monitoring well designated 
pursuant to Sec. 258.51(a)(2) to the background value of that 
constituent, according to the statistical procedures and performance 
standards specified under paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section.
    (2) Within a reasonable period of time after completing sampling and 
analysis, the owner or operator must determine whether there has been a 
statistically significant increase over background at each monitoring 
well.



Sec. 258.54  Detection monitoring program.

    (a) Detection monitoring is required at MSWLF units at all ground-
water monitoring wells defined under Secs. 258.51 (a)(1) and (a)(2) of 
this part. At a minimum, a detection monitoring program must include the 
monitoring for the constituents listed in appendix I to this part.
    (1) The Director of an approved State may delete any of the appendix 
I monitoring parameters for a MSWLF unit if it can be shown that the 
removed constituents are not reasonably expected to be in or derived 
from the waste contained in the unit.
    (2) The Director of an approved State may establish an alternative 
list of inorganic indicator parameters for a MSWLF unit, in lieu of some 
or all of the heavy metals (constituents 1-15 in appendix I to this 
part), if the alternative parameters provide a reliable indication of 
inorganic releases from the MSWLF unit to the ground water. In 
determining alternative parameters, the Director shall consider the 
following factors:
    (i) The types, quantities, and concentrations of constituents in 
wastes managed at the MSWLF unit;
    (ii) The mobility, stability, and persistence of waste constituents 
or their reaction products in the unsaturated zone beneath the MSWLF 
unit;
    (iii) The detectability of indicator parameters, waste constituents, 
and reaction products in the ground water; and
    (iv) The concentration or values and coefficients of variation of 
monitoring parameters or constituents in the groundwater background.
    (b) The monitoring frequency for all constituents listed in appendix 
I to thispart, or in the alternative list approved in accordance with 
paragraph (a)(2) of

[[Page 394]]

this section, shall be at least semiannual during the active life of the 
facility (including closure) and the post-closure period. A minimum of 
four independent samples from each well (background and downgradient) 
must be collected and analyzed for the appendix I constituents, or the 
alternative list approved in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section, during the first semiannual sampling event. At least one sample 
from each well (background and downgradient) must be collected and 
analyzed during subsequent semiannual sampling events. The Director of 
an approved State may specify an appropriate alternative frequency for 
repeated sampling and analysis for appendix I constituents, or the 
alternative list approved in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this 
section, during the active life (including closure) and the post-closure 
care period. The alternative frequency during the active life (including 
closure) shall be no less than annual. The alternative frequency shall 
be based on consideration of the following factors:
    (1) Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (2) Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (3) Ground-water flow rates;
    (4) Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the MSWLF unit and 
downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel); and
    (5) Resource value of the aquifer.
    (c) If the owner or operator determines, pursuant to Sec. 258.53(g) 
of this part, that there is a statistically significant increase over 
background for one or more of the constituents listed in appendix I to 
this part or in the alternative list approved in accordance with 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, at any monitoring well at the boundary 
specified under Sec. 258.51(a)(2), the owner or operator:
    (1) Must, within 14 days of this finding, place a notice in the 
operating record indicating which constituents have shown statistically 
significant changes from background levels, and notify the State 
director that this notice was placed in the operating record; and
    (2) Must establish an assessment monitoring program meeting the 
requirements of Sec. 258.55 of this part within 90 days except as 
provided for in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (3) The owner/operator may demonstrate that a source other than a 
MSWLF unit caused the contamination or that the statistically 
significant increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis, 
statistical evaluation, or natural variation in ground-water quality. A 
report documenting this demonstration must be certified by a qualified 
ground-water scientist or approved by the Director of an approved State 
and be placed in the operating record. If a successful demonstration is 
made and documented, the owner or operator may continue detection 
monitoring as specified in this section. If, after 90 days, a successful 
demonstration is not made, the owner or operator must initiate an 
assessment monitoring program as required in Sec. 258.55.



Sec. 258.55  Assessment monitoring program.

    (a) Assessment monitoring is required whenever a statistically 
significant increase over background has been detected for one or more 
of the constituents listed in the appendix I to this part or in the 
alternative list approved in accordance with Sec. 258.54(a)(2).
    (b) Within 90 days of triggering an assessment monitoring program, 
and annually thereafter, the owner or operator must sample and analyze 
the ground water for all constituents identified in appendix II to this 
part. A minimum of one sample from each downgradient well must be 
collected and analyzed during each sampling event. For any constituent 
detected in the downgradient wells as a result of the complete appendix 
II analysis, a minimum of four independent samples from each well 
(background and downgradient) must be collected and analyzed to 
establish background for the constituents. The Director of an approved 
State may specify an appropriate subset of wells to be sampled and 
analyzed for appendix II constituents during assessment monitoring. The 
Director of an approved State may delete any of the appendix II 
monitoring parameters for a MSWLF unit if it

[[Page 395]]

can be shown that the removed constituents are not reasonably expected 
to be in or derived from the waste contained in the unit.
    (c) The Director of an approved State may specify an appropriate 
alternate frequency for repeated sampling and analysis for the full set 
of appendix II constituents required by Sec. 258.55(b) of this part, 
during the active life (including closure) and post-closure care of the 
unit considering the following factors:
    (1) Lithology of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (2) Hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and unsaturated zone;
    (3) Ground-water flow rates;
    (4) Minimum distance between upgradient edge of the MSWLF unit and 
downgradient monitoring well screen (minimum distance of travel);
    (5) Resource value of the aquifer; and
    (6) Nature (fate and transport) of any constituents detected in 
response to this section.
    (d) After obtaining the results from the initial or subsequent 
sampling events required in paragraph (b) of this section, the owner or 
operator must:
    (1) Within 14 days, place a notice in the operating record 
identifying the appendix II constituents that have been detected and 
notify the State Director that this notice has been placed in the 
operating record;
    (2) Within 90 days, and on at least a semiannual basis thereafter, 
resample all wells specified by Sec. 258.51(a), conduct analyses for all 
constituents in appendix I to this part or in the alternative list 
approved in accordance with Sec. 258.54(a)(2), and for those 
constituents in appendix II to this part that are detected in response 
to paragraph (b) of this section, and record their concentrations in the 
facility operating record. At least one sample from each well 
(background and downgradient) must be collected and analyzed during 
these sampling events. The Director of an approved State may specify an 
alternative monitoring frequency during the active life (including 
closure) and the post-closure period for the constituents referred to in 
this paragraph. The alternative frequency for appendix I constituents, 
or the alternative list approved in accordance with Sec. 258.54(a)(2), 
during the active life (including closure) shall be no less than annual. 
The alternative frequency shall be based on consideration of the factors 
specified in paragraph (c) of this section;
    (3) Establish background concentrations for any constituents 
detected pursuant to paragraph (b) or (d)(2) of this section; and
    (4) Establish ground-water protection standards for all constituents 
detected pursuant to paragraph (b) or (d) of this section. The ground-
water protection standards shall be established in accordance with 
paragraphs (h) or (i) of this section.
    (e) If the concentrations of all appendix II constituents are shown 
to be at or below background values, using the statistical procedures in 
Sec. 258.53(g), for two consecutive sampling events, the owner or 
operator must notify the State Director of this finding and may return 
to detection monitoring.
    (f) If the concentrations of any appendix II constituents are above 
background values, but all concentrations are below the ground-water 
protection standard established under paragraphs (h) or (i) of this 
section, using the statistical procedures in Sec. 258.53(g), the owner 
or operator must continue assessment monitoring in accordance with this 
section.
    (g) If one or more appendix II constituents are detected at 
statistically significant levels above the ground-water protection 
standard established under paragraphs (h) or (i) of this section in any 
sampling event, the owner or operator must, within 14 days of this 
finding, place a notice in the operating record identifying the appendix 
II constituents that have exceeded the ground-water protection standard 
and notify the State Director and all appropriate local government 
officials that the notice has been placed in the operating record. The 
owner or operator also:
    (1)(i) Must characterize the nature and extent of the release by 
installing additional monitoring wells as necessary;
    (ii) Must install at least one additional monitoring well at the 
facility

[[Page 396]]

boundary in the direction of contaminant migration and sample this well 
in accordance with Sec. 258.55(d)(2);
    (iii) Must notify all persons who own the land or reside on the land 
that directly overlies any part of the plume of contamination if 
contaminants have migrated off-site if indicated by sampling of wells in 
accordance with Sec. 258.55 (g)(1); and
    (iv) Must initiate an assessment of corrective measures as required 
by Sec. 255.56 of this part within 90 days; or
    (2) May demonstrate that a source other than a MSWLF unit caused the 
contamination, or that the SSI increase resulted from error in sampling, 
analysis, statistical evaluation, or natural variation in ground-water 
quality. A report documenting this demonstration must be certified by a 
qualified ground-water scientist or approved by the Director of an 
approved State and placed in the operating record. If a successful 
demonstration is made the owner or operator must continue monitoring in 
accordance with the assessment monitoring program pursuant to 
Sec. 258.55, and may return to detection monitoring if the appendix II 
constituents are at or below background as specified in Sec. 258.55(e). 
Until a successful demonstration is made, the owner or operator must 
comply with Sec. 258.55(g) including initiating an assessment of 
corrective measures.
    (h) The owner or operator must establish a ground-water protection 
standard for each appendix II constituent detected in the ground-water. 
The ground-water protection standard shall be:
    (1) For constituents for which a maximum contaminant level (MCL) has 
been promulgated under section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Water Act 
(codified) under 40 CFR part 141, the MCL for that constituent;
    (2) For constituents for which MCLs have not been promulgated, the 
background concentration for the constituent established from wells in 
accordance with Sec. 258.51(a)(1); or
    (3) For constituents for which the background level is higher than 
the MCL identified under paragraph (h)(1) of this section or health 
based levels identified under Sec. 258.55(i)(1), the background 
concentration.
    (i) The Director of an approved State may establish an alternative 
ground-water protection standard for constituents for which MCLs have 
not been established. These ground-water protection standards shall be 
appropriate health based levels that satisfy the following criteria:
    (1) The level is derived in a manner consistent with Agency 
guidelines for assessing the health risks of environmental pollutants 
(51 FR 33992, 34006, 34014, 34028, Sept. 24, 1986);
    (2) The level is based on scientifically valid studies conducted in 
accordance with the Toxic Substances Control Act Good Laboratory 
Practice Standards (40 CFR part 792) or equivalent;
    (3) For carcinogens, the level represents a concentration associated 
with an excess lifetime cancer risk level (due to continuous lifetime 
exposure) with the 1 x 10-4 to 1 x 10-6 range; and
    (4) For systemic toxicants, the level represents a concentration to 
which the human population (including sensitive subgroups) could be 
exposed to on a daily basis that is likely to be without appreciable 
risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime. For purposes of this 
subpart, systemic toxicants include toxic chemicals that cause effects 
other than cancer or mutation.
    (j) In establishing ground-water protection standards under 
paragraph (i) of this section, the Director of an approved State may 
consider the following:
    (1) Multiple contaminants in the ground water;
    (2) Exposure threats to sensitive environmental receptors; and
    (3) Other site-specific exposure or potential exposure to ground 
water.



Sec. 258.56  Assessment of corrective measures.

    (a) Within 90 days of finding that any of the constituents listed in 
appendix II to this part have been detected at a statistically 
significant level exceeding the ground-water protection standards 
defined under Sec. 258.55 (h) or (i) of this part, the owner or operator 
must initiate an assessment of corrective measures. Such an assessment 
must be completed within a reasonable period of time.

[[Page 397]]

    (b) The owner or operator must continue to monitor in accordance 
with the assessment monitoring program as specified in Sec. 258.55.
    (c) The assessment shall include an analysis of the effectiveness of 
potential corrective measures in meeting all of the requirements and 
objectives of the remedy as described under Sec. 258.57, addressing at 
least the following:
    (1) The performance, reliability, ease of implementation, and 
potential impacts of appropriate potential remedies, including safety 
impacts, cross-media impacts, and control of exposure to any residual 
contamination;
    (2) The time required to begin and complete the remedy;
    (3) The costs of remedy implementation; and
    (4) The institutional requirements such as State or local permit 
requirements or other environmental or public health requirements that 
may substantially affect implementation of the remedy(s).
    (d) The owner or operator must discuss the results of the corrective 
measures assessment, prior to the selection of remedy, in a public 
meeting with interested and affected parties.



Sec. 258.57  Selection of remedy.

    (a) Based on the results of the corrective measures assessment 
conducted under Sec. 258.56, the owner or operator must select a remedy 
that, at a minimum, meets the standards listed in paragraph (b) of this 
section. The owner or operator must notify the State Director, within 14 
days of selecting a remedy, a report describing the selected remedy has 
been placed in the operating record and how it meets the standards in 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) Remedies must:
    (1) Be protective of human health and the environment;
    (2) Attain the ground-water protection standard as specified 
pursuant to Secs. 258.55 (h) or (i);
    (3) Control the source(s) of releases so as to reduce or eliminate, 
to the maximum extent practicable, further releases of appendix II 
constituents into the environment that may pose a threat to human health 
or the environment; and
    (4) Comply with standards for management of wastes as specified in 
Sec. 258.58(d).
    (c) In selecting a remedy that meets the standards of 
Sec. 258.57(b), the owner or operator shall consider the following 
evaluation factors:
    (1) The long- and short-term effectiveness and protectiveness of the 
potential remedy(s), along with the degree of certainty that the remedy 
will prove successful based on consideration of the following:
    (i) Magnitude of reduction of existing risks;
    (ii) Magnitude of residual risks in terms of likelihood of further 
releases due to waste remaining following implementation of a remedy;
    (iii) The type and degree of long-term management required, 
including monitoring, operation, and maintenance;
    (iv) Short-term risks that might be posed to the community, workers, 
or the environment during implementation of such a remedy, including 
potential threats to human health and the environment associated with 
excavation, transportation, and redisposal of containment;
    (v) Time until full protection is achieved;
    (vi) Potential for exposure of humans and environmental receptors to 
remaining wastes, considering the potential threat to human health and 
the environment associated with excavation, transportation, redisposal, 
or containment;
    (vii) Long-term reliability of the engineering and institutional 
controls; and
    (viii) Potential need for replacement of the remedy.
    (2) The effectiveness of the remedy in controlling the source to 
reduce further releases based on consideration of the following factors:
    (i) The extent to which containment practices will reduce further 
releases;
    (ii) The extent to which treatment technologies may be used.
    (3) The ease or difficulty of implementing a potential remedy(s) 
based on consideration of the following types of factors:
    (i) Degree of difficulty associated with constructing the 
technology;

[[Page 398]]

    (ii) Expected operational reliability of the technologies;
    (iii) Need to coordinate with and obtain necessary approvals and 
permits from other agencies;
    (iv) Availability of necessary equipment and specialists; and
    (v) Available capacity and location of needed treatment, storage, 
and disposal services.
    (4) Practicable capability of the owner or operator, including a 
consideration of the technical and economic capability.
    (5) The degree to which community concerns are addressed by a 
potential remedy(s).
    (d) The owner or operator shall specify as part of the selected 
remedy a schedule(s) for initiating and completing remedial activities. 
Such a schedule must require the initiation of remedial activities 
within a reasonable period of time taking into consideration the factors 
set forth in paragraphs (d) (1)-(8) of this section. The owner or 
operator must consider the following factors in determining the schedule 
of remedial activities:
    (1) Extent and nature of contamination;
    (2) Practical capabilities of remedial technologies in achieving 
compliance with ground-water protection standards established under 
Sec. 258.55 (g) or (h) and other objectives of the remedy;
    (3) Availability of treatment or disposal capacity for wastes 
managed during implementation of the remedy;
    (4) Desirability of utilizing technologies that are not currently 
available, but which may offer significant advantages over already 
available technologies in terms of effectiveness, reliability, safety, 
or ability to achieve remedial objectives;
    (5) Potential risks to human health and the environment from 
exposure to contamination prior to completion of the remedy;
    (6) Resource value of the aquifer including:
    (i) Current and future uses;
    (ii) Proximity and withdrawal rate of users;
    (iii) Ground-water quantity and quality;
    (iv) The potential damage to wildlife, crops, vegetation, and 
physical structures caused by exposure to waste constituent;
    (v) The hydrogeologic characteristic of the facility and surrounding 
land;
    (vi) Ground-water removal and treatment costs; and
    (vii) The cost and availability of alternative water supplies.
    (7) Practicable capability of the owner or operator.
    (8) Other relevant factors.
    (e) The Director of an approved State may determine that remediation 
of a release of an appendix II constituent from a MSWLF unit is not 
necessary if the owner or operator demonstrates to the satisfaction of 
the Director of the approved State that:
    (1) The ground-water is additionally contaminated by substances that 
have originated from a source other than a MSWLF unit and those 
substances are present in concentrations such that cleanup of the 
release from the MSWLF unit would provide no significant reduction in 
risk to actual or potential receptors; or
    (2) The constituent(s) is present in ground water that:
    (i) Is not currently or reasonably expected to be a source of 
drinking water; and
    (ii) Is not hydraulically connected with waters to which the 
hazardous constituents are migrating or are likely to migrate in a 
concentration(s) that would exceed the ground-water protection standards 
established under Sec. 258.55 (h) or (i); or
    (3) Remediation of the release(s) is technically impracticable; or
    (4) Remediation results in unacceptable cross-media impacts.
    (f) A determination by the Director of an approved State pursuant to 
paragraph (e) of this section shall not affect the authority of the 
State to require the owner or operator to undertake source control 
measures or other measures that may be necessary to eliminate or 
minimize further releases to the ground-water, to prevent exposure to 
the ground-water, or to remediate the ground-water to concentrations 
that are technically practicable and significantly reduce threats to 
human health or the environment.

[[Page 399]]



Sec. 258.58  Implementation of the corrective action program.

    (a) Based on the schedule established under Sec. 258.57(d) for 
initiation and completion of remedial activities the owner/operator 
must:
    (1) Establish and implement a corrective action ground-water 
monitoring program that:
    (i) At a minimum, meet the requirements of an assessment monitoring 
program under Sec. 258.55;
    (ii) Indicate the effectiveness of the corrective action remedy; and
    (iii) Demonstrate compliance with ground-water protection standard 
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.
    (2) Implement the corrective action remedy selected under 
Sec. 258.57; and
    (3) Take any interim measures necessary to ensure the protection of 
human health and the environment. Interim measures should, to the 
greatest extent practicable, be consistent with the objectives of and 
contribute to the performance of any remedy that may be required 
pursuant to Sec. 258.57. The following factors must be considered by an 
owner or operator in determining whether interim measures are necessary:
    (i) Time required to develop and implement a final remedy;
    (ii) Actual or potential exposure of nearby populations or 
environmental receptors to hazardous constituents;
    (iii) Actual or potential contamination of drinking water supplies 
or sensitive ecosystems;
    (iv) Further degradation of the ground-water that may occur if 
remedial action is not initiated expeditiously;
    (v) Weather conditions that may cause hazardous constituents to 
migrate or be released;
    (vi) Risks of fire or explosion, or potential for exposure to 
hazardous constituents as a result of an accident or failure of a 
container or handling system; and
    (vii) Other situations that may pose threats to human health and the 
environment.
    (b) An owner or operator may determine, based on information 
developed after implementation of the remedy has begun or other 
information, that compliance with requirements of Sec. 258.57(b) are not 
being achieved through the remedy selected. In such cases, the owner or 
operator must implement other methods or techniques that could 
practicably achieve compliance with the requirements, unless the owner 
or operator makes the determination under Sec. 258.58(c).
    (c) If the owner or operator determines that compliance with 
requirements under Sec. 258.57(b) cannot be practically achieved with 
any currently available methods, the owner or operator must:
    (1) Obtain certification of a qualified ground-water scientist or 
approval by the Director of an approved State that compliance with 
requirements under Sec. 258.57(b) cannot be practically achieved with 
any currently available methods;
    (2) Implement alternate measures to control exposure of humans or 
the environment to residual contamination, as necessary to protect human 
health and the environment; and
    (3) Implement alternate measures for control of the sources of 
contamination, or for removal or decontamination of equipment, units, 
devices, or structures that are:
    (i) Technically practicable; and
    (ii) Consistent with the overall objective of the remedy.
    (4) Notify the State Director within 14 days that a report 
justifying the alternative measures prior to implementing the 
alternative measures has been placed in the operating record.
    (d) All solid wastes that are managed pursuant to a remedy required 
under Sec. 258.57, or an interim measure required under 
Sec. 258.58(a)(3), shall be managed in a manner:
    (1) That is protective of human health and the environment; and
    (2) That complies with applicable RCRA requirements.
    (e) Remedies selected pursuant to Sec. 258.57 shall be considered 
complete when:
    (1) The owner or operator complies with the ground-water protection 
standards established under Secs. 258.55(h) or (i) at all points within 
the plume of contamination that lie beyond the ground-water monitoring 
well system established under Sec. 258.51(a).

[[Page 400]]

    (2) Compliance with the ground-water protection standards 
established under Secs. 258.55(h) or (i) has been achieved by 
demonstrating that concentrations of appendix II constituents have not 
exceeded the ground-water protection standard(s) for a period of three 
consecutive years using the statistical procedures and performance 
standards in Sec. 258.53(g) and (h). The Director of an approved State 
may specify an alternative length of time during which the owner or 
operator must demonstrate that concentrations of appendix II 
constituents have not exceeded the ground-water protection standard(s) 
taking into consideration:
    (i) Extent and concentration of the release(s);
    (ii) Behavior characteristics of the hazardous constituents in the 
ground-water;
    (iii) Accuracy of monitoring or modeling techniques, including any 
seasonal, meteorological, or other environmental variabilities that may 
affect the accuracy; and
    (iv) Characteristics of the ground-water.
    (3) All actions required to complete the remedy have been satisfied.
    (f) Upon completion of the remedy, the owner or operator must notify 
the State Director within 14 days that a certification that the remedy 
has been completed in compliance with the requirements of Sec. 258.58(e) 
has been placed in the operating record. The certification must be 
signed by the owner or operator and by a qualified ground-water 
scientist or approved by the Director of an approved State.
    (g) When, upon completion of the certification, the owner or 
operator determines that the corrective action remedy has been completed 
in accordance with the requirements under paragraph (e) of this section, 
the owner or operator shall be released from the requirements for 
financial assurance for corrective action under Sec. 258.73.
Sec. 258.59  [Reserved]



                Subpart F--Closure And Post-Closure Care



Sec. 258.60  Closure criteria.

    (a) Owners or operators of all MSWLF units must install a final 
cover system that is designed to minimize infiltration and erosion. The 
final cover system must be designed and constructed to:
    (1) Have a permeability less than or equal to the permeability of 
any bottom liner system or natural subsoils present, or a permeability 
no greater than 1 x 10-5 cm/sec, whichever is less, and
    (2) Minimize infiltration through the closed MSWLF by the use of an 
infiltration layer that contains a minimum 18-inches of earthen 
material, and
    (3) Minimize erosion of the final cover by the use of an erosion 
layer that contains a minimum 6-inches of earthen material that is 
capable of sustaining native plant growth.
    (b) The Director of an approved State may approve an alternative 
final cover design that includes:
    (1) An infiltration layer that achieves an equivalent reduction in 
infiltration as the infiltration layer specified in paragraphs (a)(1) 
and (a)(2) of this section, and
    (2) An erosion layer that provides equivalent protection from wind 
and water erosion as the erosion layer specified in paragraph (a)(3) of 
this section.
    (c) The owner or operator must prepare a written closure plan that 
describes the steps necessary to close all MSWLF units at any point 
during their active life in accordance with the cover design 
requirements in Sec. 258.60(a) or (b), as applicable. The closure plan, 
at a minimum, must include the following information:
    (1) A description of the final cover, designed in accordance with 
Sec. 258.60(a) and the methods and procedures to be used to install the 
cover;

[[Page 401]]

    (2) An estimate of the largest area of the MSWLF unit ever requiring 
a final cover as required under Sec. 258.60(a) at any time during the 
active life;
    (3) An estimate of the maximum inventory of wastes ever on-site over 
the active life of the landfill facility; and
    (4) A schedule for completing all activities necessary to satisfy 
the closure criteria in Sec. 258.60.
    (d) The owner or operator must notify the State Director that a 
closure plan has been prepared and placed in the operating record no 
later than the effective date of this part, or by the initial receipt of 
waste, whichever is later.
    (e) Prior to beginning closure of each MSWLF unit as specified in 
Sec. 258.60(f), an owner or operator must notify the State Director that 
a notice of the intent to close the unit has been placed in the 
operating record.
    (f) The owner or operator must begin closure activities of each 
MSWLF unit no later than 30 days after the date on which the MSWLF unit 
receives the known final receipt of wastes or, if the MSWLF unit has 
remaining capacity and there is a reasonable likelihood that the MSWLF 
unit will receive additional wastes, no later than one year after the 
most recent receipt of wastes. Extensions beyond the one-year deadline 
for beginning closure may be granted by the Director of an approved 
State if the owner or operator demonstrates that the MSWLF unit has the 
capacity to receive additional wastes and the owner or operator has 
taken and will continue to take all steps necessary to prevent threats 
to human health and the environmental from the unclosed MSWLF unit.
    (g) The owner or operator of all MSWLF units must complete closure 
activities of each MSWLF unit in accordance with the closure plan within 
180 days following the beginning of closure as specified in paragraph 
(f) of this section. Extensions of the closure period may be granted by 
the Director of an approved State if the owner or operator demonstrates 
that closure will, of necessity, take longer than 180 days and he has 
taken and will continue to take all steps to prevent threats to human 
health and the environment from the unclosed MSWLF unit.
    (h) Following closure of each MSWLF unit, the owner or operator must 
notify the State Director that a certification, signed by an independent 
registered professional engineer or approved by Director of an approved 
State, verifying that closure has been completed in accordance with the 
closure plan, has been placed in the operating record.
    (i) (1) Following closure of all MSWLF units, the owner or operator 
must record a notation on the deed to the landfill facility property, or 
some other instrument that is normally examined during title search, and 
notify the State Director that the notation has been recorded and a copy 
has been placed in the operating record.
    (2) The notation on the deed must in perpetuity notify any potential 
purchaser of the property that:
    (i) The land has been used as a landfill facility; and
    (ii) Its use is restricted under Sec. 258.61(c)(3).
    (j) The owner or operator may request permission from the Director 
of an approved State to remove the notation from the deed if all wastes 
are removed from the facility.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28628, June 26, 1992]



Sec. 258.61  Post-closure care requirements.

    (a) Following closure of each MSWLF unit, the owner or operator must 
conduct post-closure care. Post-closure care must be conducted for 30 
years, except as provided under paragraph (b) of this section, and 
consist of at least the following:
    (1) Maintaining the integrity and effectiveness of any final cover, 
including making repairs to the cover as necessary to correct the 
effects of settlement, subsidence, erosion, or other events, and 
preventing run-on and run-off from eroding or otherwise damaging the 
final cover;
    (2) Maintaining and operating the leachate collection system in 
accordance with the requirements in Sec. 258.40, if applicable. The 
Director of an approved State may allow the owner or operator to stop 
managing leachate if the owner or operator demonstrates

[[Page 402]]

that leachate no longer poses a threat to human health and the 
environment;
    (3) Monitoring the ground water in accordance with the requirements 
of subpart E of this part and maintaining the ground-water monitoring 
system, if applicable; and
    (4) Maintaining and operating the gas monitoring system in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.23.
    (b) The length of the post-closure care period may be:
    (1) Decreased by the Director of an approved State if the owner or 
operator demonstrates that the reduced period is sufficient to protect 
human health and the environment and this demonstration is approved by 
the Director of an approved State; or
    (2) Increased by the Director of an approved State if the Director 
of an approved State determines that the lengthened period is necessary 
to protect human health and the environment.
    (c) The owner or operator of all MSWLF units must prepare a written 
post-closure plan that includes, at a minimum, the following 
information:
    (1) A description of the monitoring and maintenance activities 
required in Sec. 258.61(a) for each MSWLF unit, and the frequency at 
which these activities will be performed;
    (2) Name, address, and telephone number of the person or office to 
contact about the facility during the post-closure period; and
    (3) A description of the planned uses of the property during the 
post-closure period. Post-closure use of the property shall not disturb 
the integrity of the final cover, liner(s), or any other components of 
the containment system, or the function of the monitoring systems unless 
necessary to comply with the requirements in this part 258. The Director 
of an approved State may approve any other disturbance if the owner or 
operator demonstrates that disturbance of the final cover, liner or 
other component of the containment system, including any removal of 
waste, will not increase the potential threat to human health or the 
environment.
    (d) The owner or operator must notify the State Director that a 
post-closure plan has been prepared and placed in the operating record 
no later than the effective date of this part, October 9, 1993, or by 
the initial receipt of waste, whichever is later.
    (e) Following completion of the post-closure care period for each 
MSWLF unit, the owner or operator must notify the State Director that a 
certification, signed by an independent registered professional engineer 
or approved by the Director of an approved State, verifying that post-
closure care has been completed in accordance with the post-closure 
plan, has been placed in the operating record.

[56 FR 51016, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28628, June 26, 1992]
Secs. 258.62--258.69  [Reserved]



                 Subpart G--Financial Assurance Criteria

    Source: 56 FR 51029, Oct. 9, 1991, unless otherwise noted.

    Effective Date Note: At 56 FR 51029, Oct. 9, 1991, subpart G of part 
258 was added, effective April 9, 1994. At 58 FR 51547, Oct. 1, 1993, 
the effective date was delayed until April 9, 1995. At 60 FR 17649, Apr. 
7, 1995, the effective date was further delayed until April 9, 1997.



Sec. 258.70  Applicability and effective date.

    (a) The requirements of this section apply to owners and operators 
of all MSWLF units, except owners or operators who are State or Federal 
government entities whose debts and liabilities are the debts and 
liabilities of a State or the United States.
    (b) The requirements of this section are effective April 9, 1997 
except for MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1), in 
which case the effective date is October 9, 1997.

[56 FR 51029, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 60 FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995]



Sec. 258.71  Financial assurance for closure.

    (a) The owner or operator must have a detailed written estimate, in 
current dollars, of the cost of hiring a third party to close the 
largest area of all MSWLF units ever requiring a final cover as required 
under Sec. 258.60 at any time during the active life in accordance with 
the closure plan. The owner

[[Page 403]]

or operator must notify the State Director that the estimate has been 
placed in the operating record.
    (1) The cost estimate must equal the cost of closing the largest 
area of all MSWLF unit ever requiring a final cover at any time during 
the active life when the extent and manner of its operation would make 
closure the most expensive, as indicated by its closure plan (see 
Sec. 258.60(c)(2) of this part).
    (2) During the active life of the MSWLF unit, the owner or operator 
must annually adjust the closure cost estimate for inflation.
    (3) The owner or operator must increase the closure cost estimate 
and the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph (b) of 
this section if changes to the closure plan or MSWLF unit conditions 
increase the maximum cost of closure at any time during the remaining 
active life.
    (4) The owner or operator may reduce the closure cost estimate and 
the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph (b) of this 
section if the cost estimate exceeds the maximum cost of closure at any 
time during the remaining life of the MSWLF unit. The owner or operator 
must notify the State Director that the justification for the reduction 
of the closure cost estimate and the amount of financial assurance has 
been placed in the operating record.
    (b) The owner or operator of each MSWLF unit must establish 
financial assurance for closure of the MSWLF unit in compliance with 
Sec. 258.74. The owner or operator must provide continuous coverage for 
closure until released from financial assurance requirements by 
demonstrating compliance with Sec. 258.60 (h) and (i).

[56 FR 51029, Oct. 9, 1991; 57 FR 28628, June 26, 1992]



Sec. 258.72  Financial assurance for post-closure care.

    (a) The owner or operator must have a detailed written estimate, in 
current dollars, of the cost of hiring a third party to conduct post-
closure care for the MSWLF unit in compliance with the post-closure plan 
developed under Sec. 258.61 of this part. The post-closure cost estimate 
used to demonstrate financial assurance in paragraph (b) of this section 
must account for the total costs of conducting post-closure care, 
including annual and periodic costs as described in the post-closure 
plan over the entire post-closure care period. The owner or operator 
must notify the State Director that the estimate has been placed in the 
operating record.
    (1) The cost estimate for post-closure care must be based on the 
most expensive costs of post-closure care during the post-closure care 
period.
    (2) During the active life of the MSWLF unit and during the post-
closure care period, the owner or operator must annually adjust the 
post-closure cost estimate for inflation.
    (3) The owner or operator must increase the post-closure care cost 
estimate and the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph 
(b) of this section if changes in the post-closure plan or MSWLF unit 
conditions increase the maximum costs of post-closure care.
    (4) The owner or operator may reduce the post-closure cost estimate 
and the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph (b) of 
this section if the cost estimate exceeds the maximum costs of post-
closure care remaining over the post-closure care period. The owner or 
operator must notify the State Director that the justification for the 
reduction of the post-closure cost estimate and the amount of financial 
assurance has been placed in the operating record.
    (b) The owner or operator of each MSWLF unit must establish, in a 
manner in accordance with Sec. 258.74, financial assurance for the costs 
of post-closure care as required under Sec. 258.61 of this part. The 
owner or operator must provide continuous coverage for post-closure care 
until released from financial assurance requirements for post-closure 
care by demonstrating compliance with Sec. 258.61(e).



Sec. 258.73  Financial assurance for corrective action.

    (a) An owner or operator of a MSWLF unit required to undertake a 
corrective action program under Sec. 258.58 of this part must have a 
detailed written estimate, in current dollars, of the cost of hiring a 
third party to perform the corrective action in accordance with the

[[Page 404]]

program required under Sec. 258.58 of this part. The corrective action 
cost estimate must account for the total costs of corrective action 
activities as described in the corrective action plan for the entire 
corrective action period. The owner or operator must notify the State 
Director that the estimate has been placed in the operating record.
    (1) The owner or operator must annually adjust the estimate for 
inflation until the corrective action program is completed in accordance 
with Sec. 258.58(f) of this part.
    (2) The owner or operator must increase the corrective action cost 
estimate and the amount of financial assurance provided under paragraph 
(b) of this section if changes in the corrective action program or MSWLF 
unit conditions increase the maximum costs of corrective action.
    (3) The owner or operator may reduce the amount of the corrective 
action cost estimate and the amount of financial assurance provided 
under paragraph (b) of this section if the cost estimate exceeds the 
maximum remaining costs of corrective action. The owner or operator must 
notify the State Director that the justification for the reduction of 
the corrective action cost estimate and the amount of financial 
assurance has been placed in the operating record.
    (b) The owner or operator of each MSWLF unit required to undertake a 
corrective action program under Sec. 258.58 of this part must establish, 
in a manner in accordance with Sec. 258.74, financial assurance for the 
most recent corrective action program. The owner or operator must 
provide continuous coverage for corrective action until released from 
financial assurance requirements for corrective action by demonstrating 
compliance with Sec. 258.58 (f) and (g).



Sec. 258.74  Allowable mechanisms.

    The mechanisms used to demonstrate financial assurance under this 
section must ensure that the funds necessary to meet the costs of 
closure, post-closure care, and corrective action for known releases 
will be available whenever they are needed. Owners and operators must 
choose from the options specified in paragraphs (a) through (j) of this 
section.
    (a) Trust Fund. (1) An owner or operator may satisfy the 
requirements of this section by establishing a trust fund which conforms 
to the requirements of this paragraph. The trustee must be an entity 
which has the authority to act as a trustee and whose trust operations 
are regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency. A copy of the 
trust agreement must be placed in the facility's operating record.
    (2) Payments into the trust fund must be made annually by the owner 
or operator over the term of the initial permit or over the remaining 
life of the MSWLF unit, whichever is shorter, in the case of a trust 
fund for closure or post-closure care, or over one-half of the estimated 
length of the corrective action program in the case of corrective action 
for known releases. This period is referred to as the pay-in period.
    (3) For a trust fund used to demonstrate financial assurance for 
closure and post-closure care, the first payment into the fund must be 
at least equal to the current cost estimate for closure or post-closure 
care, except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section, divided by 
the number of years in the pay-in period as defined in paragraph (a)(2) 
of this section. The amount of subsequent payments must be determined by 
the following formula:

Next Payment = [CE - CV]/Y

where CE is the current cost estimate for closure or post-closure care 
(updated for inflation or other changes), CV is the current value of the 
trust fund, and Y is the number of years remaining in the pay-in period.
    (4) For a trust fund used to demonstrate financial assurance for 
corrective action, the first payment into the trust fund must be at 
least equal to one-half of the current cost estimate for corrective 
action, except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section, divided by 
the number of years in the corrective action pay-in period as defined in 
paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The amount of subsequent payments must 
be determined by the following formula:

Next Payment = [RB - CV]/Y


[[Page 405]]


where RB is the most recent estimate of the required trust fund balance 
for corrective action (i.e., the total costs that will be incurred 
during the second half of the corrective action period), CV is the 
current value of the trust fund, and Y is the number of years remaining 
in the pay-in period.
    (5) The initial payment into the trust fund must be made before the 
initial receipt of waste or before the effective date of the 
requirements of this section (April 9, 1997, or October 9, 1997 for 
MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1)), whichever is 
later, in the case of closure and post-closure care, or no later than 
120 days after the corrective action remedy has been selected in 
accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.58.
    (6) If the owner or operator establishes a trust fund after having 
used one or more alternate mechanisms specified in this section, the 
initial payment into the trust fund must be at least the amount that the 
fund would contain if the trust fund were established initially and 
annual payments made according to the specifications of this paragraph 
and paragraph (a) of this section, as applicable.
    (7) The owner or operator, or other person authorized to conduct 
closure, post-closure care, or corrective action activities may request 
reimbursement from the trustee for these expenditures. Requests for 
reimbursement will be granted by the trustee only if sufficient funds 
are remaining in the trust fund to cover the remaining costs of closure, 
post-closure care, or corrective action, and if justification and 
documentation of the cost is placed in the operating record. The owner 
or operator must notify the State Director that the documentation of the 
justification for reimbursement has been placed in the operating record 
and that reimbursement has been received.
    (8) The trust fund may be terminated by the owner or operator only 
if the owner or operator substitutes alternate financial assurance as 
specified in this section or if he is no longer required to demonstrate 
financial responsibility in accordance with the requirements of 
Secs. 258.71(b), 258.72(b), or 258.73(b).
    (b) Surety Bond Guaranteeing Payment or Performance. (1) An owner or 
operator may demonstrate financial assurance for closure or post-closure 
care by obtaining a payment or performance surety bond which conforms to 
the requirements of this paragraph. An owner or operator may demonstrate 
financial assurance for corrective action by obtaining a performance 
bond which conforms to the requirements of this paragraph. The bond must 
be effective before the initial receipt of waste or before the effective 
date of the requirements of this section (April 9, 1997, or October 9, 
1997 for MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1)), 
whichever is later, in the case of closure and post-closure care, or no 
later than 120 days after the corrective action remedy has been selected 
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.58. The owner or 
operator must notify the State Director that a copy of the bond has been 
placed in the operating record. The surety company issuing the bond 
must, at a minimum, be among those listed as acceptable sureties on 
Federal bonds in Circular 570 of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
    (2) The penal sum of the bond must be in an amount at least equal to 
the current closure, post-closure care or corrective action cost 
estimate, whichever is applicable, except as provided in Sec. 258.74(k).
    (3) Under the terms of the bond, the surety will become liable on 
the bond obligation when the owner or operator fails to perform as 
guaranteed by the bond.
    (4) The owner or operator must establish a standby trust fund. The 
standby trust fund must meet the requirements of Sec. 258.74(a) except 
the requirements for initial payment and subsequent annual payments 
specified in Sec. 258.74 (a)(2), (3), (4) and (5).
    (5) Payments made under the terms of the bond will be deposited by 
the surety directly into the standby trust fund. Payments from the trust 
fund must be approved by the trustee.
    (6) Under the terms of the bond, the surety may cancel the bond by 
sending notice of cancellation by certified mail to the owner and 
operator and to the State Director 120 days in advance of cancellation. 
If the surety cancels the

[[Page 406]]

bond, the owner or operator must obtain alternate financial assurance as 
specified in this section.
    (7) The owner or operator may cancel the bond only if alternate 
financial assurance is substituted as specified in this section or if 
the owner or operator is no longer required to demonstrate financial 
responsibility in accordance with Sec. 258.71(b), 258.72(b) or 
258.73(b).
    (c) Letter of Credit. (1) An owner or operator may satisfy the 
requirements of this section by obtaining an irrevocable standby letter 
of credit which conforms to the requirements of this paragraph. The 
letter of credit must be effective before the initial receipt of waste 
or before the effective date of the requirements of this section (April 
9, 1997, or October 9, 1997 for MSWLF units meeting the conditions of 
Sec. 258.1(f)(1)), whichever is later, in the case of closure and post-
closure care, or no later than 120 days after the corrective action 
remedy has been selected in accordance with the requirements of 
Sec. 258.58. The owner or operator must notify the State Director that a 
copy of the letter of credit has been placed in the operating record. 
The issuing institution must be an entity which has the authority to 
issue letters of credit and whose letter-of-credit operations are 
regulated and examined by a Federal or State agency.
    (2) A letter from the owner or operator referring to the letter of 
credit by number, issuing institution, and date, and providing the 
following information: Name, and address of the facility, and the amount 
of funds assured, must be included with the letter of credit in the 
operating record.
    (3) The letter of credit must be irrevocable and issued for a period 
of at least one year in an amount at least equal to the current cost 
estimate for closure, post-closure care or corrective action, whichever 
is applicable, except as provided in paragraph (k) of this section. The 
letter of credit must provide that the expiration date will be 
automatically extended for a period of at least one year unless the 
issuing institution has cancelled the letter of credit by sending notice 
of cancellation by certified mail to the owner and operator and to the 
State Director 120 days in advance of cancellation. If the letter of 
credit is cancelled by the issuing institution, the owner or operator 
must obtain alternate financial assurance.
    (4) The owner or operator may cancel the letter of credit only if 
alternate financial assurance is substituted as specified in this 
section or if the owner or operator is released from the requirements of 
this section in accordance with Sec. 258.71(b), Sec. 258.72(b) or 
Sec. 258.73(b).
    (d) Insurance. (1) An owner or operator may demonstrate financial 
assurance for closure and post-closure care by obtaining insurance which 
conforms to the requirements of this paragraph. The insurance must be 
effective before the initial receipt of waste or before the effective 
date of the requirements of this section (April 9, 1997, or October 9, 
1997 for MSWLF units meeting the conditions of Sec. 258.1(f)(1)), 
whichever is later, in the case of closure and post-closure care, or no 
later than 120 days after the corrective action remedy has been selected 
in accordance with the requirements of Sec. 258.58. At a minimum, the 
insurer must be licensed to transact the business of insurance, or 
eligible to provide insurance as an excess or surplus lines insurer, in 
one or more States. The owner or operator must notify the State Director 
that a copy of the insurance policy has been placed in the operating 
record.
    (2) The closure or post-closure care insurance policy must guarantee 
that funds will be available to close the MSWLF unit whenever final 
closure occurs or to provide post-closure care for the MSWLF unit 
whenever the post-closure care period begins, whichever is applicable. 
The policy must also guarantee that once closure or post-closure care 
begins, the insurer will be responsible for the paying out of funds to 
the owner or operator or other person authorized to conduct closure or 
post-closure care, up to an amount equal to the face amount of the 
policy.
    (3) The insurance policy must be issued for a face amount at least 
equal to the current cost estimate for closure or post-closure care, 
whichever is applicable, except as provided in paragraph (k) of this 
section. The term face amount means the total amount the insurer is 
obligated to pay under the policy. Actual payments by the insurer will 
not

[[Page 407]]

change the face amount, although the insurer's future liability will be 
lowered by the amount of the payments.
    (4) An owner or operator, or any other person authorized to conduct 
closure or post-closure care, may receive reimbursements for closure or 
post-closure expenditures, whichever is applicable. Requests for 
reimbursement will be granted by the insurer only if the remaining value 
of the policy is sufficient to cover the remaining costs of closure or 
post-closure care, and if justification and documentation of the cost is 
placed in the operating record. The owner or operator must notify the 
State Director that the documentation of the justification for 
reimbursement has been placed in the operating record and that 
reimbursement has been received.
    (5) Each policy must contain a provision allowing assignment of the 
policy to a successor owner or operator. Such assignment may be 
conditional upon consent of the insurer, provided that such consent is 
not unreasonably refused.
    (6) The insurance policy must provide that the insurer may not 
cancel, terminate or fail to renew the policy except for failure to pay 
the premium. The automatic renewal of the policy must, at a minimum, 
provide the insured with the option of renewal at the face amount of the 
expiring policy. If there is a failure to pay the premium, the insurer 
may cancel the policy by sending notice of cancellation by certified 
mail to the owner and operator and to the State Director 120 days in 
advance of cancellation. If the insurer cancels the policy, the owner or 
operator must obtain alternate financial assurance as specified in this 
section.
    (7) For insurance policies providing coverage for post-closure care, 
commencing on the date that liability to make payments pursuant to the 
policy accrues, the insurer will thereafter annually increase the face 
amount of the policy. Such increase must be equivalent to the face 
amount of the policy, less any payments made, multiplied by an amount 
equivalent to 85 percent of the most recent investment rate or of the 
equivalent coupon-issue yield announced by the U.S. Treasury for 26-week 
Treasury securities.
    (8) The owner or operator may cancel the insurance policy only if 
alternate financial assurance is substituted as specified in this 
section or if the owner or operator, is no longer required to 
demonstrate financial responsibility in accordance with the requirements 
of Sec. 258.71(b), Sec. 258.72(b) or Sec. 258.73(b).
    (e) Corporate Financial Test. [Reserved]
    (f) Local Government Financial Test. [Reserved]
    (g) Corporate Guarantee. [Reserved]
    (h) Local Government Guarantee. [Reserved]
    (i) State-Approved Mechanism. An owner or operator may satisfy the 
requirements of this section by obtaining any other mechanism that meets 
the criteria specified in Sec. 258.74(1), and that is approved by the 
Director of an approved State.
    (j) State Assumption of Responsibility. If the State Director either 
assumes legal responsibility for an owner or operator's compliance with 
the closure, post-closure care and/or corrective action requirements of 
this part, or assures that the funds will be available from State 
sources to cover the requirements, the owner or operator will be in 
compliance with the requirements of this section. Any State assumption 
of responsibility must meet the criteria specified in Sec. 258.74(l).
    (k) Use of Multiple Financial Mechanisms. An owner or operator may 
satisfy the requirements of this section by establishing more than one 
financial mechanism per facility. The mechanisms must be as specified in 
paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), and (j) of this 
section, except that it is the combination of mechanisms, rather than 
the single mechanism, which must provide financial assurance for an 
amount at least equal to the current cost estimate for closure, post-
closure care or corrective action, whichever is applicable. The 
financial test and a guarantee provided by a corporate parent, sibling, 
or grandparent may not be combined if the financial statements of the 
two firms are consolidated.
    (l) The language of the mechanisms listed in paragraphs (a), (b), 
(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), and (j) of this section

[[Page 408]]

must ensure that the instruments satisfy the following criteria:
    (1) The financial assurance mechanisms must ensure that the amount 
of funds assured is sufficient to cover the costs of closure, post-
closure care, and corrective action for known releases when needed;
    (2) The financial assurance mechanisms must ensure that funds will 
be available in a timely fashion when needed;
    (3) The financial assurance mechanisms must be obtained by the owner 
or operator by the effective date of these requirements or prior to the 
initial receipt of solid waste, whichever is later, in the case of 
closure and post-closure care, and no later that 120 days after the 
corrective action remedy has been selected in accordance with the 
requirements of Sec. 258.58, until the owner or operator is released 
from the financial assurance requirements under Secs. 258.71, 258.72 and 
258.73.
    (4) The financial assurance mechanisms must be legally valid, 
binding, and enforceable under State and Federal law.

[56 FR 51029, Oct. 9, 1991, as amended at 58 FR 51547, Oct. 1, 1993; 60 
FR 40105, Aug. 7, 1995; 60 FR 52342, Oct. 6, 1995]

    Appendix I to Part 258--Constituents for Detection Monitoring \1\


                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      Common name \2\                         CAS RN \3\
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inorganic Constituents:                                                 
  (1) Antimony.............................................      (Total)
  (2) Arsenic..............................................      (Total)
  (3) Barium...............................................      (Total)
  (4) Beryllium............................................      (Total)
  (5) Cadmium..............................................      (Total)
  (6) Chromium.............................................      (Total)
  (7) Cobalt...............................................      (Total)
  (8) Copper...............................................      (Total)
  (9) Lead.................................................      (Total)
  (10) Nickel..............................................      (Total)
  (11) Selenium............................................      (Total)
  (12) Silver..............................................      (Total)
  (13) Thallium............................................      (Total)
  (14) Vanadium............................................      (Total)
  (15) Zinc................................................      (Total)
Organic Constituents:                                                   
  (16) Acetone.............................................      67-64-1
  (17) Acrylonitrile.......................................     107-13-1
  (18) Benzene.............................................      71-43-2
  (19) Bromochloromethane..................................      74-97-5
  (20) Bromodichloromethane................................      75-27-4
  (21) Bromoform; Tribromomethane..........................      75-25-2
  (22) Carbon disulfide....................................      75-15-0
  (23) Carbon tetrachloride................................      56-23-5
  (24) Chlorobenzene.......................................     108-90-7
  (25) Chloroethane; Ethyl chloride........................      75-00-3
  (26) Chloroform; Trichloromethane........................      67-66-3
  (27) Dibromochloromethane; Chlorodibromomethane..........     124-48-1
  (28) 1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane; DBCP...................      96-12-8
  (29) 1,2-Dibromoethane; Ethylene dibromide; EDB..........     106-93-4
  (30) o-Dichlorobenzene; 1,2-Dichlorobenzene..............      95-50-1
  (31) p-Dichlorobenzene; 1,4-Dichlorobenzene..............     106-46-7
  (32) trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene.........................     110-57-6
  (33) 1,1-Dichloroethane; Ethylidene chloride.............      75-34-3
  (34) 1,2-Dichloroethane; Ethylene dichloride.............     107-06-2
  (35) 1,1-Dichloroethylene; 1,1-Dichloroethene; Vinylidene             
   chloride................................................      75-35-4
  (36) cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene; cis-1,2-Dichloroethene....     156-59-2
  (37) trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene; trans-1,2-Dichloroethene     156-60-5
  (38) 1,2-Dichloropropane; Propylene dichloride...........      78-87-5
  (39) cis-1,3-Dichloropropene.............................   10061-01-5
  (40) trans-1,3-Dichloropropene...........................   10061-02-6
  (41) Ethylbenzene........................................     100-41-4
  (42) 2-Hexanone; Methyl butyl ketone.....................     591-78-6
  (43) Methyl bromide; Bromomethane........................      74-83-9
  (44) Methyl chloride; Chloromethane......................      74-87-3
  (45) Methylene bromide; Dibromomethane...................      74-95-3
  (46) Methylene chloride; Dichloromethane.................      75-09-2
  (47) Methyl ethyl ketone; MEK; 2-Butanone................      78-93-3
  (48) Methyl iodide; Iodomethane..........................      74-88-4
  (49) 4-Methyl-2-pentanone; Methyl isobutyl ketone........     108-10-1
  (50) Styrene.............................................     100-42-5
  (51) 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloroethane...........................     630-20-6
  (52) 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloroethane...........................      79-34-5
  (53) Tetrachloroethylene; Tetrachloroethene;                          
   Perchloroethylene.......................................     127-18-4
  (54) Toluene.............................................     108-88-3
  (55) 1,1,1-Trichloroethane; Methylchloroform.............      71-55-6
  (56) 1,1,2-Trichloroethane...............................      79-00-5
  (57) Trichloroethylene; Trichloroethene..................      79-01-6
  (58) Trichlorofluoromethane; CFC-11......................      75-69-4
  (59) 1,2,3-Trichloropropane..............................      96-18-4
  (60) Vinyl acetate.......................................     108-05-4
  (61) Vinyl chloride......................................      75-01-4
  (62) Xylenes.............................................   1330-20-7 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ This list contains 47 volatile organics for which possible          
  analytical procedures provided in EPA Report SW-846 ``Test Methods for
  Evaluating Solid Waste,'' third edition, November 1986, as revised    
  December 1987, includes Method 8260; and 15 metals for which SW-846   
  provides either Method 6010 or a method from the 7000 series of       
  methods.                                                              
\2\ Common names are those widely used in government regulations,       
  scientific publications, and commerce; synonyms exist for many        
  chemicals.                                                            
\3\ Chemical Abstracts Service registry number. Where ``Total'' is      
  entered, all species in the ground water that contain this element are
  included.                                                             


[[Page 409]]

    Appendix II to Part 258--List of Hazardous Inorganic and Organic 
                            Constituents \1\

                                                                                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    PQL (g/L) \6\ 
                                                               index name \4\         methods \5\               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acenaphthene.........................         83-32-9  Acenaphthylene, 1,2-dihydro-.        8100        200     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Acenaphthylene.......................        208-96-8  Acenaphthylene...............        8100        200     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Acetone..............................         67-64-1  2-Propanone..................        8260        100     
Acetonitrile; Methyl cyanide.........         75-05-8  Acetonitrile.................        8015        100     
Acetophenone.........................         98-86-2  Ethanone, 1-phenyl-..........        8270         10     
2-Acetylaminofluorene; 2-AAF.........         53-96-3  Acetamide, N-9H-fluoren-2-yl-        8270         20     
Acrolein.............................        107-02-8  2-Propenal...................        8030          5     
                                                                                            8260        100     
Acrylonitrile........................        107-13-1  2-Propenenitrile.............        8030          5     
                                                                                            8260        200     
Aldrin...............................        309-00-2  1,4:5,8-Dimethanonaphthalene,        8080          0.05  
                                                        1,2,3,4,10,10-hexachloro-           8270         10     
                                                        1,4,4a,5,8,8a-hexahydro-                                
                                                        (1,4,4a,8,8a,2,3,4,6)-.                              
beta-BHC.............................        319-85-7  Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-            8080          0.05  
                                                        hexachloro-, (1,2,3,4,6)-.                              
delta-BHC............................        319-86-8  Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-            8080          0.1   
                                                        hexachloro-, (1,2,3,4,6)-.                              
gamma-BHC; Lindane...................         58-89-9  Cyclohexane, 1,2,3,4,5,6-            8080          0.05  
                                                        hexachloro-, (1,2,3,4,6)-.                              
Bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane...........        111-91-1  Ethane, 1,1\1\-                      8110          5     
                                                        [methylenebis(oxy)]bis[2-           8270         10     
                                                        chloro-.                                                
Bis(2-chloroethyl) ether;                    111-44-4  Ethane, 1,1\1\-oxybis[2-             8110          3     
 Dichloroethyl ether.                                   chloro-.                            8270         10     
Bis-(2-chloro-1-methylethyl) ether;          108-60-1  Propane, 2,2\1\-oxybis[1-            8110         10     
 2,2\1\-Dichlorodiisopropyl ether;                      chloro-.                            8270         10     
 DCIP, See note 7                                                                                               
Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate..........        117-81-7  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid,        8060         20     
                                                        bis(2-ethylhexyl) ester.                                
Bromochloromethane;                           74-97-5  Methane, bromochloro-........        8021          0.1   
 Chlorobromomethane.                                                                        8260          5     

[[Page 410]]

                                                                                                                
Bromodichloromethane;                         75-27-4  Methane, bromodichloro-......        8010          1     
 Dibromochloromethane.                                                                      8021          0.2   
                                                                                            8260          5     
Bromoform; Tribromomethane...........         75-25-2  Methane, tribromo-...........        8010          2     
                                                                                            8021         15     
                                                                                            8260          5     
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether...........        101-55-3  Benzene, 1-bromo-4-phenoxy-..        8110         25     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Butyl benzyl phthalate; Benzyl butyl          85-68-7  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid,        8060          5     
 phthalate.                                             butyl phenylmethyl ester.           8270         10     
Cadmium..............................         (Total)  Cadmium......................        6010         40     
                                                                                            7130         50     
                                                                                            7131          1     
Carbon disulfide.....................         75-15-0  Carbon disulfide.............        8260        100     
Carbon tetrachloride.................         56-23-5  Methane, tetrachloro-........        8010          1     
                                                                                            8021          0.1   
                                                                                            8260         10     
Chlordane............................      See Note 8  4,7-Methano-1H-indene,               8080          0.1   
                                                        1,2,4,5,6,7,8,8-octachloro-         8270         50     
                                                        2,3,3a,4,7,7a-hexahydro-.                               
p-Chloroaniline......................        106-47-8  Benzenamine, 4-chloro-.......        8270         20     
Chlorobenzene........................        108-90-7  Benzene, chloro-.............        8010          2     
                                                                                            8020          2     
                                                                                            8021          0.1   
                                                                                            8260          5     
Chlorobenzilate......................        510-15-6  Benzeneacetic acid, 4-chloro-        8270         10     
                                                        -(4-chlorophenyl)-                             
                                                        -hydroxy-, ethyl                               
                                                        ester.                                                  
p-Chloro-m-cresol; 4-Chloro-3-                59-50-7  Phenol, 4-chloro-3-methyl-...        8040          5     
 methylphenol.                                                                              8270         20     
Chloroethane; Ethyl chloride.........         75-00-3  Ethane, chloro-..............        8010          5     
                                                                                            8021          1     
                                                                                            8260         10     
Chloroform; Trichloromethane.........         67-66-3  Methane, trichloro-..........        8010          0.5   
                                                                                            8021          0.2   
                                                                                            8260          5     
2-Chloronaphthalene..................         91-58-7  Naphthalene, 2-chloro-.......        8120         10     
                                                                                            8270         10     
2-Chlorophenol.......................         95-57-8  Phenol, 2-chloro-............        8040          5     
                                                                                            8270         10     
4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether..........       7005-72-3  Benzene, 1-chloro-4-phenoxy-.        8110         40     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Chloroprene..........................        126-99-8  1,3-Butadiene, 2-chloro-.....        8010         50     
                                                                                            8260         20     
Chromium.............................         (Total)  Chromium.....................        6010         70     
                                                                                            7190        500     
                                                                                            7191         10     
Chrysene.............................        218-01-9  Chrysene.....................        8100        200     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Cobalt...............................         (Total)  Cobalt.......................        6010         70     
                                                                                            7200        500     
                                                                                            7201         10     
Copper...............................         (Total)  Copper.......................        6010         60     
                                                                                            7210        200     
                                                                                            7211         10     
m-Cresol; 3-methylphenol.............        108-39-4  Phenol, 3-methyl-............        8270         10     
o-Cresol; 2-methylphenol.............         95-48-7  Phenol, 2-methyl-............        8270         10     
p-Cresol; 4-methylphenol.............        106-44-5  Phenol, 4-methyl-............        8270         10     
Cyanide..............................         57-12-5  Cyanide......................        9010        200     
2,4-D; 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid         94-75-7  Acetic acid, (2,4-                   8150         10     
                                                        dichlorophenoxy)-.                                      
4,4\1\-DDD...........................         72-54-8  Benzene 1,1\1\-(2,2-                 8080          0.1   
                                                        dichloroethylidene)bis[4-           8270         10     
                                                        chloro-.                                                
4,4\1\-DDE...........................         72-55-9  Benzene, 1,1\1\-                     8080          0.05  
                                                        (dichloroethyenylidene)bis[4-       8270         10     
                                                        chloro-.                                                
4,4\1\-DDT...........................         50-29-3  Benzene, 1,1\1\-(2,2,2-              8080          0.1   
                                                        trichloroethylidene)bis[4-          8270         10     
                                                        chloro-.                                                
Diallate.............................       2303-16-4  Carbamothioic acid, bis(1-           8270         10     
                                                        methylethyl)-,S-(2,3-                                   
                                                        dichloro-2-propenyl) ester.                             
Dibenz[a,h]anthracene................         53-70-3  Dibenz[a,h]anthracene........        8100        200     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Dibenzofuran.........................        132-64-9  Dibenzofuran.................        8270         10     

[[Page 411]]

                                                                                                                
Dibromochloromethane;                        124-48-1  Methane, dibromochloro-......        8010          1     
 Chlorodibromomethane.                                                                      8021          0.3   
                                                                                            8260          5     
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane; DBCP....         96-12-8  Propane, 1,2-dibrome-3-chloro-       8011          0.1   
                                                        .                                   8021         30     
                                                                                            8260         25     
1,2-Dibromoethane; Ethylene                  106-93-4  Ethane, 1,2-dibromo-.........        8011          0.1   
 dribromide; EDB.                                                                           8021         10     
                                                                                            8260          5     
Di-n-butyl phthalate.................         84-74-2  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid,        8060          5     
                                                        dibutyl ester.                      8270         10     
o-Dichlorobenzene; 1,2-                       95-50-1  Benzene, 1,2-dichloro-.......        8010          2     
 Dichlorobenzene.                                                                           8020          5     
                                                                                            8021          0.5   
                                                                                            8120         10     
                                                                                            8260          5     
                                                                                            8270         10     
m-Dichlorobenzene; 1,3-                      541-73-1  Benzene, 1,3-Dichloro-.......        8010          5     
 Dichlorobenzene.                                                                           8020          5     
                                                                                            8021          0.2   
                                                                                            8120         10     
                                                                                            8260          5     
                                                                                            8270         10     
p-Dichlorobenzene; 1,4-                      106-46-7  Benzene, 1,4-dichloro-.......        8010          2     
 Dichlorobenzene.                                                                           8020          5     
                                                                                            8021          0.1   
                                                                                            8120         15     
                                                                                            8260          5     
                                                                                            8270         10     
3,3\1\-Dichlorobenzidine.............         91-94-1  [1,1\1\-Biphenyl]-4,4\1\-            8270         20     
                                                        diamine, 3,3\1\-dichloro-.                              
trans-1,4-Dichloro-2-butene..........        110-57-6  2-Butene, 1,4-dichloro-, (E)-        8260        100     
Dichlorodifluoromethane; CFC 12;.....         75-71-8  Methane, dichlorodifluoro-...        8021          0.5   
                                                                                            8260          5     
1,1-Dichloroethane; Ethyldidene               75-34-3  Ethane, 1,1-dichloro-........        8010          1     
 chloride.                                                                                  8021          0.5   
                                                                                            8260          5     
1,2-Dichloroethane; Ethylene                 107-06-2  Ethane, 1,1-dichloro-........        8010          0.5   
 dichloride.                                                                                8021          0.3   
                                                                                            8260          5     
1,1-Dichloroethylene; 1,1-                    75-35-4  Ethene, 1,1-dichloro-........        8010          1     
 Dichloroethene; Vinylidene chloride.                                                       8021          0.5   
                                                                                            8260          5     
cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene; cis-1,2-           156-59-2  Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-, (Z)-..        8021          0.2   
 Dichloroethene.                                                                            8260          5     
trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene trans-1,2-        156-60-5  Ethene, 1,2-dichloro-, (E)-..        8010          1     
 Dichloroethene.                                                                            8021          0.5   
                                                                                            8260          5     
2,4-Dichlorophenol...................        120-83-2  Phenol, 2,4-dichloro-........        8040          5     
                                                                                            8270         10     
2,6-Dichlorophenol...................         87-65-0  Phenol, 2,6-dichloro-........        8270         10     
1,2-Dichloropropane; Propylene                78-87-5  Propane, 1,2-dichloro-.......        8010          0.5   
 dichloride.                                                                                8021          0.05  
                                                                                            8260          5     
1,3-Dichloropropane; Trimethylene            142-28-9  Propane, 1,3-dichloro-.......        8021          0.3   
 dichloride.                                                                                8260          5     
2,2-Dichloropropane; Isopropylidene          594-20-7  Propane, 2,2-dichloro-.......        8021          0.5   
 chloride.                                                                                  8260         15     
1,1-Dichloropropene..................        563-58-6  1-Propene, 1,1-dichloro-.....        8021          0.2   
                                                                                            8260          5     
cis-1,3-Dichloropropene..............      10061-01-5  1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (Z)-       8010         20     
                                                        .                                   8260         10     
trans-1,3-Dichloropropene............      10061-02-6  1-Propene, 1,3-dichloro-, (E)-       8010          5     
                                                        .                                   8260         10     
Dieldrin.............................         60-57-1  2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-         8080          0.05  
                                                        b]oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9-hexa,        8270         10     
                                                        chloro-1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-                             
                                                        octahydro-, (1a,2,2a,3<                            
                                                        g,6,6a,7)-.                                        
Diethyl phthalate....................         84-66-2  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid,        8060          5     
                                                        diethyl ester.                      8270         10     

[[Page 412]]

                                                                                                                
0,0-Diethyl 0-2-pyrazinyl                    297-97-2  Phosphorothioic acid, 0,0-           8141          5     
 phosphorothioate; Thionazin.                           diethyl 0-pyrazinyl ester.          8270         20     
Dimethoate...........................         60-51-5  Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-         8141          3     
                                                        dimethyl S-[2-(methylamino)-        8270         20     
                                                        2-oxoethyl] ester.                                      
p-(Dimethylamino)azobenzene..........         60-11-7  Benzenamine, N,N-dimethyl-4-         8270         10     
                                                        (phenylazo)-.                                           
7,12-Dimethylbenz[a]anthracene.......         57-97-6  Benz[a]anthracene, 7,12-             8270         10     
                                                        dimethyl-.                                              
3,3\1\-Dimethylbenzidine.............        119-93-7  [1,1\1\-Biphenyl]-4,4\1\-            8270         10     
                                                        diamine, 3,3\1\-dimethyl-.                              
2,4-Dimethylphenol; m-Xylenol........        105-67-9  Phenol, 2,4-dimethyl-........        8040          5     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Dimethyl phthalate...................        131-11-3  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid,        8060          5     
                                                        dimethyl ester.                     8270         10     
m-Dinitrobenzene.....................         99-65-0  Benzene, 1,3-dinitro-........        8270         20     
4,6-Dinitro-o-cresol 4,6-Dinitro-2-          534-52-1  Phenol, 2-methyl-4,6-dinitro.        8040        150     
 methylphenol.                                                                              8270         50     
2,4-Dinitrophenol;...................         51-28-5  Phenol, 2,4-dinitro-.........        8040        150     
                                                                                            8270         50     
2,4-Dinitrotoluene...................        121-14-2  Benzene, 1-methyl-2,4-dinitro-       8090          0.2   
                                                        .                                   8270         10     
2,6-Dinitrotoluene...................        606-20-2  Benzene, 2-methyl-1,3-dinitro-       8090          0.1   
                                                        .                                   8270         10     
Dinoseb; DNBP; 2-sec-Butyl-4,6-               88-85-7  Phenol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-          8150          1     
 dinitrophenol.                                         4,6-dinitro-.                       8270         20     
Di-n-octyl phthalate.................        117-84-0  1,2-Benzenedicarboxylic acid,        8060         30     
                                                        dioctyl ester.                      8270         10     
Diphenylamine........................        122-39-4  Benzenamine, N-phenyl-.......        8270         10     
Disulfoton...........................        298-04-4  Phosphorodithioic acid, 0,0-         8140          2     
                                                        diethyl S-[2-                       8141          0.5   
                                                        (ethylthio)ethyl] ester.            8270         10     
Endosulfan I.........................        959-98-8  6,9-Methano-2,4,3-                   8080          0.1   
                                                        benzodioxathiepin,                  8270         20     
                                                        6,7,8,9,10,10-hexa- chloro-                             
                                                        1,5,5a,6,9,9a-hexahydro-, 3-                            
                                                        oxide,                                                  
Endosulfan II........................      33213-65-9  6,9-Methano-2,4,3-                   8080          0.05  
                                                        benzodioxathiepin,                  8270         20     
                                                        6,7,8,9,10,10-hexa- chloro-                             
                                                        1,5,5a,6,9,9a-hexahydro-, 3-                            
                                                        oxide, (3,5a,6,9,9a<                            
                                                        g)-.                                                    
Endosulfan sulfate...................       1031-07-8  6,9-Methano-2,4,3-                   8080          0.5   
                                                        benzodioxathiepin,                  8270         10     
                                                        6,7,8,9,10,10-hexa- chloro-                             
                                                        1,5,5a,6,9,9a-hexahydro-,3-3-                           
                                                        dioxide.                                                
Endrin...............................         72-20-8  2,7:3,6-Dimethanonaphth[2,3-         8080          0.1   
                                                        b]oxirene, 3,4,5,6,9,9-             8270         20     
                                                        hexachloro-                                             
                                                        1a,2,2a,3,6,6a,7,7a-                                    
                                                        octahydro-, (1a,                               
                                                        2,2a,3,6a,7)-.                                        
Endrin aldehyde......................       7421-93-4  1,2,4-                               8080          0.2   
                                                        Methenocyclopenta[cd]pentale        8270         10     
                                                        ne-5-carboxaldehyde,                                    
                                                        2,2a,3,3,4,7-                                           
                                                        hexachlorodecahydro-,                                   
                                                        (1,2,2a,4a,5,6b,7R                            
                                                        *)-.                                                    
Ethylbenzene.........................        100-41-4  Benzene, ethyl-..............        8020          2     
                                                                                            8221          0.05  
                                                                                            8260          5     
Ethyl methacrylate...................         97-63-2  2-Propenoic acid, 2-methyl-,         8015          5     
                                                        ethyl ester.                        8260         10     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Ethyl methanesulfonate...............         62-50-0  Methanesulfonic acid, ethyl          8270         20     
                                                        ester.                                                  
Famphur..............................         52-85-7  Phosphorothioic acid, 0-[4-          8270         20     
                                                        [(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]phe                            
                                                        nyl] 0,0-dimethyl ester.                                
Fluoranthene.........................        206-44-0  Fluoranthene.................        8100        200     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Fluorene.............................         86-73-7  9H-Fluorene..................        8100        200     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Heptachlor...........................         76-44-8  4,7-Methano-1H-indene,               8080          0.05  
                                                        1,4,5,6,7,8,8-heptachloro-          8270         10     
                                                        3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-.                                  
Heptachlor epoxide...................       1024-57-3  2,5-Methano-2H-indeno[1,2-           8080          1     
                                                        b]oxirene, 2,3,4,5,6,7,7-           8270         10     
                                                        heptachloro-1a,1b,5,5a,6,6a-                            
                                                        hexahydro-, (1a,                               
                                                        1b, 2,                                
                                                        5, 5a,                                
                                                        6, 6a).                               
Hexachlorobenzene....................        118-74-1  Benzene, hexachloro-.........        8120          0.5   
                                                                                            8270         10     

[[Page 413]]

                                                                                                                
Hexachlorobutadiene..................         87-68-3  1,3-Butadiene, 1,1,2,3,4,4-          8021          0.5   
                                                        hexachloro-.                        8120          5     
                                                                                            8260         10     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene............         77-47-4  1,3-Cyclopentadiene,                 8120          5     
                                                        1,2,3,4,5,5-hexachloro-.            8270         10     
Hexachloroethane.....................         67-72-1  Ethane, hexachloro-..........        8120          0.5   
                                                                                            8260         10     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Hexachloropropene....................       1888-71-7  1-Propene, 1,1,2,3,3,3-              8270         10     
                                                        hexachloro-.                                            
2-Hexanone; Methyl butyl ketone......        591-78-6  2-Hexanone...................        8260         50     
Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene...............        193-39-5  Indeno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene.......        8100        200     
                                                                                            8270         10     
Isobutyl alcohol.....................         78-83-1  1-Propanol, 2-methyl-........        8015         50     
                                                                                            8240        100     
Isodrin..............................        465-73-6  1,4,5,8-                             8270         20     
                                                        Dimethanonaphthalene,1,2,3,4        8260         10     
                                                        ,10,10- hexachloro-                                     
                                                        1,4,4a,5,8,8a hexahydro-                                
                                                        (1,4,4a,8,8ag/L by method 8270.                
\9\ Polychlorinated biphenyls (CAS RN 1336-36-3); this category contains congener chemicals, including          
  constituents of Aroclor 1016 (CAS RN 12674-11-2), Aroclor 1221 (CAS RN 11104-28-2), Aroclor 1232 (CAS RN 11141-
  16-5), Aroclor 1242 (CAS RN 53469-21-9), Aroclor 1248 (CAS RN 12672-29-6), Aroclor 1254 (CAS RN 11097-69-1),  
  and Aroclor 1260 (CAS RN 11096-82-5). The PQL shown is an average value for PCB congeners.                    
\10\ Toxaphene: This entry includes congener chemicals contained in technical toxaphene (CAS RN 8001-35-2),     
  i.e., chlorinated camphene.                                                                                   

[[Page 416]]

                                                                                                                
\11\ Xylene (total): This entry includes o-xylene (CAS RN 96-47-6), m-xylene (CAS RN 108-38-3), p-xylene (CAS RN
  106-42-3), and unspecified xylenes (dimethylbenzenes) (CAS RN 1330-20-7). PQLs for method 8021 are 0.2 for o- 
  xylene and 0.1 for m- or p-xylene. The PQL for m-xylene is 2.0 g/L by method 8020 or 8260.           



PART 259  [Reserved]